Professional Documents
Culture Documents
Manual PSS-4 PDF
Manual PSS-4 PDF
Title page
Alcatel-Lucent 1830
PHOTONIC SERVICE SWITCH 4 (PSS-4) | Release 1.0.0
USER GUIDE
PRELIMINARY
3KC13010AAAA
ISSUE 1
SEPTEMBER 2010
Legal notice
PRELIMINARY
Legal notice
Alcatel, Lucent, Alcatel-Lucent and the Alcatel-Lucent logo are trademarks of Alcatel-Lucent. All other trademarks are the property of their respective
owners.
The information presented is subject to change without notice. Alcatel-Lucent assumes no responsibility for inaccuracies contained herein.
Copyright © 2010 Alcatel-Lucent. All rights reserved.
Conformance statements
Security statement
In rare instances, unauthorized individuals make connections to the telecommunications network through the use of remote access features. In such an event,
applicable tariffs require that the customer pay all network charges for traffic. Alcatel-Lucent cannot be responsible for such charges and will not make any
allowance or give any credit for charges that result from unauthorized access.
Limited warranty
For terms and conditions of sale, contact your Alcatel-Lucent Account Team.
Ordering Information
For more ordering information, refer to "How to order" in the section titled "About this document."
PRELIMINARY
Contents
PRELIMINARY
About this document
Purpose ........................................................................................................................................................................................ xxxi
xxxi
1 Safety
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 iii
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Save these safety instructions ............................................................................................................................................ 1-13
1-13
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
iv Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Contents
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 3-1: Rack installation of Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 ............................................................................ 3-4
3-4
Procedure 3-2: Powering and provisioning an Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 ........................................................ 3-5
3-5
Procedure 3-9: Configure the software environment and load, and commit the software .......................... 3-26
3-26
Procedure 3-13: Set the network element date and time .......................................................................................... 3-35
3-35
Procedure 4-1: Connect to Network Element through Web user interface (WebUI) or CLI ......................... 4-2
4-2
Procedure 4-4: Electrical Sub-Network Connection Protection (E-SNCP) Provision .................................... 4-6
4-6
Procedure 4-6: Ethernet Virtual Private Line Service Provision ........................................................................... 4-12
4-12
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure 4-9: TCA profiles .............................................................................................................................................. 4-20
4-20
Procedure 4-15: Fan and air filter cleaning and replacement ................................................................................. 4-30
4-30
5 Security administration
6 Alarm List
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
vi Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Contents
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
APRUNAVAIL ....................................................................................................................................................................... 6-13
6-13
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
DISCOVERMOD .................................................................................................................................................................. 6-40
6-40
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
FWPENDINGOBSOLETE ............................................................................................................................................... 6-67
6-67
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
LOS-OUT .................................................................................................................................................................................. 6-94
6-94
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
OCHUNKNOWN ................................................................................................................................................................ 6-122
6-122
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
SSF ............................................................................................................................................................................................ 6-150
6-150
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
VTSOCI .................................................................................................................................................................................. 6-177
6-177
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
CONTR-OUT (Port degrade - wavelength tracker detection failure) ................................................................. 7-39
7-39
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
FELANLSS .............................................................................................................................................................................. 7-78
7-78
FWPENDINGOBSOLETE (Firmware on this pack is about to become obsolete with the software
release upgrade) .............................................................................................................................................................. 7-88
7-88
FWVERSIONNOTDEFAULT (Firmware version on this pack is not the default version for this
software release) ............................................................................................................................................................. 7-91
7-91
HIGAIN (Amplifier Out of Operational Range: Gain too High) ......................................................................... 7-94
7-94
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
LINKDOWN ......................................................................................................................................................................... 7-109
7-109
LOGAIN (Amplifier out of operational range - amplifier gain too low) ........................................................ 7-123
7-123
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
NOTALLOWED (Card not allowed) ........................................................................................................................... 7-169
7-169
OPRPWRHIGH (Out of Operational Range - Input Power Too High) ........................................................... 7-194
7-194
OPRPWRLOW (Out of Operational Range - Input Power Too Low) ............................................................. 7-196
7-196
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
PWRADJREQ ....................................................................................................................................................................... 7-217
7-217
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
VOLTAGE[low] ................................................................................................................................................................... 7-269
7-269
8 Supporting Procedures
Glossary
Index
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 xix
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
xx Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
List of tables
PRELIMINARY
1 Chapter contents ..................................................................................................................................................... xxxii
xxxii
2-8 Failure Rates and MTBFs for Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 (controlled environment) ................ 2-100
2-9 Failure Rates and MTBFs for Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 (uncontrolled environment) ........... 2-106
2-10 1830 PSS-32/1830 PSS-4 NE CD-ROMs and License Point Fees .................................................... 2-118
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 xxi
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY List of tables
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
3-1 Office power connection and cable color ......................................................................................................... 3-7
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
xxii Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
List of figures
PRELIMINARY
2-1 PSS-4 shelf ................................................................................................................................................................... 2-7
2-7
2-22 ILA fiber cut between OA’s exceeding class 1M limit .............................................................................. 2-50
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 xxiii
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY List of figures
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2-24 HiGig vs. Q-in-Q frame formats ....................................................................................................................... 2-53
2-29 DWDM Connectivity between 1830 PSS-4 and 1830 PSS-32 .............................................................. 2-58
2-30 PSS-4 DWDM FOADM Point-to-Point Connection (with LD) ............................................................ 2-58
2-31 PSS-4 CWDM or DWDM FOADM Point-to-Point Connection (w/o LD) ....................................... 2-59
2-34 FOADM/TOADM Dual Ring Interworking with mixed PSS types .................................................... 2-61
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
xxiv Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
List of figures
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2-51 SFC-8 bidirectional fiber connections ............................................................................................................. 2-80
2-58 Recommended Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Circuit Pack and Unit Sparing Levels - 30 Day Lead
Time (controlled environment) ..................................................................................................................... 2-111
2-59 Recommended Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Circuit Pack and Unit Sparing Levels - 30 Day Lead
Time (uncontrolled environment) ................................................................................................................ 2-112
2-60 Recommended Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Circuit Pack and Unit Sparing Levels - 60 Day Lead
Time (controlled environment) ..................................................................................................................... 2-113
2-61 Recommended Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Circuit Pack and Unit Sparing Levels - 60 Day Lead
Time (uncontrolled environment) ................................................................................................................ 2-114
2-62 Recommended Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Circuit Pack and Unit Sparing Levels - 90 Day Lead
Time (controlled environment) ..................................................................................................................... 2-115
2-63 Recommended Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Circuit Pack and Unit Sparing Levels - 90 Day Lead
Time (uncontrolled environment) ................................................................................................................ 2-116
3-10 XFP bail (PSS-1 photo - PSS-4 illustration pending) ................................................................................ 3-15
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 xxv
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY List of figures
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
3-11 XFP bail pull ............................................................................................................................................................. 3-16
3-16
3-12 Push in wedge (PSS-1 photo - PSS-4 illustration pending) ..................................................................... 3-17
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
xxvi Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
List of figures
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8-6 Unscrew Filter Retainer ........................................................................................................................................ 8-18
8-18
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 xxvii
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY List of figures
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
xxviii Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
List of procedures
PRELIMINARY
3 Stand-alone node set-up
3-9 Configure the software environment and load, and commit the software .......................................... 3-26
3-13 Set the network element date and time ............................................................................................................ 3-35
4-1 Connect to Network Element through Web user interface (WebUI) or CLI ........................................ 4-2
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 xxix
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY List of procedures
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-5 Port Provisioning ..................................................................................................................................................... 4-10
4-10
4-15 Fan and air filter cleaning and replacement .................................................................................................. 4-30
5 Security administration
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
xxx Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY
About this document
About this document
Purpose
This User Guide provides information for the Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4. This 2RU
device is designed to provide a flexible, low cost and low power dissipation OTN based
solution for metro/access applications.
Included in this guide is information on hardware, features, applications, and ordering as
well as detailed procedural information and commands for installation, maintenance,
trouble clearing, and turn-up of the Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4.
Intended audience
This document is intended for the following users of theAlcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS
documentation library:
• Network planners
• Administrators
• Operators
• Maintenance personnel
1830 PSS Edge Device products are meant to be installed, operated, and maintained by
personnel who have the knowledge, training, and qualifications required to safely perform
the tasks assigned to them. The information, processes, and procedures contained in the
1830 PSS Edge Device product documentation are intended for use by trained and
qualified personnel.
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Assumptions
This document assumes that users have an understanding of the following:
• Basic principles of telecommunication transmission
• Common telecommunication and system terminology (a glossary is provided in this
manual to assist you)
• Test sets and tools used in the telecommunication industry
• Local operations and functional procedures of your company
• Personal computer (PC) operation, and common PC terminologies.
Chapter contents
Chapter Contents
Chapter 1, Safety This chapter provides important safety
instructions for Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4
Chapter 2, Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 This chapter provides details about the
features in Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4
including applications, physical
descriptions, maintenance and loopbacks,
cross-connection information, technical
specifications, and ordering information.
Chapter 3, Stand-alone node set-up This chapter provides details about the
installation for Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4,
physical mounting, cabling, powering, and
provisioning.
Chapter 4, User Operations Procedures This chapter provides procedures to
provision features in Alcatel-Lucent 1830
PSS-4
Chapter 5, Security Administration This chapter provides information on
security administration procedures for the
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 system.
Chapter 6, Alarm List This chapter provides alarms and alarm
description
Chapter 7, Alarm Clearing Procedures This chapter contains the trouble-clearing
procedures required to clear the conditions
for the Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
xxxii Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
About this document
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 1 Chapter contents (continued)
Safety information
For your safety, this document contains safety statements. Safety statements are given at
points where risks of damage to personnel, equipment, and operation may exist. Failure to
follow the directions in a safety statement may result in serious consequences.
Conventions used
The following typographical conventions are used throughout this document:
• Bold is used to identify CIT menu selections and button selections.
• Italic is used to identify NE messages
• Computer voice is used to identify system message text displayed by the CIT
Related information
The Alcatel-Lucent Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 User Guide is part of a set of documents
that support Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS products. The following items are available:
Guide
8DG60418 EAAA Alcatel-Lucent 1830 Photonic Service Switch
(PSS) Release 3.0.0 TL1 Commands and
Messages Guide
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 xxxiii
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY About this document
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Notes:
1. This CD does not include the EPT User Guide. This is published on separate media.
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
particular operation. The procedures presented in this document rely on the information
provided in the screen displays. Therefore, it is imperative that users read all the
information provided in a screen before continuing an operational function.
Using procedures
To find instructions for performing a specific job, find the procedure in the chapter
Contents table.
Procedures contain step-by-step instructions to accomplish a distinct user function.
Supporting procedures are referenced from multiple procedures to support a job function
you are performing. Go to a supporting procedure only when it is referred to by another
procedure. Supporting procedures are not to be accessed directly except by very
experienced personnel.
Important! Perform all steps in a procedure sequentially, unless that step sends you to
another step or procedure.
Unless otherwise instructed, if one procedure sends you to another procedure, you
must return to the first procedure after you complete the second. After you have
completed the first procedure, you have finished.
If/Then statements in a procedure
If / Then ... columns in a procedure contain only one condition that is true in a table cell
under the If ... column. You perform the action in the related table cell under the Then ...
column. You then continue to the next sequential step or as directed by the action under
the Then ... column.
Verifying actions
Sometimes you will be asked to verify that actions have occurred. This may take the form
of a formal statement of the expected response. At other times, the instructions will
merely state that the user should verify an action or response to an action. If the expected
response is not observed and a specific trouble-clearing reference is not made, you should
reference the chapter entitled Trouble Clearing Procedures to start trouble clearing.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 xxxv
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY About this document
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Technical support
Login to OnLine Customer Support (OLCS) at http://support.alcatel-lucent.com and
select your country from the pull-down menu under "Product Technical Support - Phone
and E-mail Contact Information".
How to order
Contact your local sales representative, or login to OLCS at http://support.alcatel-
lucent.com and select your product from the pulldown menu under "Technical Content
for".
Training
This document expects a user to be familiar with the basic functions of the system before
performing procedures that could damage the system, affect system operations, or impede
communication traffic within the system. Understanding the descriptive material provided
in this manual should allow you to perform the procedures necessary to operate and
maintain Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4.
Refer to Alcatel-Lucent’ Training web-site (https://training.lucent.com) for descriptions of
training courses available.
Recycling/take-back/disposal of product
Electronic products bearing or referencing the symbol shown below, when put on the
market within the European Union (EU), shall be collected and treated at the end of their
useful life in compliance with applicable EU and local legislation. They shall not be
disposed of as part of unsorted municipal waste. Due to materials that may be contained
in the product, such as heavy metals or batteries, the environment and human health may
be negatively impacted as a result of inappropriate disposal.
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
xxxvi Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
About this document
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Note: In the EU, a solid bar under the crossed-out wheeled bin indicates that the
product was put on the market after 13 August 2005.
Moreover, in compliance with legal requirements and contractual agreements, where
applicable, Alcatel-Lucent will offer to provide for the collection and treatment of
Alcatel-Lucent products at the end of their useful life. Alcatel-Lucent will also offer to
provide for the collection and treatment of existing products displaced by Alcatel-Lucent
equipment.
For information regarding take-back of equipment by Alcatel-Lucent, or for more
information regarding the requirements for recycling/disposal of product, please contact
your Alcatel-Lucent Account Manager or Alcatel-Lucent Take-Back Support
(takeback@alcatel-lucent.com).
How to comment
To comment on this document, go to the Online Comment Form (http://infodoc.alcatel-
lucent.com/comments/enus/) or e-mail your comments to the Comments Hotline
(comments@alcatel-lucent.com).
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 xxxvii
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY About this document
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
xxxviii Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY
1 Safety
1
Overview
Purpose
This chapter provides important safety instructions for the Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4.
Contents
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 1-1
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Safety Structure of safety statements
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
General structure
Safety statements include the following structural elements:
B C D
CAUTION
Lifting hazard E F
Lifting this equipment by yourself can result in injury
due to the size and weight of the equipment. G
Always use three people or a lifting device to transport
and position this equipment. [ABC123]
H
Item Structure element Purpose
1 Safety alert symbol Indicates the potential for personal injury
(optional)
2 Safety symbol Indicates hazard type (optional)
3 Signal word Indicates the severity of the hazard
4 Hazard type Describes the source of the risk of damage or
injury
5 Safety message Consequences if protective measures fail
6 Avoidance message Protective measures to take to avoid the hazard
7 Identifier The reference ID of the safety statement
(optional)
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1-2 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Safety Structure of safety statements
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Signal words
The signal words identify the hazard severity levels as follows:
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 1-3
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Safety General notes on safety
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1-4 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Safety General notes on safety
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Operate the unit/system only after having read and understood the chapter on safety
and the parts of the documentation relevant to operation. For complex systems,
additional training is recommended. Any obligatory training for operating and service
personnel must be carried out and documented.
• Do not operate the unit/system unless it is in perfect working order.
Immediately report any faults or errors that might affect safety.
• Operate the unit/system with the proper connections and under the environmental
conditions as described in the documentation.
• Only qualified Alcatel-Lucent personnel or expert personnel authorized by
Alcatel-Lucent are permitted to perform conversions or changes to the system or parts
of the system (including the software).
All changes performed by other persons lead to a complete exemption from liability.
Do not use components or spare parts that are not recommended by the manufacturer
and those not listed in the procurement documents.
• Only specially qualified personnel are permitted to remove or disable safety facilities,
clear faults and errors, and maintain the equipment.
Strictly observe the respective parts of the documentation, and consult the
documentation during the selection of measuring and test equipment.
• Document and archive all work related to calibrations, special tests after repairs, and
regular safety checks.
• Use non-system software at your own risk. The use/installation of non-system
software can adversely affect the normal functioning of the unit/system.
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 1-5
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Safety Laser safety
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Laser safety
Compliance
1830 PSS complies with the following laser safety regulations and standards:
• International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC) 60825-2: 2004 rules classify 1830
PSS as a Class 1M laser product
• International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC) 60825-2: 2004 rules classify 1830
PSS as a Class 1 laser product
• Food and Drug Administration's Center for Devices and Radiological Health
(FDA/CDRH) 21 CFR 1040.10 and 1040.11 rules classify 1830 PSS as a Class IIIb
laser product
• Food and Drug Administration's Center for Devices and Radiological Health
(FDA/CDRH) 21 CFR 1040.10 and 1040.11 rules classify 1830 PSS as a Class I laser
product
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1-6 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Safety Laser safety
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Lasers and eye damage
The optical energy emitted by laser and high-radiance LEDs in the 400 to 1400-nm range
may cause eye damage if absorbed by the retina. When a beam of light enters the eye, the
eye magnifies and focuses the energy on the retina magnifying the irradiance. The
irradiance of the energy that reaches the retina is approximately 105 (or 100,000 times
more than at the cornea) and, if sufficiently intense, may cause a retinal burn.
The damage mechanism at the wavelengths used in an optical fiber telecommunications is
thermal in origin; for example, damage caused by heating. Therefore, a specific amount
of energy is required for a definite time to heat an area of retinal tissue. Damage to the
retina occurs only when one looks at the light sufficiently long that the product of the
retinal irradiance and the viewing time exceeds the damage threshold. Optical energies
above 1400 nm cause corneal and skin burns, but these optical energies do not affect the
retina. The thresholds for injury at wavelengths greater than 1400 nm are significantly
higher than that for wavelengths in the retinal hazard region.
Classification of lasers
Manufacturers of lasers and laser products in the United States are regulated by the Food
and Drug Administration's Center for Devices and Radiological Health (FDA/CDRH)
under 21 CFR 1040. These regulations require manufacturers to certify each laser or laser
product as belonging to one of four major classes: I, II, lla, IlIa, lllb, or IV.
The International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC) is an international standards body
that writes laser safety standards under IEC-60825. Classification schemes are similar and
divided into Classes 1, 1M, 2, 2M, 3B, 3R, and 4. Lasers are classified according to the
accessible emission limits and their potential for causing injury.
Optical fiber telecommunication systems are generally classified as Class I/1, because,
under normal operating conditions, all energized laser transmitting circuit packs are
terminated on optical fibers which enclose the laser energy with the fiber sheath forming
a protective housing. Also, a protective housing/access panel is typically installed in front
of the laser circuit pack shelves. The circuit packs themselves, however, may be
FDA/CDRH Class I, IIIb, or IV or IEC Class 1, 1M, 3B, 3R, or 4. State-of-the-art Raman
and EDFA optical amplifiers have now extended into the Class IV/4 designations.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
familiar laser devices, such as solid-state and gas lasers, the emission pattern of a
semiconductor laser results in a highly divergent beam. In a divergent beam, the
irradiance (power density) decreases rapidly with distance. The greater the distance, the
less energy will enter the eye and the less potential risk for eye injury. If you inadvertently
view an unterminated fiber or damaged fiber with the unaided eye at distances greater
than 5 to 6 inches, normally, it will not cause eye injury provided that the power in the
fiber is less than a few milliwatts at the near IR wavelengths and a few tens of milliwatts
at the far IR wavelengths. However, damage may occur if you use an optical instrument
such as a microscope, magnifying glass, or eye loupe to stare at the energized fiber end.
Laser Radiation
CAUTION
Laser hazard
Use of controls, adjustments, and procedures other than those specified herein may result
in hazardous laser radiation exposure.
Use controls, adjustments, and procedures specified in this document to avoid hazardous
laser radiation exposure.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1-8 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Safety Laser safety
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Laser safety precautions for unenclosed systems
During service, maintenance, or restoration, an optical fiber telecommunication system is
considered unenclosed. Observe the following laser safety precautions for unenclosed
systems:
• Only authorized, trained personnel shall be permitted to do service, maintenance, and
restoration. Avoid exposing the eye to emissions from unterminated, energized optical
connectors at close distances. Laser modules associated with the optical ports of laser
circuit packs are typically recessed, which limits the exposure distance. Optical port
shutters, automatic power reduction (APR), and automatic power shutdown (APSD)
are engineering controls that are also used to limit the emissions. However, do not
stare or look directly into the optical port with optical instruments or magnifying
lenses when removing or replacing laser circuit packs. (Normal eye wear or indirect
viewing instruments, such as a Find-R-Scopes, are not considered magnifying lenses
or optical instruments.)
• Only authorized, trained personnel shall use the optical test equipment during
installation or servicing since this equipment contains semiconductor lasers. (Some
examples of optical test equipment are Optical Time Domain Reflectometers
[OTDRs] and Hand-Held Loss Test Sets.)
• Do not, under any circumstance, scan a fiber with an optical test set without verifying
that all laser sources on the fiber are turned off.
• Only authorized personnel are permitted in the immediate area of the optical fiber
telecommunication systems during installation and service.
For guidance on the safe use of optical fiber optic communication systems in the
workplace, consult ANSI Z136.2, American National Standard for Safe Use of Optical
Fiber Communication Systems Utilizing Laser Diodes and LED Sources in the United
States or outside the United States, IEC-60825, Part 2.
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 1-9
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Safety Laser safety
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Legend
1. Laser symbol
2. Laser classification labels (This label may show only the laser class or both the laser
class and the maximum output power.)
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1-10 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Safety Electrostatic discharge
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Electrostatic discharge
Overview
ESD (for example, caused by touching with the hand) can destroy semiconductor
components. The correct operation of the complete system is then no longer assured.
Compliance
The Alcatel-Lucent Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 complies with ANSI T1.308-1996, the
Central Office Equipment - Electrostatic Discharge Immunity Requirements, 1996.
ESD warning
NOTICE
ESD hazard
ESD can destroy electronic components.
Always keep circuit packs in antistatic covers. Use the original packaging if possible. Use
a static ground wrist strap whenever handling circuit packs or working on the system to
prevent ESD damage to sensitive components.
All semiconductor components are basically sensitive to ESD. The ESD can also affect
the components indirectly.
ESD considerations
This section describes the precautions required to prevent ESD damage.
Circuit pack handling precautions
Industry experience has shown that all integrated circuit packs can be damaged by static
electricity that builds up on work surfaces and personnel. The static charges are produced
by various charging effects of movement and contact with other objects. Dry air allows
greater static charges to accumulate. Higher potentials are measured in areas with low
relative humidity, but potentials high enough to cause damage can occur anywhere.
Observe the following precautions when handling circuit packs/units to prevent ESD
damage.
• Assume all circuit packs contain solid-state electronic components that can be
damaged by ESD.
• When handling circuit packs (for example storing, installing, and removing) or when
PRELIMINARY
working on the backplane, always wear a grounded wrist strap or wear a heel strap
and stand on a grounded, static-dissipating floor mat.
• Wear working garment made of 100% cotton to avoid ESD.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 1-11
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Safety Electrostatic discharge
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
• Handle all circuit packs by the faceplate or latch and by the top and bottom outermost
edges. Never touch the components, conductors, or connector pins.
• Store and ship circuit packs and components in their shipping packing. Circuit packs
and components must be packed and unpacked only at workplaces suitably protected
against static charge buildup.
• Observe all warning labels on bags and cartons. Whenever possible, do not remove
circuit packs from antistatic packaging until ready to insert them into slots.
• If possible, open all circuit packs at a static-safe work position, using properly
grounded wrist straps and static-dissipating table mats.
• Always store and transport circuit packs in static-safe packaging. Shielding is not
required unless specified.
• Keep all static-generating materials such as food wrappers, plastics, and Styrofoam®
containers away from all circuit packs. When removing circuit packs from a shelf,
immediately place the circuit packs in static-safe packages.
• Whenever possible, maintain relative humidity above 20 percent.
Important! Ensure that any connectors on the shelf interconnection panel that are not
cabled are fitted with a plastic dust cap to provide ESD protection.
Static control wrist straps
To reduce the possibility of ESD damage, the Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 shelf is
equipped with an ESD grounding jack to enable personnel to ground themselves using
wrist straps, while handling circuit packs or working on the shelf. Check the wrist straps
periodically with a wrist strap tester to ensure that they are working properly.
Important! The grounding jack is located on the front of the shelf, on the lower-right
corner. Another grounding jack is also located on the rear panel.
Barred-hand symbol
Circuit packs containing components that are especially sensitive to ESD are identified by
warning labels bearing the barred-hand symbol. The following figure shows the
barred-hand symbol.
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1-12 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Safety Save these safety instructions
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
touch dangerous voltage points or short out parts that could result in a risk of fire or
electrical shock. Never spill liquid of any kind on the product.
18. DANGER: Invisible laser radiation when open and fiber optic cable disconnected.
Avoid Direct Exposure to Beam.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 1-13
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Safety Save these safety instructions
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
19. CAUTION: This unit has up to two (2) -48/-60 V input power feeders. Disconnecting
less than the maximum will not de-energize the system.
To reduce the risk of injury, disconnect two (2) power feeders when removing power
to the system.
20. NOTICE: Unterminated optical connections may emit laser radiation. Do Not View
With Optical Instruments.
SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS.
Certification
The Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 meets the following certifications:
• UL Certification UL 1950 / UL 60950
• Canadian Safety Assoc. CSA-22.2-No.25-M90
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1-14 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY
2 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4
2
Overview
Purpose
This chapter provides an overview of the Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 and its supported
features for Release 1.0.
Contents
Introduction 2-3
Hardware design and layout 2-5
Features 2-11
1830 PSS-4 OTs 2-18
1830 PSS-4 optical amplifiers 2-38
DCM shelves 2-41
Automatic power reduction (APR) 2-42
Ethernet EPL and EVPL services 2-52
Network Topologies 2-55
Configurations 2-64
Protection 2-82
Alien Wavelength Access 2-87
Loopbacks 2-88
Performance Monitoring 2-90
Status Retrieval 2-95
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 2-1
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Ordering 2-117
Technical specifications 2-133
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2-2 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Introduction
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Introduction
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS product portfolio
Metropolitan networks are the telecommunications networks connecting residential and
business premises to larger, long-distance core networks. These complex networks serve
to back haul traffic or route traffic locally between different sites. Metro networks
separate into Metro Core networks which are typically rings or meshed networks
providing the service aggregation and interconnection points to the long-haul networks
and Metro Access networks which collect services closer to residential and business
customers.
The 1830 PSS-4 Edge Device platform is designed for installation near the edge of these
metropolitan networks. It is designed to provide a flexible, power saving, and low cost
OTN-based solution for metro/access applications. It can also be configured to provide a
terminal, FOADM, and in-line amplifier solution for 1830 PSS-32 networks. It supports
both non-switched and electrical switched configuration, and ensures full interworking
and compatibility with other 1830 PSS, 1850 TSS, and 1870 TTS units.
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 2-3
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Introduction
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
It is compatible with the other members of the Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS product
portfolio:
• The 1830 PSS slot-based platforms
– The 1830 PSS-32 — a modular multi-service multi-reach platform that has 32
slots available to hold cards supporting ILAs and various F/T/Roadm
configurations. This product is described in the Alcatel-Lucent 1830 Photonic
Service Switch 32/16 (PSS-32/PSS-16) Release 3.0.0 Product Information and
Planning Guide, and supported by the documentation set listed the About section
of this document.
– The 1830 PSS-16 — a modular multi-service multi-reach platform that has 16
slots available to hold cards supporting ILAs and various F/Toadm configurations.
This product is described in the Alcatel-Lucent 1830 Photonic Service Switch
32/16 (PSS-32/PSS-16) Release 3.0.0 Product Information and Planning Guide,
and supported by the documentation set listed the About section of this document.
– The 1830 PSS-4 — a modular platform that has 4 slots available to hold cards
supporting ILAs and various FOADM and terminal configurations. This product
is described in this document
• The 1830 PSS-1 Edge Device platforms:
– The 1830 PSS-1 GBEH — a temperature hardened 1 RU Edge Device providing
up to 10 GbE services, or 32 sub-rate EVCs over an 11G optical channel. This
product is described in the Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-1 GBEH Edge Device User
Guide.
– The 1830 PSS-1 MD4H — a temperature hardened 1 RU Edge Device supporting
two specially adapted PSS1MD4 OTs, similar to 4DPA4 OTs that can be installed
in the PSS-32, with 4 multiservice client ports, and 2 2.7Gb line ports on each OT.
This product is documented in the Alcatel-Lucent 1830 Photonic Service Switch 1
(PSS-1) Release 1.7.0 MD4H Edge Device User Guide.
– The 1830 PSS-1 MSAH — a temperature hardened 1 RU Edge Device supporting
two specially adapted OTs, a PSS1MD4 and a PSS1P21. The PSS1MD4 is similar
to the 4DPA4 OT that can be installed in the PSS-32, with 4 multiservice client
ports, and 2 2.7Gb line ports. The PSS1P21 provides 21 E1 client ports and 2
STM-1 optical line ports. This product is described in the Alcatel-Lucent 1830
Photonic Service Switch 1 (PSS-1) Release 1.0 MSAH Edge Device User Guide.
– PSS-1 AHP — a 1 RU Device supporting a specially adapted high power, high
gain amplifier, similar to the AHPHG that can be installed in the PSS-32. Two of
these devices are installed together and managed as a single NE to create a low
cost ILA node for optical spans connecting 1830 PSS devices. This product is
described in the Alcatel-Lucent 1830 Photonic Service Switch 1 (PSS-1) Release
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2-4 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Hardware design and layout
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Compliance Standards
The Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 complies with the follow regulatory standards for
Environmental, Safety, EMC, ESD, and Hazardous Substances
North America Region:
• Telcordia GR-1089-CORE, Issue 4 “Electromagnetic Compatibility and Electrical
Safety - Generic Criteria for Network Telecommunications Equipment”
• Telecordia GR-63-CORE, Issue 3 “NEBS Requirements: Physical Protection.
• CSA Certified (US and Canadian) UL 60950-1, Second Edition / CSA C22.2 No.
60950-1-07, Second Edition, “Information Technology Equipment – Safety – Part 1 :
Generic Requirements”
• 21 CFR 1040.10, “Food and Drugs, Radiological Health, Performance Standards for
Light Emitting Products”
• 21 CFR 1040.11, “Food and Drugs, Radiological Health, Specific Purpose Laser
Products”
• FCC Code of Federal Regulations, Title 47 – Telecommunications, Part 15 – “Radio
Frequency Devices”, Class A
• ICES-003, Issue 4 ”Industry Canada Spectrum Management and Telecommunications
Policy, “Interference-Causing Equipment Standard, Digital Apparatus”, Class A
European Market:
• Directive 2004/108/EC, “Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC)”
• Directive 2006/95/EC, “Low Voltage Electrical Equipment”
• Directive 93/465/EEC, “CE Marking Directive”
• IEC 60950-1:2005 (2nd Edition) / EN 60950-1:2006 “Information Technology
Equipment – Safety – Part 1 : Generic Requirements”
• EN 60825-1: 2007 “Safety of Laser Products – Part 1: Equipment Classification,
Requirements, and Users Guide”
• EN 60825-2: 2007 “Safety of Laser Products – Part 2: Safety of Optical Fiber
Communication Systems”
• EN 300 386 “Electromagnetic compatibility and Radio spectrum Matters (ERM);
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 2-5
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Hardware design and layout
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
• ETSI ES 201 468 Electromagnetic compatibility and Radio spectrum Matters (ERM);
Additional Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC) requirements for
telecommunications equipment for enhanced availability of service in specific
applications
• EN 300 019 2-1 Environmental Engineering (EE); Environmental Conditions And
Environmental Tests For Telecommunications Equipment; Part 2-1: Specification Of
Environmental Tests; Storage
• EN 300 019 2-2: Equipment Engineering (EE); Environmental Conditions And
Environmental Tests For Telecommunications Equipment - Part 2-2: Specification Of
Environmental Tests; Transportation
• EN 300 019 2-3: Equipment Engineering (EE) - Environmental Conditions And
Environmental Tests For Telecommunications Equipment - Part 2-3: Specification Of
Environmental Tests - Stationary Use At Weather Protected Locations
• ETS 300 753: Equipment Engineering (EE) - Acoustic Noise Emitted By
Telecommunications Equipment
Mechanical design
The Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 is 2 RU high and can be mounted in 19-inch (EIA), 19-
and 21-inch (ETSI), and 23-inch (WECO) racks. It supports redundant -48VDC power
filters. It also supports optional, CWDM or DWDM pluggable filters, a pluggable
controller with management I/O connections, a pluggable fan unit, and 2 full-height or 4
half-height OT slots.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2-6 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Hardware design and layout
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 2-7
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Hardware design and layout
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The Fan unit with 6 variable speed fans and a controller, which communicates with
the EC to control the FAN speed. A single fan failure has no effect on the transmission
capability of the PSS-4. The fan module supports a multicolored LED for status
indication.
• Up to 2 pluggable full-height or 4 pluggable half-height OT/OAs
The OTs are a sub-set of 1830 PSS OTs and are described in this guide.
– 11DPE12 (non-hardened)
– 11QPA4 (non-hardened)
– 11QPA4A (hardened)
– A2325A
– AHPHG
– 4DPA4
• 1 full-slot or 2 half-slot pluggable slots for CWDM/DWDM filters
– E4-SFC1x (8 variants)
– E4-SFC2x (4 variants)
– E4-SFC4x (2 variants)
– E4-SFC8
– E4-SFD4x (8 variants)
– E4-SFD8x (4 variants)
• A rotary switch (not pluggable) to set the shelf ID number.
All Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 are set to the default value (0001). Up to 8 multiple
units can be identified with this switch and networked to form a single NE from a
management point of view. Only one shelf in each NE can have the role of Main
Shelf. the Shelf ID number of main shelf is 0x01.
Component slot locations
The physical locations slot location for each of the components is numbered and used in
CLI commands and alarms to indicate problems with a component. The slot numbering
and the type of module that they can contain are illustrated in Figure 2-2, “PSS-4 slot
layout and numbering” (p. 2-9)
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2-8 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Hardware design and layout
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 2-9
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Hardware design and layout
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2-10 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Features
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Features
Introduction
The Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 can be deployed as a standalone system or in conjunction
with other 1830 PSS-4 units or the 1830 PSS-32.
Refer to the Alcatel-Lucent 1830 Photonic Service Switch 32/16 (PSS-32/PSS-16) Release
3.0.0 Product Information and Planning Guide for complete information about the 1830
PSS-32.
• EPT support
• Management via: 1354RM-PhM/1340INC/1350OMS
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 2-11
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Features
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Applications
The Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 provides flexible solution on single 2RU platform, that
can be configured to support nodes for the following applications.
• CWDM FOADM (degree 4) - up to 20 CWDM lines
• DWDM FOADM (degree 4) - up to 8 DWDM lines
• ILA (88 channel support)
• Terminal Node
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2-12 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Features
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Figure 2-4 Typical 1830 PSS-4 ILA example
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 2-13
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Features
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 is suitable for installation in the following facilities:
• Network telecommunication facilities
• Locations where National Electric Code (NEC) is applicable
• Outdoor cabinets and other locations where extended temperatures are a factor.
Optical interfaces
The Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 supports B&W SFPs/XFPs for single-channel
applications and DWDM/CWDM SFPs/XFPs for multiple channel applications.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2-14 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Features
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 2-2 DWDM filters and frequencies (continued)
194.50 1541.349
↕ — 194.60 1540.557
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 2-15
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Features
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 2-2 DWDM filters and frequencies (continued)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2-16 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Features
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Non-hardened PSS-4 units
A PSS-4 unit that contains one or more non-hardened card must be provisioned for ETR
mode disabled. In order for the fan unit in a non-hardened PSS-4 units to provide
adequate shelf cooling, the following conditions must be met:
• To ensure long term reliability of a non-hardened hardware, the ambient temperature
of the facility should be between -5°C and 40°C.
• The facility must provide adequate ventilation for the shelf and remain free of
obstructions that may affect fan efficiency.
Note: Operation of non-ETR capable cards or SFPs in an ETR environment can result
in hardware damage.
Identifying extended temperature range cards
All modules and cards designated for use in the Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 are capable of
ETR operation, except the 11DPE12 and 11QPA4 OTs (11QPA4A is ETR-capable).
Non-hardened cards and pluggables will be automatically alarmed by software if detected
in a chassis which is provisioned for ETR operation.
The temperature range of cards can be determined from the remote inventory data of
removable cards and the EC by performing a "show card inventory" command. If "ETR"
characters are present in bytes 6-8 of customer inventory field, the card is ETR qualified.
Otherwise it is not ETR qualified. Software will display an ETR indicator in inventory
data, regardless of whether the node is provisioned for ETR operation.
Note: The 4DPA4 does not have ETR bytes programmed, but is a hardened card. So,
software is coded so that it will not raise an ETR alarm for this card.
Identifying extended temperature range plug-ins
SFPs and XFPs that support ETR operation are identified during ordering. After
installation, retrieve remote inventory data for the OT ports by performing a "show
interface inventory" command. If "ETR" characters are present in bytes 6-8 of customer
inventory field, the SFP is ETR qualified. Otherwise it is not ETR qualified.
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 2-17
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 1830 PSS-4 OTs
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
of 11QPA4.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2-18 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 1830 PSS-4 OTs
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Refer to Figure 2-7, “11QPA4 architecture” (p. 2-19) for a high-level transmission block
diagram.
B
DC/DC Input K
ADC power
supplies P
circuit
SFP VOA
Temp SEEPROM
Sensor SFP VOA
SFP VOA
SFP VOA
Client XFP
8x8 Line XFP
In this mode, the Line port input signal is looped towards another line port output
through 8x8 matrix. The client XFP is not necessarily provisioned or equipped, and no
alarm or performance monitoring is associated with those client port. The circuit pack
supports CrossRegen between any two line ports.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 2-19
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 1830 PSS-4 OTs
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
11QPA4 XFPs
The following table shows the XFPs that are supported for use in the 11QPA4.
Table 2-3 11QPA4 XFPs
Client or Line:
OTM-0.2
(10GBASE-SR)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2-20 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 1830 PSS-4 OTs
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 2-3 11QPA4 XFPs (continued)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 2-21
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 1830 PSS-4 OTs
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Dual pluggable 12xGbE OT (11DPE12)
The 11DPE12 is a single slot wide, full height 12xGbE MUX OT card, providing an
Ethernet multiplexing platform that aggregates up to twelve full-rate GbE client services
onto two 10G paths, supported by pluggable B&W/CWDM/DWDM line-side optics. By
providing unrestricted throughput and MAC PDU transparency for up to ten GBE clients,
this pack offers Ethernet Virtual Private Line (EVPL) service transport with Q-in-Q
tagging mechanism, as defined in MEF and ITU-T documents. Support is provide for up
to 4096 sub-GbE signal flow per Line Port. To identify pluggable modules supported on
client and line ports, see Table 2-4, “11DPE12 SFP/XFPs” (p. 2-25).
The 11DPE12 card supports the following features:
• Supports Full rate GbE, Sub-rate, and Q-in-Q modes for Ethernet virtual private line
(EVPL) cross-connect provisioning
– SVLAN ID Mapping provision
– CE-VLAN ID Mapping provision
– CIR/EIR bandwidth profile provision for sub-rate GbE signal flow
– Switching based on proprietary Higig tag for 32 sub-GbE signal flow at Line port,
or Q-in-Q (MEF 6.1) for 4096 sub-GbE signal flow at line port.
• Full 88 channel C-band DWDM support
• Terminal loopback and facility loopback
• Support for ESNCP (full rate GbE service and Q-in-Q); No Implementation of
Y-cable and OPS protection
• VA1 and VA2 port supports power adjustment with slow SFP VOAs
• eVOA management and WT encoding functions
• DWDM/CWDM/B&W fixed and tunable XFP Modules at Line port, and SFP
modules at Client port
• G.709 monitoring, alarming and consequent actions
• RSFEC, and EFEC2 is user-provisionable, Bit Rate (11.049G/11.097G) is user
provisionable
• G.709 interface monitoring at line side port and RMON statistics at both line and
client side port
• GCC0 processing for DCN extension to the 1830 PSS-1
• GBE and FE supported on client ports
• OTU2 (11.049Gbps and 11.096Gbps) and 10GBE supported on line ports
Each channel supports the Add/Drop operational mode.
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2-22 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 1830 PSS-4 OTs
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Functional description
Refer to Figure 2-9, “11DPE12 block diagram” (p. 2-23) for an illustration.
Aggregates client GbE MAC PDUs to dual 10-GbE line interfaces and to two other
10GbE interfaces to companion OT (Note that only error free MAC PDUs are
aggregated.)
• Provides 10/100/1000-Mbps Ethernet ports for both copper and fiber connections
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 2-23
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 1830 PSS-4 OTs
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
• Provides ingress client PDU tagging and removal of tag at the egress without
bandwidth enlargement using headers
• Configures aggregation 64B/66B encoded stream by providing an effective data rate
of 10-Gbps with the ability to add provider tags without restricting client bandwidth
for up to 10-GbE ports [12-byte header is inserted before each Ethernet packet. This
header is used to segregate and forward PDUs within the L2 switch module. The
header uses 4 bytes of the IFG and the packet preamble (8 bytes), for a total of 12
bytes to avoid bandwidth reduction on aggregation link.]
• Provides RMON
The G.709 Framer module performs the following add/drop functions.
Add direction (from client to line port):
• Maps incoming 64B/66B encoded bit stream using asynchronous method into an
ODU2 information structure.
• Generates ODU2 and OTU2 OH
• Performs fault processing following relevant requirements compliant with G.798
• Generates FEC field of an OTU2 formatted signal based on either Reed Solomon or
EFEC algorithm (user provisioning determines which of the two will be used)
Drop direction (from line to client port):
• Terminates FEC field of an incoming OTU2 signal
• Corrects errors using Reed Solomon or EFEC error correction algorithm
• Provides PM statistics for FEC Correctable and Uncorrectable errors
• Terminates OTU2 and ODU2 OH fields
• Asynchronously de-maps HiGig signal from ODU2
• Performs fault processing following relevant requirements compliant with G.798
The FPGA module performs the following functions:
• Processes the ODU2 PCC/APS bytes in order to present them to software
• Provides GCC insert/extract from the TOH
The 10G LAN/WAN PHY module performs the following functions:
• Converts the XAUI interface from the L2 switch to 10-GbE LAN over SF14
The Tx/Rx module performs the following add/drop functions:
Add direction (from client to port):
• Takes the signals from the parallel data path
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2-24 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 1830 PSS-4 OTs
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Drop direction (from line to client port):
• Receives the signal
• Recovers the signal clock
• Takes the clock signals onto parallel data path to next module
11DPE12 SFP/XFPs
The following table shows the SFP and XFP plugins that are supported for use on the
11DPE12.
Table 2-4 11DPE12 SFP/XFPs
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 2-25
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 1830 PSS-4 OTs
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 2-4 11DPE12 SFP/XFPs (continued)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2-26 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 1830 PSS-4 OTs
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4G dual-port pluggable AnyRate 4-client OT (4DPA4)
The 4DPA4, sometimes referred to as the MSC (Multi-Service Card), is a half-height,
single-wide card that accepts up to four client signals via SFP optics, and performs
non-blocking multiplexing into one or both line ports.
There are four pluggable client interfaces: two at the top, and two at the bottom. The
middle of the faceplate has sockets for the dual line interfaces: two eVOA SFPs and two
line port SFPs. Line transmit fibers are externally connected through the eVOA ports for
Wavetracker functionality. There is a pack status LED in the upper right corner of the
faceplate. Each port has a dedicated port status LED, and each port also has a second
LED. The second LED is used on client ports is used to indicate dynamic Ethernet
activity, and is not used on line ports and eVOA ports.
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 2-27
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 1830 PSS-4 OTs
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Functional description
The 4DPA4 is a half-height, single-wide card that accepts up to four client signals via
SFP optics, and performs non-blocking multiplexing into one or both line ports. It has
dual pluggable OTU1 line ports that support B&W, CWDM, or DWDM line signals, and
supports a variety of sub-ODU1 client signals with extremely flexible transponder
mappings. To identify specific pluggable modules and their application, see Table 2-7,
“4DPA4 SFPs (FlexMux)” (p. 2-34), and Table 2-6, “4DPA4 SFPs (DualTran)” (p. 2-33).
Line ports
The 4DPA4 ODU1 line ports must be manually provisioned, They are not automatically
provisioned when the card is installed as is the case for other OTs on the PSS-32. Each
PRELIMINARY
ODU1 is divided into 16 proprietary time slots. Signals from the client ports can be
assigned to time slots according to their bandwidth requirements by the internal switch in
the 4DPA4.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2-28 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 1830 PSS-4 OTs
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Note: Pluggable line port OTs only support 44 even channels. The SFPs supported on
4DPA4 line ports are not wavelength locked, therefore traffic from the pluggable OTs
may only traverse 100 GHz systems, unless muxed with a tunable OT (11STMM10).
The Operational Mode of OTU-1 line ports on the 4DPA4 can be provisioned as
ADD/DROP or CROSSREGEN, as described in “Line port utilization” (p. 2-29).
Line port utilization
The Operational Mode of OTU-1 line ports on the 4DPA4 can be provisioned as
ADD/DROP or CROSSREGEN (see Figure 2-12, “Add/Drop operational mode”
(p. 2-29) and Figure 2-13, “CROSSREGEN operational mode” (p. 2-30)).
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 2-29
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 1830 PSS-4 OTs
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Figure 2-13 CROSSREGEN operational mode
Client ports
The following client signals are supported:
• OC3/STM1
• OC12/STM4
• OC48/STM16
• 1GbE
• FE
• SyncE
• FC100 (1.0625G)
• FC200 (2.125G)
• FC400
• FICON(4.25G)
• HDSDI (1.485G, HD-SDI HDTV)
• SDSDI (270Mb/s, SMPTE 292M)
• DVBASI (270Mb/s, SMPTE 292M)
The client ports are not configured automatically and must be manually configured. They
remain in the unassigned state until the user assigns a specific client signal type. Each line
port ODU1 is divided into 16 logical time slots. Signals from the client ports can be
PRELIMINARY
assigned by the operator, to time slots according to their bandwidth requirements. The
types of client signals supported in this release, their operating bit rate, and the number of
time slots required for each signal are shown in Table 2-5, “Client signal time slot
requirements” (p. 2-31).
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2-30 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 1830 PSS-4 OTs
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Client port mapping
Each line port ODU1 is divided into 16 logical time slots. Signals from the client ports
can be assigned by the operator, to time slots according to their bandwidth requirements.
The types of client signals supported in this release, their operating bit rate, and the
number of time slots required for each signal are shown in Table 2-5, “Client signal time
slot requirements” (p. 2-31).
Note: All signal types support optical interfaces only, unless stated otherwise.
interfaces)
SDSDI 270Mb/s 2
(SMPTE259M, Electrical and
optical interfaces)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 2-31
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 1830 PSS-4 OTs
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 2-5 Client signal time slot requirements (continued)
Any of the four client ports can be mapped either of the two lines, bandwidth
permitting. As a result, flexible client-to-line configurations such as the following are
possible.
• 1:1 + 1:1 — dual transponders
• 1:1 + 2:1 — transponder on one line, mux on other line
• 1:1 + 3:1 — transponder on one line, mux on other line
• 2:1 + 2:1 — dual mux
• 4:1 — all clients muxed onto one line
Examples of some of these configurations are shown in Figure 6. All connections are
bi-directional
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2-32 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 1830 PSS-4 OTs
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
eVOA ports
The eVOA ports are used for Wavetracker encoding in some configurations. In other
configurations, the eVOA ports are not used. For example, the eVOA ports are not used
when the line is connected to an 11STMM10 or SFC client port. The eVOA ports are
provisioned and managed separately from the line ports. When used, the eVOA ports
must be manually created in the system. There is no automatic creation of these ports.
4DPA4 SFPs
The following tables show the SFPs that are supported for use on the 4DPA4, both for
DualTran and FlexMux operation.
Table 2-6 4DPA4 SFPs (DualTran)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 2-33
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 1830 PSS-4 OTs
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
(SL-1.1)
Client: 155M SFP 1AB376350003 B&W STM-1/OC-3 1550
STM1/OC-3 L-1.2/LR-2 (L-1.2/LR-2)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2-34 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 1830 PSS-4 OTs
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 2-7 4DPA4 SFPs (FlexMux) (continued)
OTM-0.1 (SL-16.1)
Client: 100BASE-LX10 1AB382180001 Fast Ethernet SFP 1310
FE (100BLX10) (100BASE-LX10)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 2-35
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 1830 PSS-4 OTs
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 2-7 4DPA4 SFPs (FlexMux) (continued)
Line:
OTM-0.1
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2-36 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 1830 PSS-4 OTs
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 2-7 4DPA4 SFPs (FlexMux) (continued)
STM-16/OC-48
HDSDI, SDSDI,
DVBASI, GbE
Line:
OTM-0.1
Line: DWDM SFP 1AB377220003 DWDM - 2400 191.7 - 196.05 THz
OTM-0.1 120km -thru- ps/nm (120km) (in increments of
(SL-16.2D-{9170- 1AB377220046 .05)
9605})
VOA eVOA_P 1AB396080001 Fast eVOA SFP NA
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 2-37
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 1830 PSS-4 optical amplifiers
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
ILA node
In some physically larger networks, the distance between two add/drop nodes may exceed
the system’s single span optical reach. In such a case, an ILA can be installed at a
mid-point, thereby creating two shorter spans and boosting the signal strength before it
gets too close to the noise floor.
An ILA node is an individually managed network element, but without channel add/drop
capabilities. It uses a subset of the same hardware to provide bidirectional line
amplification and dispersion compensation only.
In very long distance applications, multiple ILAs can be installed at multiple points along
the line.
The Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 supports configuration as an ILA node using the
following amplifiers:
• A2325A (23db power, variable gain, optical amplifier)
The A2325A can be used for span losses between 13 dB to 24 dB with an extend span
loss range from 24 dB to 31 dB.
• AHPHG (High Power High Gain Amplifier)
The AHPHG provides 13 to 33dB of gain, with a flat gain range of 13 to 26dB.
The in-line amplifier (ILA) amplifies the aggregate optical channel and terminates the
OSC for two optical lines. An ILA configuration consists of two line drivers (LDs),
DCMs, power, and control packs for a PSS-4 shelf.
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2-38 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 1830 PSS-4 optical amplifiers
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The following diagram illustrates an example of an ILA configuration. Note that the SIG
OUT ports of both LDs are connected to the span.
ports of amplifiers that support mid-stage access. The number and type of DCM modules
needed in particular points in an Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS network is determined by the
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-32/PSS-16 Engineering and Planning Tool, based on target
dispersion map required to support 10G services between any two points in the DWDM
network. When DCM is not used, a 10-dB pad is placed instead.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 2-39
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 1830 PSS-4 optical amplifiers
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Refer to Figure 2-16, “Full-height LD module” (p. 2-40) for an illustration.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2-40 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 DCM shelves
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
DCM shelves
DCM shelf description
A DCM enclosure can hold a maximum of 16 DCM modules. The system models each
DCM module as a separate DCM shelf with a DCM card. The inventory port of a DCM
module can be connected to an inventory port on a LD card. The inventory port should be
connected to the LD for the same Line to which the DCM is connected.
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 2-41
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Automatic power reduction (APR)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
OSC requirements
1830 PSS APR relies on the OSC. The OSC carries a remote defect indicator in its
SONET overhead to indicate if the originating nodes see a fiber cut. Detection of the RDI,
in the case of a single fiber cut, will indicate the need to shut down. When the RDI clears,
it indicates that the egress amplifier can be turned on again.
Disabling OSC
1830 nodes can disable the OSC when it limits the reach for long spans. Under these
PRELIMINARY
circumstances, APR and recovery from APR cannot function properly. If OSC is disabled
at the amplifier at the end of a span, then APR mechanisms are disabled at that node.
However, the Raman amplifier itself must be able to detect the OSC to turn on and remain
on.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2-42 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Automatic power reduction (APR)
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
OSC/APR limitation provisioned as 1000base-FX
The OSC can be provisioned to operate as a 1000base-FX signal. When the OSC is
provisioned in this way, the RDI signaling used to detect a span cut is not available. APR
cannot function properly in response to span cuts when the OSC is provisioned in this
way.
Shutdown examples
The following examples illustrate how Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 APR functions to shut
down and restore power in response to single and dual fiber cuts.
Single fiber cut shutdown
A span cut on the transmission path from Node 1/ILA 1 to Node 2/ILA 2, as shown in
Figure 2-17, “Single fiber cut” (p. 2-43), will result in LOS for both the DWDM channels
and the OSC at the detection points indicated in the illustration. In some failure cases,
noise might be present on the OSC channel, but not signal, so other OSC failures are also
used to trigger APR (LOF, LOL). The presence of both DWDM and OSC defects will
trigger a shutdown.
This shutdown will occur as a result of the following conditions:
• DWDM LOS is detected at the input to the line driver (LD) card in Node 2/ILA 2
• An OSC failure, measured by LOS, LOL, or LOF is detected at the input to the LD
card in Node 2/ILA 2
• The DWDM and OSC defects continue for 10 ms
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 2-43
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Automatic power reduction (APR)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
As a result of these conditions the following procedure steps will take place to implement
APR:
1. The output power will be turned completely off in the Node 2/ILA 2 amplifier that
amplifies DWDM channels that are transmitted back to Node 1/ILA 1, as indicated in
Figure 2-17, “Single fiber cut” (p. 2-43).
2. The OSC transmitter in Node 2/ILA 2 will transmit a remote defect indicator (RDI)
back to Node 1/ILA 1.
3. The OSC receiver in Node1/ILA 1 detects the RDI
4. The output power is turned completely off in the amplifier in Node1/ILA 1 that
amplifies the DWDM channels that are transmitted to Node 2/ILA 2.
5. Software will raise the APR-Active - Line condition against the output ports of the
amplifiers that are shut off.
RAMAN behavior
RAMAN
(B)
CWR8 OSC OSC
OSC CWR8
OSC
RAMAN
(A)
When a single direction is cut on a span containing Raman amplifiers, the Raman
amplifier on the node ingress from span where there is fiber cut (Raman [B]), will see
OSC loss. Its pumps will be turned off. However, Raman (A) on the side where there is
no fiber cut, does not see OSC loss and does not turn the pumps off. Raman packs are
completely dependent on OSC loss for APR.
Restart after repair of a single fiber cut
When the cut fiber from Node 1 to Node 2 is repaired, the following procedure will take
place. (Power is restored between ILAs following the same procedure.)
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2-44 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Automatic power reduction (APR)
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1. The OSC receiver at the incoming LD in Node 2 detects the OSC from Node 1.
2. In response, the LD in Node 2 that amplifies the DWDM channels transmitted toward
Node 1 is turned back on.
3. Also in response to detection of the OSC, the RDI is removed from the OSC that is
transmitted from Node 2 to Node 1.
4. After the OSC without an RDI is detected at Node 1.
5. The amplifier in Node 1 that amplifies the DWDM channels transmitted toward Node
2 is turned back on.
6. The APR-Active - Line condition is cleared.
Double fiber cut shutdown
The algorithm that is followed when both fibers are cut or disconnected between two
nodes/ILA's is the same as for a single fiber cut. The response is described below. A span
cut on both fibers between Node 1/ILA 1 to Node 2/ILA 2, as shown in Figure 2-19,
“Double fiber cut” (p. 2-46), will follow the same general procedure as for a single fiber
cut.
This shutdown will occur as a result of the following conditions:
• DWDM LOS is detected at the input to the LD cards in Node 1/ILA 1 and Node
2/ILA 2
• OSC failures, measured by LOS, LOL, or LOF are detected at the input to the LD
cards in Node 1/ILA 1 and Node 2/ILA 2
• The DWDM and OSC defects continue for 10 ms
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 2-45
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Automatic power reduction (APR)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
As a result of these conditions the following procedure steps will take place to implement
APR:
1. The output power will be turned completely off in the Node 1/ILA 1 amplifier that
amplifies DWDM channels transmitted to Node 2/ILA 2, and in the Node 2/ILA 2
amplifier that amplifies DWDM channels transmitted to Node 1/ILA 1.
2. The OSC transmitter in Node 1/ILA 1 will transmit a remote defect indicator (RDI) to
Node 2/ILA 2 and the OSC transmitter in Node 2/ILA 2 will transmit an RDI to Node
1/ILA 1.
3. Software will raise the APR-Active - Line condition against the output ports of the
amplifiers that are shut off.
Restart after repair of a double fiber cut
When the fibers that carry traffic between Node 1 and Node 2 are repaired in the order
indicated in the following illustration, the following procedure will take place: (Power is
restored between ILAs following the same procedure.)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2-46 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Automatic power reduction (APR)
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1. After the first fiber is repaired, the OSC receiver at the incoming LD in Node 1
detects the OSC from node 2. This receiver detects the RDI from Node 2. The two
nodes are now experiencing only a single fiber cut, similar to what was described
previously in, “Restart after repair of a single fiber cut” (p. 2-44).
2. When the second fiber is repaired, the OSC receiver at the incoming LD in Node 2
detects the OSC from Node 1.
3. In response, the LD in Node 2 that amplifies the DWDM channels transmitted toward
Node 1 is turned back on.
4. Also in response to detection of the OSC, the RDI is removed from the OSC that is
transmitted from Node 2 to Node 1.
5. After the OSC without an RDI is detected at Node 1.
6. The amplifier in Node 1 that amplifies the DWDM channels transmitted toward Node
2 is turned back on.
7. The APR-Active - Line condition is cleared.
Other failures that result in APR
APR can lead to shutdowns in certain cases when the span has not been cut. In these
cases, APR may occur as a by-product of a failure. If a failure other than a span cut or
disconnection leads to an APR shutdown, transmission will restart automatically using the
standard restart procedure.
The following are examples of failures that may cause an APR shutdown:
• A Raman amplifier is being used at a node or ILA, and the fiber is disconnected
between the Raman amplifier and the ingress amplifier.
• A booster amplifier is being used at the node or ILA, and the fiber is disconnected
between the booster amplifier and the ingress amplifier.
• An OSC transmitter failure at one node or ILA leads to the shutdown of a Raman card
at an adjacent node or ILA. If the channel count is small, the shutdown of the Raman
card can result in DWDM LOS, in addition to OSC failure, at the ingress OA.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 2-47
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Automatic power reduction (APR)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
When an ingress LD is removed from Node (A), APR is declared on Node (B) as
expected. No APR condition is declared on Node (A) because, with the ingress LD
removed, no OSC is working on this node. So there is no way for this node to interpret
the RDI from Node (B).
APR will occur when a line-terminating amplifier at a node that has an egress OA, or an
amplifier at an ILA, loses power or is subjected to a reboot. The line terminating amplifier
may be an ingress amplifier. If the loss of power or reboot occurs in Node2, as shown in
Figure 2-21, “Cold or hard reboot of an amplifier” (p. 2-48), then the amplifier that
launches into the span from Node 2 to Node 1 will shut down, and the APR-Active Line
condition will be raised at Node 2.
During the outage or reboot, the ingress LD at Node 1 will detect both OSC LOS and
DWDM payload LOS. As a result:
PRELIMINARY
• In Node 1, the amplifier that transmits toward Node 2 will shut its power off
completely.
• The OSC that is transmitted from Node 1 to Node 2 will contain an RDI.
• Software will raise the APR-Active Line condition against the output port of the
amplifier in Node 1 that shuts down
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2-48 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Automatic power reduction (APR)
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
When the ingress amplifier at a node or ILA loses power, it is unable to detect defect that
can cause APR on the span. APR is required during this time because the power launched
from the far end could be in excess of class 1M. So, when an LD that terminates a line
has a cold or hard reboot, the OSC transmitter in the LD will remain off until the pack is
fully booted, and the LD that launches into the return span will remain shut down. When
rebooting has been completed, the OSC will transmit normally, with RDI transmitted only
if LOS conditions exist at the input to the LD. Also, when rebooting has been completed,
recovery from APR can occur.
In Figure 2-21, “Cold or hard reboot of an amplifier” (p. 2-48), while the ingress LD in
Node 2 is rebooting, its OSC transmitter remains off and the egress amplifier in Node 2
remains shut down.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 2-49
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Automatic power reduction (APR)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Figure 2-22 ILA fiber cut between OA’s exceeding class 1M limit
Topology download
Software validates the topology of the node or ILA. If the amplifier in the LD is capable
of exceeding the class 1M safety limit, then the pumps on that amplifier shall remain shut
off until a valid topolgy has been provisioned. Until the valid topology has been received,
the APR-Active-Invalid Topology condition shall be raised. The amplifiers that are
subject to this requirement are shown below, along with the port against which the
condition is raised.
Software will download the topology of the node or ILA to a LD when it undergoes a
hard reboot, and validates the topology of the node or ILA. If the amplifier in the LD is
capable of exceeding the class 1M safety limit, the pumps on that amplifier will remain
shut off until a valid topology is provisioned. An APR-Active-Invalid Topology condition
will be raised on the SIG OUT port until a valid topology has been received or
provisioned.
If an A2325A undergoes a hard reboot, and the node topology that has been downloaded
does not describe a fiber cut or disconnect within a Node or ILA, then the output power of
the amplifier in the LD will remain completely off, and an APR-Active-Invalid Topology
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2-50 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Automatic power reduction (APR)
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
(p. 2-50), where the LD on the left has a high-power amplifier, that amplifier must remain
turned off with the APR-Active-Invalid Topology condition raised, until the external
connection is provisioned at the LINE OUT port of the right-hand LD.
If the LD undergoes a hard reboot, and the node topology that has been downloaded
describes a fiber cut or disconnect within a Node or ILA, then the LD will turn on at its
eye-safe level. The APR-Active-Invalid Topology condition will be cleared, the
APR-Active-Node condition will be raised, and the recovery from APR will be governed
by the requirements for the topology, as described elsewhere in this section. After a new
topology is created and downloaded, the APR-Active-Invalid Topology condition will be
cleared, and APR recovery can proceed in accordance with the requirements for the new
topology.
If a connection that is monitored for intranode APR is deleted, APR will result. The
amplifier output power will be turned completely off, and the APR-Active-Invalid
Topology condition will be raised.
single fiber cut shown in the figure, node/ILA 1 will not be able to receive RDI from
node/ILA 2. Therefore, the egress amplifier in node/ILA 1 will not shut down. If the OSC
SFP failure occurs in node/ILA 2, or if there is a double fiber cut, then a shutdown may
still occur properly.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 2-51
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Ethernet EPL and EVPL services
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2-52 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Ethernet EPL and EVPL services
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The Higig header uses 1-byte for Start of Frame and 11 bytes for proprietary S-VLAN
Management. It also differs from the Q-in-Q frame in the following ways:
• Different usage of Preamble bytes
• Different usage of CRC bytes
Q-in-Q uses CRC to protect frame bytes excluding Preamble. Higig uses CRC to
protect all frame bytes.
• Uses the Port-ID value embedded in HiGig Header instead of the S-VLAN Tag
• Has a short IPG (8 Bytes vs. standard 12 Bytes)
• Higig supports Port ID value of 0~31 vs. S-VLAN Tag value of 0~4095
HiGig and Q-in-Q advantages
HiGig tagging has a higher data transport efficiency than Q-in-Q at the same line bit rate.
It supports Full Rate GbE Service at 10 xGbE signal flow per Line Port, and Sub Rate
GbE Service at 32 xGbE signal flow per Line Port.
Q-in-Q can have advantages over HiGig in the following applications:
•
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 2-53
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Ethernet EPL and EVPL services
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Q-in-Q application scenario
The 11DPE12 OT can aggregate the GbE traffic within PSS-32 network, and send it to
10GbE Routers/Switches with 10GbE interfaces, processing the GbE packets based on
Q-in-Q switching. This scenario is illustrated in the following figure.
In this application all the 11DPE12 cards along the service path must use Q-in-Q tagging
mode. HiGig tagging is not allowed in any part of the service path. The 11DPE12 cards
switch the packets based on the Q-in-Q tag. The tag is added by 11DPE12 companions or
directly by the 10GbE switch. The preferred Line interface is OTU2 format for PSS-32
internal interconnections, and 10GbE format for interworking with 10GbE router.
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2-54 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Network Topologies
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Network Topologies
Overview
This section describes the network topologies supported by the 1830 PSS. Note that, for
an end-to-end service on the 1830 PSS nodes, the OTs on the end points must have the
same types of ports. Both the A-end and Z-end must have tunable transceiver modules,
fixed channel SFP/XFPs, or tunable XFPs.
DWDM optical connectivity between 1830 PSS NEs
The following connectivity between 1830 NE shelf types is supported for DWDM optical
lines.
• PSS-32 shelf connected to PSS-32 shelf
• PSS-32 shelf connected to PSS-16 shelf
• PSS-32 shelf connected to PSS-1 AHP shelf
• PSS-16 shelf connected to PSS-16 shelf
• PSS-16 shelf connected to PSS-1 AHP shelf
• PSS-1 AHP shelf connected to PSS-1 AHP shelf
• PSS-4 Shelf connected to PSS-4 shelf
• PSS-4 Shelf connected to PSS-32 shelf
• PSS-4 Shelf (DWDM Line with LD) connected to PSS-1 AHP shelf
DWDM optical connectivity without LD
The following connectivity between 1830 NE shelf types is supported for DWDM optical
lines without an LD.
• PSS-4 Shelf connected to PSS-4 shelf
CWDM optical connectivity between 1830 PSS NEs
The following connectivity between 1830 NE shelf types is supported for CWDM optical
lines.
• PSS-32 shelf connected to PSS-32 shelf
• PSS-32 shelf connected to PSS-16 shelf
• PSS-32 shelf connected to PSS-1 GBE(H) shelf
• PSS-32 shelf connected to PSS-1 MD4H shelf
• PSS-16 shelf connected to PSS-16 shelf
• PSS-16 shelf connected to PSS-1 GBE(H) shelf
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
• PSS-4 Shelf connected to PSS-4 shelf
• PSS-4 Shelf connected to PSS-32 shelf
• PSS-4 Shelf connected to PSS-1 shelf
FOADM topologies
The system supports CWDM and DWDM linear FOADM networks.
FOADM linear network examples
FOADM
The system supports DWDM FOADM ring network architectures. The ring configuration
is valid with or without a FOADM HUB. The system also supports DWDM FOADM
Mesh network architectures. These include the following: Ring interconnections, Chorded
Ring, and Optically Connected Spur. Below is an example of a ring interconnection.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2-56 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Network Topologies
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
PSS-4 FOADMs
The 1830 PSS-4 network supports DWDM Line connection to an 1830 PSS-32 NE with
OSC channel support. Following Figure shows an example of this Topology.
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 2-57
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Network Topologies
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Figure 2-29 DWDM Connectivity between 1830 PSS-4 and 1830 PSS-32
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2-58 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Network Topologies
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 also supports single DWDM or CWDM channel
connections between PSS-4 NEs without an SFD or SFC.
Figure 2-31 PSS-4 CWDM or DWDM FOADM Point-to-Point Connection (w/o LD)
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 2-59
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Network Topologies
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Figure 2-33 FOADM/TOADM Ring Network
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2-60 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Network Topologies
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Figure 2-34 FOADM/TOADM Dual Ring Interworking with mixed PSS types
Bus configurations
PRELIMINARY
The 1830 PSS-4 supports a CWDM or DWDM linear bus configuration, as shown in the
following figures. The Bus network is a special example of linear topology, which
consists of a terminal node and several CWDM or DWDM bus nodes. An SFC8/SFD8
line terminal is supported with a mix of SFC4/SFD4, SFC2 and SFC1 bus nodes
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 2-61
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Network Topologies
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
ILA topologies
The system supports a PSS-4 ILA NE interworking with PSS-32 networks to function as
an ILA for the PSS-32.
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2-62 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Network Topologies
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The system supports PSS-4 DWDM network interconnection with PSS1AHP NE so that
PSS1AHP works as the ILA of the PSS-4.
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 2-63
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Configurations
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Configurations
Multi-shelf NE configuration
This section describes how multiple 1830 PSS-4 shelves can be configured as a single
NE. The figure below shows an example of how a FOADM NE with three PSS-4
universal shelves, and 2 DCM shelves with 2 DCM modules could be connected to form a
single NE. The positions of the connections on the cards are only to illustrate the
connections, and do not accurately reflect the actual positions of ports on the cards.
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2-64 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Configurations
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 2-65
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Configurations
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Each PSS-4 universal shelf must have a unique ID. The ID is set via a 16-position rotary
switch. The main shelf is designated by setting its switch to 1. Up to 8 PSS-4 universal
shelves (maximum) can be configured to form a single NE.
The shelves must be interconnected using the expansion Ethernet ports on the EC, and the
expansion Ethernet ports (ES1, ES2) must be connected in a ring as shown in Figure
2-38, “Multi-shelf NE example” (p. 2-65). If the loop is not closed, the system will alarm
because there will be a link down. The port may be put out of service to suppress the
alarm.
If there are duplicate shelf IDs, the duplicate ID is detected during the boot process and
that shelf will not be allowed to complete initialization.
Node configuration
The type of node (ILA, FOADM, Terminal, etc.) is determined by the node's
configuration is determined by topological interconnections. For example, a node
functions as an in-line amplifier if its topological links are setup to include one or more
amplifiers with no CWR or SFD/SFC cards. A node/shelf functions as a TOADM if there
are CWR cards in its topological configuration.
A PSS-4 DWDM FOADM node supports optical interconnections of up to 4 degrees, and
supports a maximum of add/drop 32 DWDM channels with 100 GHz channel spacing.
(Excluded channels are due to the limitation of PSS-4 SFDs.) A PSS-4 ILA node supports
a maximum of 88 DWDM channels with 50 GHz channel spacing.
• • SFD8
• • SFD8+SFD8
• • SFD8+SFD8+SFD8
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2-66 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Configurations
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
• • SFD8+SFD8+SFD8+SFD8
• • SFD4+SFD8
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 2-67
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Configurations
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2-68 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Configurations
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
SFD8+SFD8 Sym
SFD4+SFD4+SFD4 Sym
SFD8+SFD8+SFD8 Sym
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 2-69
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Configurations
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
PSS-4 CWDM FOADM
A degree 2 CWDM FOADM is supported on the 1830 PSS-4. The 1830 PSS-4 CWDM
FOADM supports add/drop configurations with 4DPA4, 11QPA4, and 11DPE12.
• • SFC1-SFC1
• • SFC2-SFC2
• • SFC4-SFC4
• • SFC8-SFC8
CWDM/DWDM FOADM Examples
The supported signal paths for a FOADM OADM are:
• Add/Drop
• Loop — single channel connectivity for the purpose of passing from East to West
transparently, without regeneration. Loop connections can only be made between
ports of the same wavelength. For a DWDM loop connection, an attenuator is used to
pad the signal.
• Pass-through — multi-channel connectivity for the purpose of cascading filters or
passing from East to West via the Expansion port on the OMD. This is not supported
for the SFD44 or SFD44B (pass-through is done on a per-channel basis via a loop
connection).
• Regeneration
The following Figures provide illustrations of various DWDM and CWDM degree 2
FOADM configurations.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2-70 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Configurations
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 2-71
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Configurations
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Figure 2-45 CWDM FOADM
Bus node
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 supports both DWDM bus configuration and CWDM bus
Configuration.
PRELIMINARY
The PSS-4 supports an asymmetrical degree 2 configuration for DWDM or CWDM bus
architecture, which has an SFC or SFD OMD port facing one line side, and its EXP port
facing another line side. One of the following can be used to support such a configuration:
SFC1, SFC2, SFC4, SFD4, SFD8.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2-72 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Configurations
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 2-73
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Configurations
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2-74 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Configurations
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Figure 2-47 Degree 4 DWDM FOADM
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 2-75
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Configurations
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Regeneration
The Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 supports single channel regeneration for
DWDM-DWDM and CWDM-DWDM connections. CWDM-CWDM regeneration is not
supported.
DWDM-DWDM single channel OEO regeneration is supported with a single dual-port
pluggable OT. The 11QPA4 and 4DPA4 OTs support this function.
CWDM-DWDM single channel OEO regeneration is supported with a single OT as
follows:
• With the 4DPA4 OT — One line/eVOA port is connected to the DWDM signal and
the other line/eVOA port is connected to the CWDM signal.
• With the 11QPA4 OT — The line/eVOA port is connected to the DWDM signal and
the associated client port is connected to the CWDM signal.
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2-76 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Configurations
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Both the NE and PhM allow asymmetric cards as the endpoints of an OCH trail.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 2-77
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Configurations
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The arrangement of fiber connections for these bidirectional configurations are shown in
the following illustrations.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2-78 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Configurations
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Figure 2-50 SFC-4A bidirectional fiber connections
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 2-79
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Configurations
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Figure 2-51 SFC-8 bidirectional fiber connections
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2-80 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Configurations
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 2-81
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Protection
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Protection
Overview
This section describes the protection mechanism supported on Alcatel-Lucent 1830
PSS-4.
The following OTs support E-SNCP protection in Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4:
• 11DPE12
• 11QPA4
• 4DPA4 (FlexMux mode only)
E-SNCP on 4DPA4
E-SNCP bridging for the 4DPA4 is illustrated in Figure 2-54, “E-SNCP on 4DPA4 OT”
(p. 2-82). Each client port (plus the two line ports) form an independent protection group.
The bridging is performed at the ODU1 level. As a result, all client ports assigned to the
working line are bridged simultaneously to the protection line.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2-82 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Protection
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
In the outgoing direction, traffic from the client ports is aggregated into one ODU1 line
signal, then the ODU1 signal is bridged into two parts, one for Working Path and another
for Protection Path. Both parts are inserted with OTU1 overhead and FEC code being sent
to the lines. The optical wavelengths are then modulated with WT encoder/eVOA before
sending to the SFD or FOADM.
In the incoming direction, the OT receives two OTU1 line signals (working and
protection). After FEC error correction and OTU1/ODU1 overhead termination
respectively, client traffic is extracted independently from the two line signals according
to the OPTS mapping structure determined for the outgoing direction. Then, depending
on the external switch commands for individual protection groups, or signal quality, the
traffic for each client port is selected independently from the working or protection line
port.
E-SNCP on 11QPA4
With E-SNCP configuration, the 11QPA4 ingress client signal is broadcast by an 8x8
matrix. The Optical signal is sent out by the two XFPs and transported via diverse optical
paths through a DWDM domain. The two received signals are processed by the two OTN
mappers. The automatic switch decision is made based on Loss of optical signal/Loss of
lock, or by monitoring LOF/LOM/TIM/SSF/PLM/SD/CSF, as detected by the OTN
mapper.
Figure 2-55, “11QPA4 E-SNCP examples” (p. 2-84) provides two examples of E-SNCP
configuration for the 11QPA4. Each client port and two line ports form an independent
protection group. Protected client(s) and unprotected client(s) can co-exist on the board.
In the source direction, the client involved in a protection group is split into two parts in
the matrix component, each goes to one line OTN mapper/framer for signal mapping,
OTN overhead insertion, and FEC coding. The signal is then transmitted after E/O
conversion. The optical wavelength is modulated with WT encoder or attenuated by slow
eVOA before entering the SFD.
In the receiving direction, the OT receives two line signals from the SFD (a working and
protection, signal belonging to the same protection group). After FEC decoding, OTN
overhead termination, and client signal demapping, the two client signals enter the 8x8
switch. Depending on the automatic protection switching criteria or external switching
command, one signal is selected and sent to the client port.
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 2-83
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Protection
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
As shown in the above illustration, any one client port on the 11QPA4 and its
corresponding line port and any one of other line ports can form a protection group. On
an idle client port, when the corresponding line port is involved in a protection group, the
SFP does not need be equipped, because no active traffic will go through this client port.
For simplicity, the WT encoder or slow eVOA is not plotted.
E-SNCP 11DPE12
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 supports service cross-connection between two neighbor OTs
through a backplane high speed connection. Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 provides this
kind of E-SNCP protection on the 11DPE12 OT when it is provisioned for Q-in-Q mode.
With the flexible protection provision, two types of protection scenarios are supported on
this OT:
PRELIMINARY
• Line service protection with one line port bridged to and selected from the other two
line ports which locate at a same OT
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2-84 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Protection
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
• Line service protection with a service of one line port bridged to and selected from the
other two line ports which locate at different OTs
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 2-85
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Protection
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2-86 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Alien Wavelength Access
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 2-87
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Loopbacks
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Loopbacks
Purpose
This section contains the detailed requirements for LOOPBACKS for the Alcatel-Lucent
1830 PSS-4.
Loopbacks are typically used in a process of installation, system maintenance and
troubleshooting. The basic idea is to allow the user to test the circuit or isolate the failure
by connecting the test equipment to the system interface and creating the loopbacks at
different points in the transmission path. In the process of troubleshooting isolating
segments of the transmission path and associating the addition/removal of a monitored
segment with presence of a failure.
The Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 will support the following types of loopbacks consistent
with GR-253-CORE.
• Facility loopback (GR-253-CORE (2005) section 6.2.3.3.3)
The facility loopback is applied at an interface to loop the signal back toward the
facility. (See Figure 2-57, “Loopback access points” (p. 2-89).)
• Terminal loopback (GR-253-CORE (2005) section 6.2.3.2.1)
The terminal loopback is applied at an interface to loop the signal back toward the
terminal hardware (back into the NE). (See Figure 2-57, “Loopback access points”
(p. 2-89).)
Performing loopbacks
Performing loopbacks is service affecting. You must take the facility out of service before
performing a loopback test.
The loopback operation is persistent in the NE. It will survive system restart and
in-service upgrade. During system restart the looped signal may be temporarily
interrupted. After the completion of a restart, the loopback which existed prior to the
restart will be restored.
A port under loopback operation cannot be provisioned to the In-Service state.
Facilities cannot be deleted while a loopback is still active. And, only one loopback
(facility or terminal) is allowed to be active on a facility at a time.
Note: Loopbacks may experience packet loss during a warm or cold reset of the unit.
The following illustration illustrates the loopbacks supported on the Alcatel-Lucent 1830
PSS-4 OTs.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2-88 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Loopbacks
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
OT OT
module module LosProp=LPBK
LosProp=LPBK
O O O O
Client C/DWDM Client C/DWDM
Port E E Port Port E E Port
O O O O
OT OT
module module
O O O O
Client C/DWDM Client C/DWDM
Port E E Port Port E E Port
O O O O
AAIS
aLaserOFF (or aLaserOFF
if LOSPROP=LASEROFF)
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 2-89
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Performance Monitoring
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Performance Monitoring
Purpose
Performance monitoring (PM) refers to the in-service, non-intrusive monitoring of
transmission quality and equipment health. The Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 tracks the
signal quality and equipment health through continuous collection and analysis of
performance data. The user can retrieve current and past values of the system to get an
overview of the health of the system. The performance monitoring capability exists for
optical lines, channels, and equipment monitoring. Users have the ability to provision
threshold parameters to levels that might be indicative of impending performance
degradation. Responding to a performance degradation before there is a failure and
system alarms are raised is termed proactive maintenance. Responding to system alarms
is termed reactive maintenance. Crossing of a performance parameter threshold indicates
a potential network quality or performance degradation while the services being
transported have not been impacted. If a condition continues to deteriorate, then alarms
are raised and immediate attention may be required to resolve or repair the problem.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2-90 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Performance Monitoring
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
• Severely Errored Seconds (SES-ODU)
• Unavailable Seconds (UAS-ODU)
8B/10B PCS layer performance measurements for 1GBE, FC100, FC200, FC400,
DVBASI
• Code Violations – PCS (CV-PCS)
• Errored Seconds – PCS (ES-PCS)
• Severely Errored Seconds – PCS (SES-PCS)
• Severely Errored Frame Seconds – PCS (SEFS-PCS)
• Code Violations - PCS (transmit direction) (CV-PCS)
• Errored Seconds - PCS (transmit direction) (ES-PCS)
• Severely Errored Seconds - PCS (transmit direction) (SES-PCS)
• Severely Errored Frame Seconds - PCS (transmit direction) (SEFS-PCS)
ETH layer 2 performance measurements for 1GBE
• Ethernet Number of Octets (ETHOCTETS)
• Ethernet Number of Packets (ETHPKTS)
• Ethernet Broadcast Packets (ETHBCSTPKTS)
• Number of collision events on Ethernet link (ETHCOLLISIONS)
• Ethernet Number of Errored Frames (ETHCRCAE)
• Ethernet Number of Drop Events (ETHDROPEVTS)
• Ethernet Incoming Fragmented Packets (ETHFRGMTS)
• Ethernet Jabber Packets (ETHJABRS)
• Ethernet Multi-cast Packets (ETHMCSTPKTS)
• Ethernet Overzise Packets (ETHOVRSIZEPKTS)
• Ethernet Undersize Packets (ETHUNDRSIZEPKTS)
• Ethernet 64 octet Packets (ETHPKTS64OCTETS)
• Ethernet 65-127 octet Packets (ETHPKTS127OCTETS)
• Ethernet 128-255 octet Packets (ETHPKTS255OCTETS)
• Ethernet 256-511 octet Packets (ETHPKTS511OCTETS)
• Ethernet 512-1023 octet Packets (ETHPKTS1023OCTETS)
• Ethernet 1024-1518 octet Packets (ETHPKTS1518OCTETS)
• Ethernet Packet Error Ratio (ETHPKTER)
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 2-91
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Performance Monitoring
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
• Severely Errored Seconds (SES-RS)
• Unavailable Seconds (UAS-RS)
SONET Section PM Parameters
• Coding Violations (CV-S)
• Errored Seconds (ES-S)
• Severely Errored Seconds (SES-S)
• Severely Error Frame Seconds (SEFS)
grouped by functional category. Each category has several monitored parameters for
which you can configure threshold crossing alerts (TCAs). A threshold is the mechanism
for generating a defined notification resulting from changes in PM parameter values. The
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 allows provisioning of performance parameter thresholds,
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2-92 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Performance Monitoring
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
which can be set by the user to show degraded performance. You can configure how
much data is gathered, how it is stored, and how and when you are notified if certain
thresholds levels are crossed.
For ETSI applications, the Single Level Threshold Crossing mechanism applies to
performance parameters with an accumulation period of 24 hours. The Dual Level
Threshold Crossing mechanism applies to performance parameters with an accumulation
period of 15 minutes. TCAs are reported as standing conditions. The standing conditions
are managed via Alarm Severity Profiles, like every other alarm.
For 15 minutes counters, an alarm message is sent towards the management interface, if
the alarm threshold value (TR) for the PM register is crossed during the measurement
period. The TCA will be active from this time on. If the threshold value does change for
an active TCA, the TCA will not be resent.
A message clearing the alarm will be sent towards the management interface at the end of
a measurement period if all of the following conditions are met:
• The clear threshold value (RTR) is not crossed during the measurement period
• The measurement period is not considered as adjusted or not available
• The measurement period contains no Unavailable Time
• The TCA is active for the PM register
From this time on the TCA is considered as inactive The clear threshold value (RTR)
should always be set with a lower value than the alarm threshold (TR).
For the 24h counters, the alarm message will be sent towards the management interface if
the threshold value for the PM register is crossed during the measurement period. The
TCA will be considered active from this time on. If a TCA is active, the clear message
will be sent towards the management interface at the end of a measurement period. From
this time on the TCA will be considered as inactive. If the threshold value is crossed in
the following measurement period, the TCA will be raised again.
When the threshold value is changed for an active TCA:
• If the new threshold is still crossed by the current register value, nothing is done.
• If the new threshold value is not crossed by the current register value, a message
clearing the alarm will be sent and the TCA will be considered as inactive. If the
alarm threshold is crossed again later, the TCA will be raised again.
TCA messages for analog parameters identify the monitored facility, monitored parameter
register, current threshold value, current register value, base-lined value, and the time and
date of the occurrence. TCA message output contains the absolute measured value for the
PRELIMINARY
current register, and not the deviation from the associated base-lined value.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 2-93
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Performance Monitoring
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The data for each PM group is queried and tested for threshold crossings at the following
intervals:
• 15-min bin: every 15 minutes
• 24-hr. bin: every 24 hours
A TCA event is reported within a minute of the event occurring.
Note: The PM groups are also queried and tested for threshold crossings when the
contents of the raw bin are viewed. This query is in addition to the regularly
scheduled queries.
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2-94 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Status Retrieval
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Status Retrieval
Objective
Configuration parameters and status information can be retrieved for a range of
equipment and conditions on Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4. Status information is retrieved
using the CLI. Refer to the 1830 PSS-32 CLI Command Guide
The following status retrieval options are available from the CLI:
• System Timing status
• Loopbacks
• All Faults
• Only those parameters values that are actually applied for the specified UID are
reported. This means that those system-wide parameters that have been modified, but
still not applied to the specified UID, are reported with their previous values.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 2-95
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 System access
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
System access
Overview
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 supports local access for provisioning and status retrieval.
IP address
The IP address of the Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 is configured via the CLI. During a
software installation/upgrade, a computer with an IP address is used as the FTP host for
the upgrade. This computer will contain the source file (zipped in tar.gz) to be loaded and
will also have an FTP server running. Refer to, “Software installation”Procedure 4-3:
“Software installation” (p. 4-5).
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2-96 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Synchronization
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Synchronization
Manual Time of Day synchronization
The following apply for manual (non-NTP) Time of Day synchronization.
• The NE date and time are capable of being modified via user interface command
• If NTP synchronization is enabled, attempts to modify date and time are denied.
• Changing the date or time, without input errors, will not cause any alarms, conditions,
or autonomous messages from the NE system due to date or time changes.
• The system ensures the date/time is set and reported within the valid range supported
by the user commands. The valid date range is from 1-Jan-2005 to 31-Dec-2059.
• The NE preserves the correct time and date through a restart/reboot of the processors
where there is no loss of power, and also when a module or device (hard disk) has
been replaced.
• The NE internal time of day clock uses the calculated UTC time from the selected
NTP server, when enabled, as modified by the user-provisioned offset. All messages,
event reports, logs, and events that carry time stamps use this time of day.
Note: Time/date changes may cause partial or incomplete PM data, depending on the
magnitude of the time change. Time/date changes will not affect the application of
security measures such as password aging.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 2-97
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Synchronization
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
When NTP protocol is disabled after having been synchronized to an NTP server, the
NE internal clock adopts the last value of the NTP server time as its set time and
continues to calculate time stamps using the provisioned offset.
• The NE supports the following time-of-day synchronization modes:
– non-synchronized, free-running mode: NTP is not enabled, and the NE is not
synchronized to an NTP server and is instead using its own internal clock as a
source.
– synchronized mode: the NE is using the NTP protocol to synchronize to an NTP
server. The NE is polling the NTP server and periodically making corrections to
its internal clock so as to maintain the same clock time as the NTP server.
• The current time-of-day synchronization mode is retrievable via user command
• NTP server addresses and NTP enable/disable status is able to survive a database
backup and restore.
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2-98 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Reliability program
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Reliability program
Overview
The reliability program is implemented as an integral part of the Alcatel-Lucent Product
Life Cycle (PLC) process. The reliability program is comprehensive, and includes
activities such as setting and ensuring compliance with customer-focused
system-reliability requirements, ensuring component qualification is consistent with use
environment and system design, predicting failure rates of Field Replaceable Units
(FRUs), assessing reliability architecture, modeling system reliability, assuring
satisfactory system-downtime performance, reducing hardware failure rates through
Environmental Stress Testing (EST), and tracking field returns.
The reliability program is comprehensive, and includes the following activities:
• Sets and ensures compliance with customer-focused system-reliability requirement
• Ensues component qualification is consistent with use environment and system design
• Predicts failure rates of FRUs
• Assesses reliability architecture
• Models system reliability
• Ensures satisfactory system-downtime performance
• Reduces hardware failure rates through Environmental Stress Testing (EST)
• • Tracks field returns.
Failure Rates
This section provides reliability figures of 1830 PSS-32 and Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4
PRELIMINARY
Orderable Items with non-zero failure rates per Telcordia SR-332 [1], Method I-D.
Failure rates are expressed in FITs, where one FIT is one failure in 109 operating hours.
The mean time to failure (MTTF) in years is given by:
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 2-99
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Reliability program
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 2-8 Failure Rates and MTBFs for Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 (controlled
environment)
HARDENED
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2-100 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Reliability program
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 2-8 Failure Rates and MTBFs for Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 (controlled
environment) (continued)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 2-8 Failure Rates and MTBFs for Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 (controlled
environment) (continued)
FILTER
HARDENED
DWDM 8 CH (A
VARIANT)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2-102 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Reliability program
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 2-8 Failure Rates and MTBFs for Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 (controlled
environment) (continued)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 2-8 Failure Rates and MTBFs for Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 (controlled
environment) (continued)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2-104 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Reliability program
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 2-8 Failure Rates and MTBFs for Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 (controlled
environment) (continued)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 2-105
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Reliability program
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 2-8 Failure Rates and MTBFs for Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 (controlled
environment) (continued)
Table 2-9 Failure Rates and MTBFs for Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 (uncontrolled
environment)
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 2-9 Failure Rates and MTBFs for Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 (uncontrolled
environment) (continued)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 2-9 Failure Rates and MTBFs for Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 (uncontrolled
environment) (continued)
FILTER
HARDENED
DWDM 8 CH (A
VARIANT)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2-108 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Reliability program
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 2-9 Failure Rates and MTBFs for Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 (uncontrolled
environment) (continued)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 2-9 Failure Rates and MTBFs for Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 (uncontrolled
environment) (continued)
Attention: Lead time, as used herein, does not pertain to the delivery intervals from
the submission of a purchase order, as that term may be used under any applicable
contract. Furthermore, lead time should not be confused with mean time to repair
(typically, 2 hours in a central office), which is the time elapsed from when a circuit
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2-110 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Reliability program
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
pack or unit is known to fail in service to when a spare circuit pack or unit is placed in
service to replace the failed item. It is the customer’s responsibility to maintain the
recommended sparing levels at all times. The need to maintain recommended sparing
levels implies that a replacement spare must be ordered immediately upon the
detection of a pack failing in service. In addition, lead times and FIT rates specified
here are assumptions for purposes of maintaining adequate sparing levels only, and
they do not change the terms of any applicable contracts, including ordering terms,
lead times, delivery provisions, or any applicable warranties that may be in effect.
Figure 2-58 Recommended Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Circuit Pack and Unit
Sparing Levels - 30 Day Lead Time (controlled environment)
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 2-111
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Reliability program
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Figure 2-59 Recommended Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Circuit Pack and Unit
Sparing Levels - 30 Day Lead Time (uncontrolled environment)
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2-112 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Reliability program
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Figure 2-60 Recommended Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Circuit Pack and Unit
Sparing Levels - 60 Day Lead Time (controlled environment)
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 2-113
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Reliability program
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Figure 2-61 Recommended Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Circuit Pack and Unit
Sparing Levels - 60 Day Lead Time (uncontrolled environment)
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2-114 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Reliability program
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Figure 2-62 Recommended Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Circuit Pack and Unit
Sparing Levels - 90 Day Lead Time (controlled environment)
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 2-115
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Reliability program
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Figure 2-63 Recommended Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Circuit Pack and Unit
Sparing Levels - 90 Day Lead Time (uncontrolled environment)
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2-116 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Ordering
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Ordering
Purpose
This section provides ordering details for Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 ordering
information.
Table Contents
Table 2-10, “1830 PSS-32/1830 PSS-4 NE lists the ordering information for the 1830
CD-ROMs and License Point Fees” PSS-32/1830 PSS-4 network element (NE)
(p. 2-118) software CD-ROMs.
Need to know if there will be a separate PSS-4
CD-ROM.
Table 2-11, “PSS-4 SFPs” (p. 2-119) lists the ordering information for the 1830
PSS-32 and the Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 SFP
pluggable optics
Table 2-12, “1830 PSS-4 common lists the ordering information for the
equipment” (p. 2-126) Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 common equipment.
Table 2-13, “1830 PSS-4 installation kits” lists the ordering information for Alcatel-Lucent
(p. 2-127) 1830 PSS-4 installation kits, and their contents.
Table 2-14, “1830 PSS-4 power options” lists the ordering information for Alcatel-Lucent
(p. 2-127) 1830 PSS-4 power options.
Table 2-15, “1830 PSS-4 customer- lists the ordering information for the
replaceable items” (p. 2-128) Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4kit:
customer-replaceable items.
Table 2-16, “1830 PSS-4 miscellaneous lists the ordering information for the
equipment” (p. 2-128) Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 miscellaneous
equipment.
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 2-117
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Ordering
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Ordering details
Table 2-10, “1830 PSS-32/1830 PSS-4 NE CD-ROMs and License Point Fees”
(p. 2-118) lists the ordering information for the 1830 PSS-32/1830 PSS-4 network
element (NE) software CD-ROMs.
Table 2-10 1830 PSS-32/1830 PSS-4 NE CD-ROMs and License Point Fees
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2-118 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Ordering
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 2-11, “PSS-4 SFPs” (p. 2-119) lists the ordering information for the Alcatel-Lucent
1830 PSS-4 SFP pluggable optics.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 2-119
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Ordering
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 2-11 PSS-4 SFPs (continued)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2-120 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Ordering
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 2-11 PSS-4 SFPs (continued)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 2-121
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Ordering
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 2-11 PSS-4 SFPs (continued)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2-122 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Ordering
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 2-11 PSS-4 SFPs (continued)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 2-123
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Ordering
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 2-11 PSS-4 SFPs (continued)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2-124 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Ordering
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 2-11 PSS-4 SFPs (continued)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 2-125
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Ordering
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 2-11 PSS-4 SFPs (continued)
Table 2-12, “1830 PSS-4 common equipment” (p. 2-126) lists the ordering information
for the 1830 PSS-4 common equipment.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2-126 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Ordering
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 2-13, “1830 PSS-4 installation kits” (p. 2-127) lists the ordering information for the
1830 PSS-4 kits and their contents.
Table 2-14, “1830 PSS-4 power options” (p. 2-127) lists the ordering information for the
1830 PSS-4 power items.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 2-127
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Ordering
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 2-15, “1830 PSS-4 customer-replaceable items” (p. 2-128) lists the ordering
information for the 1830 PSS-4 customer-replaceable items.
Table 2-16, “1830 PSS-4 miscellaneous equipment” (p. 2-128) lists the ordering
information for the 1830 PSS-4 miscellaneous equipment.
VARIANT)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2-128 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Ordering
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 2-16 1830 PSS-4 miscellaneous equipment (continued)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 2-129
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Ordering
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 2-16 1830 PSS-4 miscellaneous equipment (continued)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2-130 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Ordering
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 2-16 1830 PSS-4 miscellaneous equipment (continued)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 2-131
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Ordering
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 2-16 1830 PSS-4 miscellaneous equipment (continued)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2-132 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Technical specifications
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Technical specifications
Purpose
This section provides technical specifications for Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4.
Power
This section provides the power specifications for the Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 and its
external power options.
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4
A fully populated Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 will draw a maximum of 290 Watts.
Power filter input
The input voltage for power filters on the 1830 PSS-1 have the follwing specifications:
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 2-133
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY PRELIMINARY
Table 2-18 SFP-XFP specifications
2-134
APN Description App Code Fiber Type Launch Power Receiver Sensitivity Receiver
Overload
Min BOL Max BOL Min EOL Max EOL Min (dBm) EOL
(dBm) (dBm) (dBm) (dBm) (dBm)
1AB376350001 SFP S-1.1 S-1.1/IR-1 SSMF -14 -9 -15 -8 -30 -28 -8..
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4
-40/+85 (B&W)
STM-1/OC-3
DDM 1310nm
(S-1.1/IR-1))
September 2010
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
Technical specifications
APN Description App Code Fiber Type Launch Power Receiver Sensitivity Receiver
Overload
Min BOL Max BOL Min EOL Max EOL Min (dBm) EOL
September 2010
(dBm) (dBm) (dBm) (dBm) (dBm)
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
-40/+85 (B&W
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4
STM-16/OC-48
DDM 1310nm
(I-16.1/SR-1))
2-135
Technical specifications
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY PRELIMINARY
PRELIMINARY PRELIMINARY
Table 2-18 SFP-XFP specifications (continued)
2-136
APN Description App Code Fiber Type Launch Power Receiver Sensitivity Receiver
Overload
Min BOL Max BOL Min EOL Max EOL Min (dBm) EOL
(dBm) (dBm) (dBm) (dBm) (dBm)
1AB382180001 SFP 100B-LX10 MMF -19 -15 -20 -14 -33 (BER -31 (BER -14
100BASE-LX 1E-10) 1E-10)
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4
September 2010
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
Technical specifications
APN Description App Code Fiber Type Launch Power Receiver Sensitivity Receiver
Overload
Min BOL Max BOL Min EOL Max EOL Min (dBm) EOL
September 2010
(dBm) (dBm) (dBm) (dBm) (dBm)
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
FC/2FC SM W/ FC LC-L
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4
DDM (B&W
1G/2G Fibre
Channel DDM
1310nm (LC-L)
2-137
Technical specifications
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY PRELIMINARY
PRELIMINARY PRELIMINARY
Table 2-18 SFP-XFP specifications (continued)
2-138
APN Description App Code Fiber Type Launch Power Receiver Sensitivity Receiver
Overload
Min BOL Max BOL Min EOL Max EOL Min (dBm) EOL
(dBm) (dBm) (dBm) (dBm) (dBm)
(CWDM 2.5G
Multirate PIN
(<2.7G) DDM)
1AB377160007 SFP CWDM-SH S-C8S1-1D2 SSMF +1 +4 0 +5 -20.5 -18.5 0
1591NM
(CWDM 2.5G
Multirate PIN
(<2.7G) DDM)
1AB377160008 SFP CWDM-SH S-C8S1-1D2 SSMF +1 +4 0 +5 -20.5 -18.5 0
1611NM
(CWDM 2.5G
Multirate PIN
(<2.7G) DDM)
September 2010
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
Technical specifications
APN Description App Code Fiber Type Launch Power Receiver Sensitivity Receiver
Overload
Min BOL Max BOL Min EOL Max EOL Min (dBm) EOL
September 2010
(dBm) (dBm) (dBm) (dBm) (dBm)
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
1531NM
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4
(CWDM 2.5G
Multirate APD
(<2.7G) DDM)
2-139
Technical specifications
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY PRELIMINARY
PRELIMINARY PRELIMINARY
Table 2-18 SFP-XFP specifications (continued)
2-140
APN Description App Code Fiber Type Launch Power Receiver Sensitivity Receiver
Overload
Min BOL Max BOL Min EOL Max EOL Min (dBm) EOL
(dBm) (dBm) (dBm) (dBm) (dBm)
(2400 ps/nm)
DDM (195.9))
1AB377220005 SFP DWDM CH N/A SSMF +1 +3 0 +4 -34 with -32 with -8
58 (DWDM FEC FEC
(2400 ps/nm)
DDM (195.8))
September 2010
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
Technical specifications
APN Description App Code Fiber Type Launch Power Receiver Sensitivity Receiver
Overload
Min BOL Max BOL Min EOL Max EOL Min (dBm) EOL
September 2010
(dBm) (dBm) (dBm) (dBm) (dBm)
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
51 (DWDM FEC FEC
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4
(2400 ps/nm)
DDM (195.1))
1AB377220013 SFP DWDM CH N/A SSMF +1 +3 0 +4 -34 with -32 with -8
2-141
Technical specifications
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY PRELIMINARY
PRELIMINARY PRELIMINARY
Table 2-18 SFP-XFP specifications (continued)
2-142
APN Description App Code Fiber Type Launch Power Receiver Sensitivity Receiver
Overload
Min BOL Max BOL Min EOL Max EOL Min (dBm) EOL
(dBm) (dBm) (dBm) (dBm) (dBm)
(2400 ps/nm)
DDM (194.3))
1AB377220021 SFP DWDM CH N/A SSMF +1 +3 0 +4 -34 with -32 with -8
42 (DWDM FEC FEC
(2400 ps/nm)
DDM (194.2))
September 2010
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
Technical specifications
APN Description App Code Fiber Type Launch Power Receiver Sensitivity Receiver
Overload
Min BOL Max BOL Min EOL Max EOL Min (dBm) EOL
September 2010
(dBm) (dBm) (dBm) (dBm) (dBm)
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
35 (DWDM FEC FEC
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4
(2400 ps/nm)
DDM (193.5))
1AB377220029 SFP DWDM CH N/A SSMF +1 +3 0 +4 -34 with -32 with -8
2-143
Technical specifications
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY PRELIMINARY
PRELIMINARY PRELIMINARY
Table 2-18 SFP-XFP specifications (continued)
2-144
APN Description App Code Fiber Type Launch Power Receiver Sensitivity Receiver
Overload
Min BOL Max BOL Min EOL Max EOL Min (dBm) EOL
(dBm) (dBm) (dBm) (dBm) (dBm)
(2400 ps/nm)
DDM (192.7))
1AB377220037 SFP DWDM CH N/A SSMF +1 +3 0 +4 -34 with -32 with -8
26 (DWDM FEC FEC
(2400 ps/nm)
DDM (192.6))
September 2010
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
Technical specifications
APN Description App Code Fiber Type Launch Power Receiver Sensitivity Receiver
Overload
Min BOL Max BOL Min EOL Max EOL Min (dBm) EOL
September 2010
(dBm) (dBm) (dBm) (dBm) (dBm)
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
19 (DWDM FEC FEC
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4
(2400 ps/nm)
DDM (191.9)
1AB377220045 SFP DWDM CH N/A SSMF +1 +3 0 +4 -34 with -32 with -8
2-145
Technical specifications
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY PRELIMINARY
PRELIMINARY PRELIMINARY
Table 2-18 SFP-XFP specifications (continued)
2-146
APN Description App Code Fiber Type Launch Power Receiver Sensitivity Receiver
Overload
Min BOL Max BOL Min EOL Max EOL Min (dBm) EOL
(dBm) (dBm) (dBm) (dBm) (dBm)
DDM 1471 nm
1AB379240002 XFP CWDM N/A SSMF +2 +4 +1 +5 -17 or -20 -15 or -18 -1
(40 km) 10G
DDM 1491 nm
DDM 1611 nm
September 2010
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
Technical specifications
APN Description App Code Fiber Type Launch Power Receiver Sensitivity Receiver
Overload
Min BOL Max BOL Min EOL Max EOL Min (dBm) EOL
September 2010
(dBm) (dBm) (dBm) (dBm) (dBm)
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
(70km) 10G
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4
DDM 1491nm
1AB378370003 XFP CWDM N/A SSMF +2 +4 +1 +5 -26 -24 -8
(70km) 10G
2-147
Technical specifications
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY PRELIMINARY
PRELIMINARY Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Technical specifications
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Optical filter insertion loss specifications
Preliminary note: Spec.s unverified
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2-148 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Technical specifications
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 2-21 SFC4 Optical Insertion Loss (continued)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 2-149
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Technical specifications
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 2-22 SFC8 Optical Insertion Loss (continued)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2-150 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY
3 Stand-alone node set-up
3
Overview
Purpose
This chapter describes how to provision a network element (NE) to get it ready to operate
in the network.
Contents
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 3-1
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Stand-alone node set-up Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
3-2 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Stand-alone node set-up Before you begin
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Safety labeling
Figure 3-1 Showing compliance and safety warnings
PRELIMINARY
Illustration needed
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Using the screws provided (EAI and ANSI kits come with four 12-24 screws, ETSI
comes with four M6x1 screws), secure the unit to the desired position in the bay frame
with each screw installed loosely to allow proper positioning of the screw holes.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
3-4 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Stand-alone node set-up Procedure 3-2: Powering and provisioning an Alcatel-Lucent
PRELIMINARY
1830 PSS-4
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 is suitable for Common Building Network (CBN) or Isolated
Building Network (IBN) applications. GR-295-CORE requirements apply for IBN
applications.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Connect shelf ground wire, if applicable, to the back of the 1830 PSS-4. A ground cable is
not included with the equipment and must be supplied separately. The ground wire should
be 14 AWG (2.0 mm2 cross section) at a minimum and have a FCI/Burndy
YAV10-2TC10, or equivalent, 14 AWG two-hole lug with 0.625 in. spacing.
Note: Use only the M4 screws provided with the equipment for attaching the ground
cable to the rear of the chassis. Screws longer than 8mm may damage the equipment.
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 3-5
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Stand-alone node set-up Procedure 3-2: Powering and provisioning an Alcatel-Lucent
1830 PSS-4
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Bay frame must be properly prepared for grounding by removing all paint and
non-conductive coatings, exposing bare metal at ground lug attachment point. Bare metal
must be clean and coated with anti-oxidant prior to attaching ground lug.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Connect one end of customer-provided copper ground cable to bay frame using only
thread-forming shelf mounting screws and customer-provided lug.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
4 Measure resistance between the case of the Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 and the CBN or
IBN. The resistance must be less than 1 ohm.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
1830 PSS-4
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6 Connect A and B power cables to customer provided power supply cables using table
Table 3-1, “Office power connection and cable color” (p. 3-7)
Note: In the Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4, the battery return conductor is an Isolated
DC return (DC-I).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7 Test continuity of A and B power cables using Table 3-2, “Test and expected results”
(p. 3-8) for each cable.
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 3-7
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Stand-alone node set-up Procedure 3-2: Powering and provisioning an Alcatel-Lucent
1830 PSS-4
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
8 Connect power cables to power filters. Route cables to the left to provide access to filter
ports and for air filter replacement.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
3-8 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Stand-alone node set-up Procedure 3-2: Powering and provisioning an Alcatel-Lucent
PRELIMINARY
1830 PSS-4
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 3-9
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Stand-alone node set-up Procedure 3-2: Powering and provisioning an Alcatel-Lucent
1830 PSS-4
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Figure 3-6 Power cables installed (front cover closed)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
9 Turn on A and B power at BDFB and verify power connection using Table 3-3, “Power
connection test and Results” (p. 3-10).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
3-10 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Stand-alone node set-up Procedure 3-2: Powering and provisioning an Alcatel-Lucent
PRELIMINARY
1830 PSS-4
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
11 Insert a half-size pack adapter in the filter slot next to the Equipment Controller, if
required (consult shelf-specific, customer documentation). There are two sizes of filter
packs, full size and half size. Half-size packs require that a half-size pack adapter be
installed prior to inserting the filter pack(s). The half-size pack adapter is held in place by
the filter packs.
Figure 3-7 Half size pack adapter
14 Insert blanks in any unused slots. If no circuit pack is installed, insert the full-size blank.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
15 Set the Shelf ID using Shelf ID selector switch on lower left of shelf. Choose from the
options in Table 3-4, “Shelf ID and Settings” (p. 3-12).
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 3-11
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Stand-alone node set-up Procedure 3-2: Powering and provisioning an Alcatel-Lucent
1830 PSS-4
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
16 Verify that the PSS-4 FAN and air filter is installed (see Procedure 4-15: “Fan and air
filter cleaning and replacement” (p. 4-30)).
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
3-12 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Stand-alone node set-up Procedure 3-2: Powering and provisioning an Alcatel-Lucent
PRELIMINARY
1830 PSS-4
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
17 Connect shelf-to-shelf LAN cables. LAN cables should be “daisy chained” from port
“LAN E2” of the master shelf to port “LAN E1” of Peer shelf1, then from Port “LAN E2”
of Peer shelf 1 to port “LAN E1” of Peer shelf 2, and so on. Cables should not enter and
exit directly to the right, as this will block removal and replacement of the air filter for
maintenance.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
18 Insert XFPs and SFPs, as applicable, using shelf-specific documentation from the
customer.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
20 Inspect, clean (as needed), and connect fibers to all required ports, per shelf-specific
customer documentation. Turn angled boots on each fiber toward the direction the fiber
exits the shelf.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
21 Fiber slack should be coiled neatly, using the hook-and-loop fasteners included in the
installation kit.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 3-13
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Stand-alone node set-up Procedure 3-2: Powering and provisioning an Alcatel-Lucent
1830 PSS-4
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
3-14 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Stand-alone node set-up Procedure 3-3: XFP module extraction
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Use the hook on the end of the XFP extractor/LC connector tool to pull down the bail on
the XFP.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Use hook on end of XFP extractor/LC connector tool to pull the XFP straight back until
its bail can be grasped by fingers.
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 3-15
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Stand-alone node set-up Procedure 3-3: XFP module extraction
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Grasp the bail with fingers and completely extract XFP module.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
3-16 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Stand-alone node set-up Procedure 3-4: SFP module extraction
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Gently push in bottom wedge on SFP extraction tool to release SFP retention spring.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 3-17
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Stand-alone node set-up Procedure 3-4: SFP module extraction
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 Remove SFP from extraction tool by depressing blue locking clips on SFP extraction tool.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
3-18 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Stand-alone node set-up Procedure 3-5: LC fiber removal
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Grasp LC fiber connector with LC connector end of XFP extractor/LC connector tool.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Squeeze XFP extractor/LC connector tool until blue locking tab on LC connector is
depressed
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 3-19
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Stand-alone node set-up Procedure 3-6: Verify installation and seat packs
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Refer to the site documentation and verify that all modules are present and slotted
correctly. Verify the fibers are properly run between packs.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Check all power and electrical cabling to be sure they are run properly.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 If there are multiple shelves, verify that shelf ID settings and LAN cables are correctly
linked between the shelves.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 Verify that the shelf is powered up and the green led is lit on both power filter modules.
Verify that the fans are running.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 Fully seat all circuit packs in the shelf if they have not already been seated.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
3-20 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Stand-alone node set-up Procedure 3-7: Connect to the NE and initialize database
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure
Note: SUN Java Runtime Environment must be installed on the PC.
Note: Popup blockers must be turned off in Internet Explorer.
Note: The network element is equipped with a DHCP server. Your LAN port must be
configured to obtain an IP address automatically.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Connect one end of the Ethernet cable to the CIT port on the EC of the master shelf.
Connect the other end of the cable to the Ethernet port on your PC.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Open a PC command window and type ipconfig and <Enter>. Verify that the IP address
assigned by the NE to your PC is 172.16.0.2. See Figure 3-15, “PC command window”
(p. 3-21).
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Launch Internet Explorer and enter the IP address of the CIT port in the Address bar. The
default address for an uncommissioned NE is 172.16.0.1.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 3-21
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Stand-alone node set-up Procedure 3-7: Connect to the NE and initialize database
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 Click Go. The browser connects to the network element and the webUI login window is
displayed. See Figure 3-16, “Login Screen” (p. 3-22).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 Enter admin in the “User:” field and admin in the “Password:” field. Then click the
“Login” button.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6 A Warning message will appear similar to Figure 3-17, “WebUI uninitialized database
warning” (p. 3-22), indicating that the database is uninitialized.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7 Click “OK” and the system will automatically restart after initialization.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
3-22 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Stand-alone node set-up Procedure 3-7: Connect to the NE and initialize database
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8 After the restart is complete, the system will prompt you for a new NE name as shown in
Figure 3-18, “WebUI NE name prompt” (p. 3-23). Type the NE name provided in the site
documentation.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
9 Click the “Submit” button and the system will restart once again. The restart will take
approximately 2 minutes. A window will appear showing the restart progress as shown in
Figure 3-19, “WebUI NE restart progress window” (p. 3-23).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10 After restart is complete, the webUI interface will open with the system properties view.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 3-23
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Stand-alone node set-up Procedure 3-8: Connect to the NE for CLI access
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure
You can connect a computer (typically a laptop) directly to a network element to access
the CLI using the CIT port on the EC. On multi-shelf network elements, the CIT port is
active on the master shelf only. Note that this is the same connection used for the webUI
interface.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 If not already connected, connect one end of the Ethernet cable to the CIT port on the EC.
Connect the other end of the cable to the Ethernet port on your PC.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Use a Telnet application on your PC and open a Telnet session connected to the IP address
of the CIT port.
• The default address for an uncommissioned NE is 172.16.0.1
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Hit <Enter> and the login: prompt will appear. Type cli and <Enter>.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 This starts the cli interface, and another Username: prompt will appear. Type admin and
<Enter>.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6 At the Password: prompt type admin and <Enter>. This will bring up the following
warning notice.
Alcatel-Lucent
(c) 2008 Alcatel-Lucent. All rights reserved.
Warning Notice
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
3-24 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Stand-alone node set-up Procedure 3-8: Connect to the NE for CLI access
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8 The current alarm summary will be displayed followed by the NE# prompt. CLI
commands can now be entered. Type ? for a list of commands.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 3-25
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Stand-alone node set-up Procedure 3-9: Configure the software environment and
load, and commit the software
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Start the FTP server application on your PC and create a user account. Record the userid
and password established for the account.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Establish a root directory for the server and make sure it has read and write privileges.
You may create a folder in the root directory that will contain the NE software.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Copy the folder and sub-folders with the NE software into the ftp root directory
established above.
Note: The software folder name will have the format 1830PSS4-<ver>, where <ver>
is the version of software to be loaded. There should also be two subfolders named
“1830PSS4” and “1830PSS4M”. The software will typically be provided on a CD.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
PC preparation
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
1 Open Windows Firewall from the Control Panel. See Figure 3-20, “Windows Firewall
settings” (p. 3-27).
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
3-26 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Stand-alone node set-up Procedure 3-9: Configure the software environment and
PRELIMINARY
load, and commit the software
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Open a PC command window and type ipconfig and <Enter>. Note the IP address
assigned by the NE to your PC. This will be used later in the procedure. See Figure 3-15,
“PC command window” (p. 3-21).
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 3-27
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Stand-alone node set-up Procedure 3-9: Configure the software environment and
load, and commit the software
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
CLI procedure
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
load, and commit the software
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Working Release Directory :
Working Release : 1830PSS4-0.00-2
Active Release : 1830PSS41-0.00-2/
Operation :
Operation Status :
Upgrade Path Available : True
7 Type config software upgrade manual audit <releasedir> no backup and <Enter>.
Where <releasedir> is the directory name on the PC containing the software.
This will check the path and verify that the system is ready for upgrade.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
RESULT: None
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 3-29
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Stand-alone node set-up Procedure 3-9: Configure the software environment and
load, and commit the software
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
9 Repeat Step 8 until the Operation Status indicates Completed. Verify the Upgrade Path
Available changes to True.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
...
Operation : Load
Operation Status : In Progress 0%
...
Continue to execute the status command until the Operation Status shows Completed.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
13 The NE will reboot and the Telnet connection will drop. Wait about 2 minutes after the
fan speed drops back down to normal speed and log back into the NE. Refer to Procedure
3-8: “Connect to the NE for CLI access” (p. 3-24).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
...
Operation : Activate
Operation Status : In Progress 0%
...
Continue to execute the status command until the Operation Status shows Completed.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
PRELIMINARY
load, and commit the software
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Watch for the following lines.
...
Operation : Commit
Operation Status : In Progress 0%
.
Continue to execute the status command until the Operations Status shows Completed.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
17 After the last status command is executed, verify the new software release is displayed as
the committed, working, and active release. See the sample output below.
Operation : Commit
Operation Status : Completed
Upgrade Path Available : False
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 3-31
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Stand-alone node set-up Procedure 3-10: Set the NE to operate in SDH mode
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure
If you want the network element to operate in SONET mode, skip to Procedure 3-11: “Set
the loopback IP address” (p. 3-33).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Copy the string after “Software Version:” This will be used as the password for the SDH
mode command.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
3-32 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Stand-alone node set-up Procedure 3-11: Set the loopback IP address
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 Follow the CLI login procedure described in Procedure 3-8: “Connect to the NE for CLI
access” (p. 3-24).
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 3-33
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Stand-alone node set-up Procedure 3-12: Configure the OAMP Ethernet port
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
3-34 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Stand-alone node set-up Procedure 3-13: Set the network element date and time
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 3-35
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Stand-alone node set-up Procedure 3-14: Update firmware on all circuit packs
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 The NE will reboot. The reboot will take several minutes, depending on the number of
circuit packs requiring a firmware upgrade.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
3-36 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Stand-alone node set-up Procedure 3-15: Configure additional system properties
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 To change the AINS timer value, type config general ainstimer <hours> and <Enter>.
Where <hours> is of the format <hh> [<mm>]. You can also type config general
ainstimer help for the default value and range.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 The temperature unit defaults to Celsius. To change the temperature units to Fahrenheit,
type config admin tempUnits fahrenheit and <Enter>.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 3-37
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Stand-alone node set-up Procedure 3-16: Verify system provisioning
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Capture all the logging of this session and save for record keeping.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
3-38 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Stand-alone node set-up Procedure 3-17: Example configuration of ftp server
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Purpose
This procedure provides more detail to the steps listed in “FTP server preparation”
(p. 3-26).
Prerequisites
The ftp server application must be downloaded and installed on the PC. The FileZilla
server software can be downloaded from
http://filezillaproject.org/download.php?type=server.
Procedure
Disable the firewall on the PC
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Start the FileZilla server software. The Connect to Server window will open as shown in
Figure 3-21, “FileZilla connect to server window” (p. 3-40).
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 3-39
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Stand-alone node set-up Procedure 3-17: Example configuration of ftp server
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 Leave the default settings and click “OK”. The server window will open as shown in
Figure 3-22, “FileZilla server window” (p. 3-41).
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
3-40 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Stand-alone node set-up Procedure 3-17: Example configuration of ftp server
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 Select Edit -> Groups from the top menu as shown in Figure 3-23, “FileZilla groups
menu” (p. 3-42).
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 3-41
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Stand-alone node set-up Procedure 3-17: Example configuration of ftp server
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6 The Groups window will open as shown in Figure 3-24, “FileZilla groups window”
(p. 3-42).
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
3-42 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Stand-alone node set-up Procedure 3-17: Example configuration of ftp server
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7 With the “General” page highlighted in the left bar, click on the “Add” button on the
right. The Add user group window will open as shown in Figure 3-25, “FileZilla add
group window” (p. 3-43).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8 Enter a group name in the dialogue box and click the “OK” button.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
9 Select the “Shared folders” page in the left bar and the Groups window will change as
shown in Figure 3-26, “FileZilla groups shared folders window” (p. 3-44).
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 3-43
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Stand-alone node set-up Procedure 3-17: Example configuration of ftp server
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10 Click the “Add” button and a browse window will open as shown in Figure 3-27,
“FileZilla browse folder window” (p. 3-45).
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
3-44 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Stand-alone node set-up Procedure 3-17: Example configuration of ftp server
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
11 Browse to the folder where the Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 software is or will be copied
to, and select it. Then click “OK”.
Note: You may wish to create a new folder for the software before performing this
step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
12 The folder will appear in the directories window. With the newly added folder selected,
make sure the “Read” and “Write” check-boxes are checked.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
15 Select Edit -> Users from the top menu as shown in Figure 3-28, “FileZilla users menu”
(p. 3-46).
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 3-45
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Stand-alone node set-up Procedure 3-17: Example configuration of ftp server
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
16 The Users window will open as shown in Figure 3-29, “FileZilla users window” (p. 3-47).
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
3-46 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Stand-alone node set-up Procedure 3-17: Example configuration of ftp server
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
17 With the “General” page highlighted, click on the “Add” button on the right. The Add
user account window will open as shown in Figure 3-30, “FileZilla add user window”
(p. 3-47).
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 3-47
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Stand-alone node set-up Procedure 3-17: Example configuration of ftp server
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
19 Select the group created in Step 8 from the drop down list and click “OK.”
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
20 Check the “Password” check-box and type a password in the dialogue box.
Note: This will be the password used in Procedure 3-9: “Configure the software
environment and load, and commit the software” (p. 3-26).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
21 Select the group created in Step 8 from the “Group Membership:” drop-down list.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
22 Select the “Shared folders” page in the left bar and the Users window will change as
shown in Figure 3-31, “FileZilla users shared folders window” (p. 3-49).
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
3-48 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Stand-alone node set-up Procedure 3-17: Example configuration of ftp server
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
23 Click the “Add” button and a browse window will open as shown in Figure 3-32,
“FileZilla browse folder window” (p. 3-50).
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 3-49
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Stand-alone node set-up Procedure 3-17: Example configuration of ftp server
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
24 Browse to the folder where the Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 software is or will be copied
to, and select it. Then click “OK.”
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
25 The folder will appear in the directories window. With the newly added folder selected,
make sure the “Read” and “Write” check-boxes are checked.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
3-50 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY
4 4 ser Operations
U
Procedures
Overview
Purpose
This chapter includes procedures necessary to support features in Alcatel-Lucent 1830
PSS-4
Contents
Procedure 4-1: Connect to Network Element through Web user interface 4-2
(WebUI) or CLI
Procedure 4-2: Personal computer requirements and provisioning 4-4
Procedure 4-3: Software installation 4-5
Procedure 4-4: Electrical Sub-Network Connection Protection (E-SNCP) 4-6
Provision
Procedure 4-5: Port Provisioning 4-10
Procedure 4-6: Ethernet Virtual Private Line Service Provision 4-12
Procedure 4-7: IP route provisioning 4-18
Procedure 4-8: GCC network setup 4-19
Procedure 4-9: TCA profiles 4-20
Procedure 4-10: Provisioning for ETR operation 4-23
Procedure 4-11: Cleaning optical connectors 4-24
Procedure 4-12: Inspecting optical connectors 4-27
Procedure 4-13: Cleaning other optical components 4-28
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 4-1
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY User Operations Procedures Procedure 4-1: Connect to Network Element through Web
user interface (WebUI) or CLI
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Hardware requirements
• Laptop or desktop computer capable of running the required software.
• Ethernet card (10 Mb/s minimum, 10/100 Mb/s recommended).
• It is recommended that you use a monitor capable of displaying at a resolution of
1024x768 or greater.
Software requirements
• Windows XP or Windows 2000, updated to the most recent patch level.
• Internet Explorer 6.0 or Internet Explorer 7.0, updated to the most recent patch level.
• J2SE Java Runtime Environment (JRE) version 5.0. The supported version for the NE
software version you are running is included on the NE software CD-ROM.
2 Enter the IP address of the NE in the Address field, for example, http://123.45.6.78. The
web interface login window is displayed.
Note: The default address for an uncommissioned NE is 172.16.0.1
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 Enter the password “admin” in the “Password”: field. The characters you enter for the
password are not displayed.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-2 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
User Operations Procedures Procedure 4-1: Connect to Network Element through Web
PRELIMINARY
user interface (WebUI) or CLI
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Note: Passwords are case sensitive. If you experience difficulty logging in, verify that
the Caps Lock key is off.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Connect one end of the Ethernet cable to the CIT port on the FAN unit. Connect the other
end of the cable to the Ethernet port on your PC.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Use a Telnet application on your PC and open a Telnet session connected to the IP address
of the CIT port. The default address for an uncommissioned NE is 172.16.0.1
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Hit <Enter> and the user: prompt will appear. Type cli and <Enter>
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 Type cli at the password: prompt and <Enter>. This will bring up a welcome message.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7 This will bring up the CLI “#” prompt. You can now enter CLI commands. Type ? for a
list of commands.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 4-3
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY User Operations Procedures Procedure 4-2: Personal computer requirements and
provisioning
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Verify PC capabilities
It is anticipated that most customers will have a dedicated laptop personal computer (PC)
for the Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 applications software. However, a properly configured
desktop PC will suffice.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 The Table 4-1, “PC and software requirements” (p. 4-4) shows the PC requirements for
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-4 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
User Operations Procedures Procedure 4-3: Software installation
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Initial software is always downloaded locally. Software is loaded onto a PC and then into
the network element. Remote downloads for first time installations are not possible.
Note: The Comcodes for release of software to be installed will be available on the
customer order.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 4-5
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY User Operations Procedures Procedure 4-4: Electrical Sub-Network Connection
Protection (E-SNCP) Provision
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-6 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
User Operations Procedures Procedure 4-4: Electrical Sub-Network Connection
PRELIMINARY
Protection (E-SNCP) Provision
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Revertive switching mode:
In revertive switching, the traffic is automatically switched back to the working line when
the working line has recovered from the failure or the user command is cleared. In the
failure-recovery case, the switch back to working is delayed until working has been
continuously good for the number of minutes specified by the wait-to-restore (WTR)
parameter. In the case of clearing a user switch command, there is no delay.
Both revertive and non-revertive switching can be used in unidirectional protection
groups. Both revertive and non-revertive switching can be used in bidirectional protection
groups.
Procedure overview
The following procedure steps outline high-level tasks. For the latest detailed information
about CLI options and parameters, see the “config aps group” in the Alcatel-Lucent 1830
PSS Release 3.0.0 Command Line Interface Commands Guide (Volume II).
Use the latest version of the Web Interface to display the most current WebUI. In the
WebUI equipment tree, select the port and click the Port Protection tab.
1 For the 11DPE12, provision the EVPL connection for the GE port and working port VTS,
and provision the protected port VTS /svlan id map. see details in Procedure 4-6:
“Ethernet Virtual Private Line Service Provision” (p. 4-12).
Note: The working port VTS and protected port VTS can only be in the range, 1-32.
The SVLAN ID for protection port VTS and working port VTS should be same.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Group ID: An integer identifier for the APS group (not needed via WebUI, WebUI will
automatically assign a group ID)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 For 11DPE12: Protection port/VTS: The VTS No. (1-10) on L1,L2 line ports
For 11DPE12: Protection port/VTS: The VTS No. (1-32) on L1,L2 line ports for Q-in-Q
mode
For 4DPA4: Protection port/VTS: The VTS No. (1-4) on L1,L2 line ports
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 For 11DPE12: Working port/VTS: The VTS No. (1-10) on L1, L2 line ports
For 11DPE12: Working port/VTS: The VTS No. (1-32) on L1, L2 line ports for Q-in-Q
mode
For 4DPA4: Working port/VTS: The VTS No. (1-4) on L1, L2 line ports
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6 Uni/bidirectional switching
Note: If using Release 1 only unidirectional is supported.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
3 The reversion mode for the APS group: revertive or non-revertive switching.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
The user can initialize or clear an external request on an APS group. External switch
requests are the received commands from a user interface.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-8 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
User Operations Procedures Procedure 4-4: Electrical Sub-Network Connection
PRELIMINARY
Protection (E-SNCP) Provision
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 4-9
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY User Operations Procedures Procedure 4-5: Port Provisioning
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedure overview
The following procedure steps outline high-level tasks. For the latest detailed information
about CLI options and parameters, see the “config interface” information in the
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS Release 3.0.0 Command Line Interface Commands Guide.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-10 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
User Operations Procedures Procedure 4-5: Port Provisioning
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Use the latest version of the Web Interface to display the most current WebUI. In the
WebUI equipment tree, select the port.
Procedure
The following procedure will set up an unprotected service, using the CLI or Web
Interface.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Specify the module types (the module type by default is AUTO), and insert the SFP/XFP
modules into the Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Line Ports
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Specify the module types (the module type by default is AUTO), and insert the SFP
modules into the Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 client Ports
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Configure Line OTU1 or OTU2 attributes by specifying the connected SFC ports and
GCC status, or configure the Line 10GBE LAN attributes.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 Configure the Line port-to-VTS mapping (both: ingress and egress). For example:
config interface 11DPE12 1/7/L1 vts 4
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 4-11
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY User Operations Procedures Procedure 4-6: Ethernet Virtual Private Line Service
Provision
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Assign and provision the client port and the line port, see details in Procedure 4-5: “Port
Provisioning” (p. 4-10).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-12 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
User Operations Procedures Procedure 4-6: Ethernet Virtual Private Line Service
PRELIMINARY
Provision
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
In the WEB-UI, Select Connections >Cross-Connects >EVPL. The EVPL connection
screen is displayed. Then click the Create button to provision the EVPL.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 Provision the add/drop type EVPL connection between the client port and the line Port,
by specifying the source (A-end) port and destination (Z-end) port.
For ADD type unidirectional EVPL, A-end port is the client port and Z-end port is line
port. For DROP type unidirectional EVPL, A-end port is line port and Z-end port is client
port.
Enter the VTS number (1 – 10) for the Line Port, and leave the VTS field blank for client
port. For a bidirectional service, check the box of 2nd connection in reverse direction.
CLI commands:
ADD-type EVPL from client port 8 to line port 1 vts 8: config
interface 11dpe12 1/7/L1 otu2 vts8 c8
Drop-Type EVPL Line VTS 8 to Client Port 8: config interface
11dpe12 1/7/c8 1gbe timeslot line 8 vts 8
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 To provision the pass-through type EVPL connection between two line ports, the user
needs to specify the line port and VTS number in both A-end and Z-end fields. For a
bidirectional service, check the box of 2nd connection in reverse direction.
CLI commands to create a bidirectional service between two line ports ninth:
config interface 11dpe12 1/7/L1 otu2 vts9 l2vts9
config interface 11dpe12 1/7/L2 otu2 vts9 l1vts9
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 4-13
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY User Operations Procedures Procedure 4-6: Ethernet Virtual Private Line Service
Provision
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Assign and provision the client port and the line port, see details in Procedure 4-5: “Port
Provisioning” (p. 4-10).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 Provision the add/drop type EVPL connection between the client port and the line Port,
by specifying the source (A-end) port and destination (Z-end) port.
For a bidirectional service, the client port can provisioned either as a A-end port or a
Z-end port. Enter the VTS number (1 – 32) for Line Port, and VTS number (1-10) for
client port. The connection name, connection state and bandwidth profile also must be
specified.
CLI command to configure EVPL between client port 8 vts8 and Line port 1 vts 8 with
CIR/EIR 500 Mb/s/1000Mb/s profile:
config vtsxc 11dpe12 1/7/C1/8 1/7/L1/8 create “evc#8” profile
CIR 500 EIR 1000
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6 Provision the pass-through type EVPL connection between two line ports by specifying
the line port and VTS number in both A-end and Z-end fields in the WEB-UI. The
connection name, connection state and bandwidth profile must also be specified.
CLI command to configure EVPL between Line port 1 vts8 and Line port 2 vts 8 with
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-14 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
User Operations Procedures Procedure 4-6: Ethernet Virtual Private Line Service
PRELIMINARY
Provision
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Q-in-Q EVPL connection
The following procedure will set up an unprotected sub-rate GbE service, using the CLI
or Web Interface.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Assign and provision the client port and the line port, see details in Procedure 4-5: “Port
Provisioning” (p. 4-10).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
CLI command to assign the service flow with svlan id of 8 within the line port L1 to the
VTS 2 egress:
config interface 11DPE12 1/7/L1 vts2 svlanid 8 egress
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 4-15
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY User Operations Procedures Procedure 4-6: Ethernet Virtual Private Line Service
Provision
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6 Provision the add/drop type EVPL connection between the client port and the line Port,
by specifying the source (A-end) port and destination (Z-end) port.
For a bidirectional service, two unidirectional VTSXC should be configured because
VTSXC is unidirectional. For the add service the client port can provisioned as a A-end
port , and line port can provisioned as a Z-end port. For the drop service the client port
can provisioned as a Z-end port , and line port can provisioned as a A-end port. Enter the
VTS number (1 – 100) for Line Port, and VTS number (1-10) for client port. The
connection name, connection state and bandwidth profile also must be specified.
CLI commands to configure bidirectional service between client port 8 vts8 and Line port
1 vts 8 with CIR/EIR 50 Mb/s/1000Mb/s profile:
Add VTSXC :config vtsxc 11DPE12 1/7/C1/8 1/7/L1/8 create “evc#8”
profile CIR 50 EIR 1000
Drop VTSXC :config vtsxc 11DPE12 1/7/L1/8 1/7/C1/8 create
“evc#8” profile CIR 50 EIR 1000
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7 Provision the pass-through type EVPL connection between two line ports by specifying
the line port and VTS number in both A-end and Z-end fields in the WEB-UI. The
connection name, connection state and bandwidth profile must also be specified.
CLI command to configure EVPL between Line port 1 vts8 and Line port 2 vts 8 with
CIR/EIR 500 Mb/s/1000Mb/s profile:
config vtsxc 11DPE12 1/7/C1/8 1/7/L1/8 create “evc#8” profile
CIR 500 EIR 1000
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8 Provision the cross-pack pass-through type EVPL connection between two line ports by
specifying the line port and VTS number in both A-end and Z-end fields in the WEB-UI.
For a bidirectional service, two unidirectional VTSXC should be configured because
VTSXC is unidirectional. Enter the VTS number (1 – 100) for Line Port. The SVLAN ID
PRELIMINARY
should be same for the two connecting VTS. The connection name, connection state, and
bandwidth profile must also be specified.
CLI commands to configure EVPL between Line port 1 vts8 and Line port 2 vts 8 with
CIR/EIR 500 Mb/s/1000Mb/s profile:
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-16 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
User Operations Procedures Procedure 4-6: Ethernet Virtual Private Line Service
PRELIMINARY
Provision
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
config vtsxc 11DPE12 1/7/L1/8 1/7/L2/8 create “evc#8” profile
CIR 500 EIR 1000
config vtsxc 11DPE12 1/7/L2/8 1/7/L1/8 create “evc#8” profile
CIR 500 EIR 1000
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 4-17
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY User Operations Procedures Procedure 4-7: IP route provisioning
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Procedures
The following procedure adds a default route, a static route and an OSPF area to the
network element. A maximum of 3 OSPF areas may be created at the system level in
addition to the default backbone area (0.0.0.0). Once an OSPF area is configured at the
system level, it may be assigned to a particular DC interface (1830PSS-4 GCC0 or
1830PSS-4 LAN1).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Add a default route using the command: config cn routes default add gateway [metric]
[redist | nonredist].
For example, the following command will send IP traffic by default to 10.1.1.2, for
further routing when no other route to the IP address of the destination of the traffic is
known. It also assigns a metric of 100 to this route, and establishes that the default route
will not be distributed to other routing tables.
config cn routes default add 10.1.1.2 100 nonredist
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Add a static route to the local routing table using the command: config cn routes static
add destination_IP_address/subnet_mask gateway [metric] [redist|nonredist].
For example, the following command will send IP traffic with a destination address of
10/1/20/13 to 10.1.20.4 for further routing to its destination. Only a single destination
address is specified, by virtue of the /32 netmask. The route is given a metric of 100 and
will not be distributed to other routing tables.
config cn routes static add 10.1.20.13/32 10.1.20.4 100 nonredist
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Add an OSPF area to the network element using the command: config cn ospf area add
area_id [type nonstub | stub].
PRELIMINARY
For example, the following command will add an OSPF area at 0.0.0.7, which is a stub
area.
config cn ospf add area 0.0.0.7 type stub
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-18 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
User Operations Procedures Procedure 4-8: GCC network setup
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Provision loopback address for all nodes in the network using the config interface
loopback command, as detailed in the Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS Release 3.0.0 Command
Line Interface Commands Guide (Volume I).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Enable GCC status for all nodes in the network using the config interface {11dpe12,
4DPA4} shelf/slot/{L1, L2} otu2 command, as detailed in the config interface 11dpe12
information in the Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS Release 3.0.0 Command Line Interface
Commands Guide (Volume II).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 At GNE nodes: Connect LAN cable to OAMP port (LAN1). Provision OAMP IP, admin
state and enable OSPF routing (routestate) using the config interface fan lan1 command
as detailed in the Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS Release 3.0.0 Command Line Interface
Commands Guide (Volume I).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 Configure the default route and set the distribution mode to redistribution using the config
cn route default add command, as detailed in Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS Release 3.0.0
Command Line Interface Commands Guide (Volume I).
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 4-19
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY User Operations Procedures Procedure 4-9: TCA profiles
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-20 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
User Operations Procedures Procedure 4-9: TCA profiles
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
If the system is working under ETSI mode:
• For the 15 minute counters — A TCA standing event (alarm) is raised as soon as the
raise threshold crossing is detected during the measurement period. And the TCA
standing event (alarm) is cleared at the end of a measurement period if the clear
threshold value (RTR) will be not crossed.
• For the 24 hours counters — A TCA standing event (alarm) is raised as soon as the
raise threshold crossing is detected during the measurement period. And the TCA
standing event (alarm) is cleared at the end of same measurement period.
1 Determine the interfaces you need to configure to collect performance monitoring data.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Configure the profiles to define the threshold levels at which log events are generated for
the PM groups you will be monitoring on the network element.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Configure each of the interfaces on the network element for which you will be collecting
performance monitoring statistics. You need to define which PM statistics are gathered,
the interval period over which they are gathered, and the profile used for each interval
PRELIMINARY
period.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 4-21
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY User Operations Procedures Procedure 4-9: TCA profiles
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
For the latest detailed information about CLI options and parameters, see the information
in the Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS Release 3.0.0 Command Line Interface Commands Guide
(Volume II).
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-22 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
User Operations Procedures Procedure 4-10: Provisioning for ETR operation
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
ETR provisioning
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Verify the ETR status of all hardware by using the "show card inventory" command. If
"ETR" characters are present in bytes 6-8 of customer inventory field for all components,
the hardware is ETR qualified. If it is missing from any component, the unit should not be
used in an ETR environment.
Note: The 4DPA4 does not have ETR bytes programmed, but is a hardened card. So,
software will not raise an ETR mismatch alarm for this card.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Use "show general detail" to view the ETR capability status of the PSS-4.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 If the unit is qualified for ETR operation, and will be used in an ETR environment, use
config general etr enabled to configure the unit for ETR operation.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 If the unit is not qualified for ETR operation, or will not be used in an ETR environment,
use config general etr disabled to configure the unit for non-ETR operation.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 4-23
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY User Operations Procedures Procedure 4-11: Cleaning optical connectors
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-24 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
User Operations Procedures Procedure 4-11: Cleaning optical connectors
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 4-2 Tools for cleaning optical fiber connectors (continued)
Note: The equipment and material previously listed has been tested and is proven
effective when used in conjunction with this procedure. Substitution of equipment or
materials is at the discretion of the user and is not recommended by Alcatel-Lucent.
Cleaning process
The following cleaning procedure is acceptable for field service/installation activities:
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Remove the dust cap from the connector ferrule exposing the connector end-face.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Open an individual foil packet of a pre-saturated isopropyl alcohol (99% pure) wipe.
Grasp the connector housing and place the connector ferrule end-face perpendicular to the
alcohol wipe.
Drag it against the wipe three (3) times in a figure eight pattern. This action applies the
alcohol solvent to the end-face and initially loosens and scrubs away organic/solid
contaminates.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 If a CLETOP cassette cleaner is not available, proceed with Step 7. Otherwise, hold the
CLETOP cassette cleaner in the palm of your hand with the cassette shutter door facing
up.
PRELIMINARY
Rotate the cassette lever all the way down with your thumb. Do not release the lever. The
lever advances the “dry” Luminex cleaning cloth inside the case and simultaneously
opens the shutter. The CLETOP cassette shutter door is now open and ready for cleaning
the connector.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 4-25
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY User Operations Procedures Procedure 4-11: Cleaning optical connectors
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 Insert and press the connector ferrule end-face perpendicular against the cleaning cloth in
the first of two slots of the cleaner.
Drag it down in the direction indicated by the arrows on the cleaner. Do not release the
lever of the cassette.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 Lift the connector from the first slot and rotate it 90 degrees and repeat the wiping
procedure using the second slot. Be sure the ferrule is pressed snug against the cleaning
cloth while dragging the ferrule to assure the proper cleaning action.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6 Release the cassette lever allowing the shutter door to close to its initial position.
Continue with Step 8.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7 Wrap a Luminex cleaning cloth around the ferrule and rotate the connector housing,
cleaning the outside periphery of ferrule.
Follow this by folding an unused portion of the cloth over the end of the ferrule end-face
and then with light pressure from the thumb, slightly drag the cloth from the center of the
ferrule to the edge while rotating the connector 360 degrees. If the Luminex cleaning
cloth is not available, a lint-free clean room optic wipe can be used. The Luminex
cleaning cloth is washable and can be used multiple times. The optic wipes are single use
and disposable.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8 Inspect the connector for cleanliness. If necessary, repeat the cleaning process.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-26 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
User Operations Procedures Procedure 4-12: Inspecting optical connectors
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Follow the instructions in the manual provided with the Optical Fiber Scope to view the
ferrule end-face of the fiber under inspection.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 The visual area of the ferrule end-face (ferrule and fiber) as observed by the inspection
system/scope should be free of any contaminates. Repeat the Cleaning Procedure if the
fiber end-face does not meet the following requirements:
Requirement:
No fixed type of contamination (contaminates that remain at the same location after three
wet-dry cleaning cycles), regardless of size, is allowed in the restricted area of the glass
fiber end-face.
Note: The restricted area is defined as ~66 micron (µ) diameter for both single mode
and multi-mode fibers.
Requirement:
No chips, cracks or scratches are allowed near the core of the glass fiber end-face.
Requirement:
No large floating (loose) contaminates are allowed on the glass fiber and ceramic ferrule
end-face.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 After the connector has been verified to be cleaned, it should be immediately inserted into
the adapter build-out of the optical component. This will assure maximum cleanliness and
effectiveness of the connector.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 If the cleaned connector can not be “connectorized” with a corresponding adapter, the
connector ferrule must be protected with a connector dust cap. Before placing the cap on
the ferrule, make sure the cap is clean. This can be accomplished by inserting a CLETOP
stick cleaner (swab) of the same inside diameter as the cap (either 2.5 or 1.25 mm) and
rotate the stick 360 degrees three (3) times. Following this procedure, carefully place the
cap over the ferrule. When the cleaned connector is ready for assembly, it should be
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 4-27
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY User Operations Procedures Procedure 4-13: Cleaning other optical components
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Using the appropriate CLETOP stick cleaner (2.5 mm for SC, ST, and FC connectors,
1.25 mm for LC connectors) dampen the stick cleaner with Ethyl alcohol using the
alcohol wipe. Insert the stick cleaner into the adapter rotating the stick 360 degrees while
inserting. Push/rotate the stick until the stick cleaner makes contact with the connector.
Apply slight pressure upon contact and rotate the stick 360 degrees at least three (3)
times.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Using a dry CLETOP stick cleaner of appropriate diameter, repeat the above cleaning
procedure. This procedure will clean the side walls of the adapter and the end-face of the
circuit pack connector.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 Gently insert the Video Fiber Scope probe into the port until the fiber ferrule comes into
view.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 Verify that the fiber ferrule is clean. Repeat the process in Steps 1 - 3 if the fiber does not
meet the requirements specified in Procedure 4-12: “Inspecting optical connectors”
(p. 4-27)
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-28 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
User Operations Procedures Procedure 4-14: ID module replacement
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Re-provision the NE Name for the NE. This can be done during the initial connection to
the NE with the WebUI, or using the CLI command: config general name.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Re-provision the loopback IP address for the NE, using the CLI command:
config interface loopback ip.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 On an 1830 PSS, re-provision the user panel OAMP port IP address for this NE, using the
CLI command: config interface ec shelf/slot/oamp ip.
Physically replace the 1830PSS-1 FAN (integrated Fan/User Panel).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 Re-provision the static routing (gateway) information for this NE, using the CLI
command: config cn routes static add.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 Tto bring the database from a remote server to the NE, enter the CLI command:
config database restore force.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 4-29
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY User Operations Procedures Procedure 4-15: Fan and air filter cleaning and replacement
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
NOTICE
Potential equipment damage
Before installing or removing the filter, check that the protective adhesive film has been
removed.
CAUTION
Possibility of personal injury.
Personal injury can result from contact with moving fan blades.
Avoid contact with rotating fans. Personal injury can be caused by rotating fans.
Air filters on PSS-1 units should be replaced at 3 month intervals or sooner if necessary.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Grasp the removal tab and pull the air filter straight out of the PSS-4 unit.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Align the new or recently cleaned air filter with the opening in the PSS-1 unit, and slide it
straight into the unit.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 Completely tighten the air filter retaining screw, but do not overtighten.
PRELIMINARY
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-30 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY
5 Security administration
5
Overview
Purpose
This chapter provides information on security administration procedures for the 1830 PSS
system. The security functions determine NE access, command execution, and
administrative control for the 1830 PSS.
Contents
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 5-1
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Security administration User accounts and privileges
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5-2 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Security administration User accounts and privileges
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The user levels, the privileges assigned to each level, and their intended use are
summarized in Table 5-1, “User privilege levels” (p. 5-3).
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 5-3
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Security administration User accounts and privileges
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 5-1 User privilege levels (continued)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5-4 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Security administration User accounts and privileges
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 5-1 User privilege levels (continued)
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 5-5
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Security administration Configuring user accounts
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
characters. A valid password must contain at least 1 alphabetic, 1 numeric, and 1 special
character. The following special characters are accepted as valid: % (percent sign), + (plus
sign), # (pound sign), and _ (underscore). The first character of the PID can be any
alphabetic, numeric, or valid special character.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5-6 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Security administration Configuring user accounts
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The following conditions apply to PIDs:
• The PID cannot be the same as the associated UID, nor can it be the reverse of the
associated UID.
• The NE will not prevent a user from choosing an already existing password (more
than one user can have the same password).
Password administration
The NE supports the ability for a user with security administration privileges to specify
the following user password attributes: the password age (in days); the number of days
that the existing password can be continued to be used before a new password becomes
mandatory; the number of times that the existing password can be continued to be used
before a new password becomes mandatory; the password obsolescence interval that must
elapse before an obsolete password can be reused.
A user with security administration privileges can provision a system-wide password
aging interval to encourage users to change passwords periodically. The following
applies:
• The default for system-wide password aging interval is 30 days. The allowed range is
from 1 to 999 days.
• The system allows the ability to disable the system-wide password aging interval, by
assigning a value of 0 (zero) days.
A password grace period and number of logins allowed after password expiration can also
be provisioned. The following applies:
• The default for the password grace period is 7 days.
• The default for the number of logins allowed after password expiration is 3.
A password is expired when one of the following events occurs:
• the password is expired and neither a grace period nor number of logins is permitted
after password expiration
• the password is expired and either a grace period or a number of logins is permitted
after password expiration, but the provisioned value(s) is expired (i.e., the user has no
more days to use the expired password, or no more logins allowed with the expired
password).
Users have the ability to change their own password on demand. To change a password,
the user must enter the current password, the new password, and the confirmed new
password (Note: For an Admin user changing another user’s password, only the new
password value needs to be entered). The NE checks the password for proper length and
PRELIMINARY
syntax in accordance with established password requirements. Before updating the NE's
database, the NE ensures that the current password is different from the new password
and that the new password and confirmed new password are the same. An error message
is generated to notify the user if any of the password requirements are not met.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 5-7
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Security administration Configuring user accounts
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Adding a User
A user with appropriate security level privileges (Admin user) can add new users to the
User Security Database and to specify for each user his/her User Access Privilege (UAP).
The UAP specifies the set of commands a user can execute based on the access privilege
of the user and of the command.
Note: A maximum of only 1 Service user is allowed in the NE. Multiple users of the
other user levels are allowed.
The NE provides the ability to specify an initial password pertaining to the new user. The
user is prompted to change the password when one of the following conditions occurs:
• when that user establishes a session for the first time after the initial password is
assigned
• when that user establishes a session for the first time after a user password has been
reset by an administrative action.
The NE denies the session if the user does not comply.
Deleting a user
A user with appropriate security level privileges can delete existing user profiles from the
User Security Database. If the specified user is currently logged on, then the user is also
logged off. Users with security administration privileges can delete any existing user
profile except default users' profiles.
Note: A user with administration or service privileges cannot delete his/her own user
profile. The Admin user cannot delete the Service user, and the Service user cannot
delete himself.
currently logged in. Any such change will take effect after the next login.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5-8 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Security administration Configuring user accounts
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
• A user with security administration privileges can retrieve any or all user profile
entries.
• Only those parameter values that are actually applied for the specified UID are
reported. This means that those system-wide parameters that have been modified, but
still not applied to the specified UID, are reported with their previous values.
Enabling/disabling a user
A user with appropriate security level privileges can disable existing user profiles in the
User Security Database. If the specified user is logged on, then the user is also logged off.
A user cannot disable himself/herself.
A user with appropriate security level privileges can enable existing and previously
disabled user profiles in the User Security Database for a specified user(s).
Note: The Admin user can disable and enable all users including the Service user.
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 5-9
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Security administration Procedure 5-1: Procedures to configure user accounts
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Modify available fields (see “Configuring user accounts” (p. 5-6)) and click Apply.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
Create a user
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Click Create.
Result: Create User screen is displayed.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Enter appropriate information (see “Configuring user accounts” (p. 5-6)) and click Apply.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5-10 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Security administration Procedure 5-1: Procedures to configure user accounts
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Delete a user
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Change password
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Enter the old password and the new password, and confirm the new password. Then click
Apply.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 5-11
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Security administration Procedure 5-1: Procedures to configure user accounts
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Create SNMP v3 user
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Enter User ID, Password, and Access Privilege information. and click Apply.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5-12 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Security administration Login sessions
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Login sessions
Overview
There is no limit to the number of simultaneous active sessions per user ID. One user ID
can log into the NE multiple times (via WebUI, TL1, CLI, and SNMP), the maximum of
which is restricted by the number of sessions supported by the NE. The NE notifies the
security administrator when a user logs into the NE indicating the UID and the
established User Session Number.
The ability to authenticate a session (i.e., activate a user session) is established with the
NE by logging in an existing user through a UID and a PID. The NE will deny the
activation of a user session if authentication for the user cannot be established (e.g. the
specified password does not match the user's password on the NE, the user profile does
not exist on the NE, etc.).
The NE allows a user to cancel a current session which was previously authenticated by a
login request by providing a logoff function for the current session.
The following applies to canceling a user session:
• Only users with appropriate administration privileges are able to logoff other users.
Otherwise users can only logoff themselves.
• Users with administration privileges and also the Service user can logoff other users
with administration privileges.
• A command request to cancel a session will terminate a single active user session on
the addressed NE. In addition, any supporting connection that is no longer supporting
other sessions or connections, is also terminated.
Session timeout
The NE supports auto log out and auto disconnect of user sessions based upon user link
inactivity (i.e. an idle user). Inactivity is defined as lack of user input. The inactivity
interval (period which triggers log out) is provisionable on a system basis. The longest
such interval allowed for an idle user is 999 minutes, with a minimum of 1 minute and a
default of 60 minutes. The system allows the ability to disable the User Session Link
Timer attribute, on a system basis, by assigning the zero value. A value of 0 implies no
idle timeout, (i.e. the user can remain idle forever).
When the session timer expires, the NE logs out and disconnects a user's session to the
NE. The session timer is reset/restarted by successful user login and user session link
communication input activity after the login occurs.
PRELIMINARY
Each properly logged-in session will either be logged out by the user or by system
inactivity or by connection interruption. When a session is terminated (e.g., normal
logoff, power failure, a break in the physical or logical connection), the NE ensures that
the port drops immediately and terminates the user processes running at the time of
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 5-13
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Security administration Login sessions
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
logoff. When the next user attempts to log on to that physical or logical port, the user is
required to go through the entire login procedure including identification and
authentication.
The admin user may configure unique per user session timeout, based on the UID profile.
If provisioned, the timeout value may take on any value up to the system maximum. If
provisioned, the user-defined session timeout takes precedence over the system-wide
session timeout value provisioned.
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5-14 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Security administration System security features
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 5-15
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Security administration System security features
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
• CLI over the craft serial port is not encrypted
• SSL features shall be enabled (SSL can be used in both modes)
The NE supports the enabling and disabling of the following external ports: OAMP, VoIP,
E1-LAN, E2-LAN, ES1 and ES2 for extension shelves. Only an administrative user has
the ability to enable/disable these interfaces. The serial/console port cannot be disabled.
Note: The two external LAN ports, E1 and E2, connect to externally managed
devices, like RAMAN or EDFA power booster amplifiers. In the current release, one
User Panel is supported on the Master Shelf of an NE. This provides a maximum of 2
LAN ports for external RAMAN or Booster devices per NE.
TFTP, FTP, and SFTP
TFTP, FTP, and SFTP file transfer protocols are supported for both encrypted and normal
mode. Database backup/restore, and PM upload/transfer can use either TFTP or SFTP.
Software download can use either FTP or SFTP.
SFTP (secure FTP) is a program that uses SSH to transfer files. Unlike standard FTP, it
encrypts both commands and data, preventing passwords and sensitive information from
being transmitted in the clear over the network. It is functionally similar to FTP, but
because it uses a different protocol, standard FTP client can't be used to talk to an SFTP
server, nor an FTP server can be connected with a client that supports only SFTP.
The following applies:
• FTP and SFTP passwords are stored in the database using AES encryption.
• No user interface displays the password for the FTP and SFTP server.
• SFTP or TFTP are used regardless of whether the NE is in encrypted or in normal
mode.
PSS-1 shelves.
• The NE supports the generation of the SSH crypto Key. This crypto key needs to be
generated before the NE is set to encrypted mode. The NE allows the generation of
the crypto key only if the NE mode is normal. If the NE mode is encrypted, the crypto
key generation is denied.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5-16 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Security administration System security features
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
• SSH Keys cannot be zeroized in encrypted mode.
• The NE supports AES encryption. SSH key must be encrypted with AES before
storing in the disk.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 5-17
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Security administration System security features
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
• The security event log file is stored in non-volatile memory and survives system
restarts/resets.
• The security event log file does not survive software generic upgrades and power
reset.
Security log contents
Each NE is able to log the following classes of information in the security log:
• any action that changes the security attributes and services
• any action that changes access controls
• any action that changes configuration parameters of the device
• each login attempt and its result
• each logout or session termination (whether remote or console, whether requested or
due to inactivity timeout)
A security log entry contains the following information:
• the identification, address and security level of the user that initiated the action that is
being logged
• the actual attempted action that is being logged (the echo of the command/response
message)
• an indication of the success or failure of the activity (command completion code)
• the date and the time the action (i.e. the command or the message) occurred
Note: The security event log file does not record actual or attempted passwords that
are entered in as passwords.
All physical ports of the NE exercise system access control. This includes direct access
serial and LAN ports (CIT, external OAMP network access, etc.) and access via an
Embedded Communications Channel (ECC) as in the case of GCC between the 1830-PSS
and the 1830-PSS1 (Edge Device).
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5-18 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Security administration System security features
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Any failed login attempt immediately reports to the user that the login process has failed
or is invalid. Information such as “invalid user ID” or “invalid password” is not reported.
The NE performs the entire user authentication procedure even if the UID that is entered
is not valid. After a failed login attempt, the system delays for 2 seconds prior to
presenting the next login prompt. This applies to human interaction interfaces (e.g. CLI,
TL1, WebUI).
After the maximum number of consecutive invalid login attempts for a session has been
reached, the system records in the security log the IP address of the source along with the
UID and an intrusion transient condition is reported.
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 5-19
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Security administration Procedure 5-2: View security log procedure
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5-20 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Security administration Authentication
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Authentication
Overview
Authentication is the act of verifying a claimed identity, providing a basis for setting up
private communications with full data integrity and logging management activity. The
system supports the following different methods of authentication.
• RADIUS authentication
• Local NE Authentication
• SNMP
RADIUS authentication
RADIUS allows the user to be authenticated and authorized at the same time. The
RADIUS server is provisioned with one or more user profile or profiles. Based on the
user profile and user class definitions, the RADIUS server not only allows the user to
have access to the NE, but also grants the user the user's privilege level. The RADIUS
client works with Steel-Belted RADIUS, WinRADIUS, and FreeRadius servers. The NE
supports provisioning of up to 2 RADIUS Servers. The administrative privilege user can
add/delete the specific RADIUS server.
The following applies:
• The administrative privilege user can Enable/Disable the RADIUS servers without
deleting their configuration.
• When two servers are configured and enabled, the NE queries the second RADIUS
server (RAD2) only if the first server (RAD1) does not respond after the appropriate
timeout and retries.
• Web users are authenticated from the local stored database regardless of whether
RADIUS is enabled.
• SNMP users are not authenticated by RADIUS.
• RADIUS functionality can be used regardless of whether the NE is in encrypted or
normal mode.
• A login by the Service user is never authenticated using RADIUS for any user
interfaces (CLI or WebUI). The authentication for the Service user is always local. PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 5-21
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Security administration Authentication
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
RADIUS attributes
The NE supports configuring the following general RADIUS attributes:
• Timeout: This is the timeout (in seconds) for the NE to wait for a response from the
RADIUS server. A failure is declared after the timeout is elapsed. The supported value
range for timeout is 1 to 1000. The default value is 5.
• Retries: This is the number of attempts that the NE will try to contact the specified
RADIUS server that has failed to respond during the previous request(s). If there is no
response from the server after the specified tries, then the NE will try to contact the
second RADIUS server if one is provisioned. The supported value range for retries is
1 to 100. The default value is 3.
The NE supports the following RADIUS server attributes. The RADIUS attributes can be
configured, edited, deleted, and retrieved by a user with appropriate administrative
privilege. The "sharedSecret" parameter cannot be retrieved.
• ServerNum: This is the AID for the RADIUS server. The acceptable values are RAD1
and RAD2.
• IPAddr: This is the IP address of the specified RADIUS server.
• Port: This is the authentication port of the RADIUS server. The valid value is from 1
to 65000. The default port value is 1812.
• sharedSecret: This is the shared secret key between the NE and the target RADIUS
server. This key is an ascii string between 5 to 32 characters.
• Status: This is RADIUS server status. The valid values are the following
– Enabled - The RADIUS server is online. This is the default value.
– Disabled - The RADIUS server is offline.
The NE supports configuring the following authentication ordering behavior options that
can be configured and retrieved by a user with appropriate administrative privilege.
• LOCAL: Authentication is based on the local NE's security database. This is the
default.
• RADIUS: Authentication is based on the RADIUS server's database.
• RADIUS-THEN-LOCAL: The authentication is attempted first using the RADIUS
server's database. If the RADIUS server is not reachable then authentication is based
on local NE's security database.
Note: If the RADIUS server is reachable and the user profile does not exist in
RADIUS server's database, then the authentication fails and the user is denied access.
PRELIMINARY
Local NE authentication
Local NE Authentication is accomplished via the UID and PID pair created and stored on
the local NE.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5-22 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Security administration Authentication
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Note: The access to the database (for authentication) of the NE where user profiles
are stored, is allowed only on a local connection. This is for the Service user to access
locally via connection to RS232 or local CIT port.
SNMP authentication
The local NE can authenticate and authorize users based on SNMP. SNMP provides for
both security versions and security levels. A security version is an authentication strategy
that is set up for a user and the group in which the user resides. A security level is the
permitted level of security within a security version. A combination of a security version
and a security level will determine which security mechanism is employed when handling
an SNMP packet. Three security versions are available: SNMPv1, SNMPv2c, and
SNMPv3.
The following applies to SNMP:
• The NE supports separate DB records for SNMPv3 users. SNMPv3 users are different
from the other users. SNMPv3 users can be provisioned via WebUI.
• The system supports creation of a default SNMP user at initial startup with a known
password. This known password permits 1354RM-PhM to perform auto-discovery of
NEs. The default SNMP user cannot be deleted. It can only be disabled.
• The NE supports changing SNMPv3 users' authentication (auth) and privacy (priv)
passwords.
• The system supports enabling and disabling SNMP users.
• The NE supports sending Authentication Failure traps and supports enabling and
disabling the sending of Authentication Failure Traps.
• The system allows a new SNMP user to be created from an administrator account.
• Even if RADIUS authentication is enabled on the system, login access to the NE via
SNMP is always based on the UID and PID pair resident on the NE.
• IPAddr - this is the IP address of the SNMP trap server. Specifies the IP address of the
server that serves as the trap destination.
• String - this is the community string sent to the SNMP trap server. It is an ascii string
from 1 to 32 characters.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 5-23
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Security administration Authentication
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
• IPaddress Port - this is the (IP address) port of the SNMP trap server. Specifies the IP
address port of the server that serves as the trap destination.
• Timeout - Specifies the time (round trip), in hundreths of a second, after which the
connection times out if no reply is received. Following a timeout, a retry is attempted,
up to the number of retries specified by the retry variable.
• Retry Count - Specifies an integer value for the number of times the network element
will attempt to retry the connection in the event of a timeout.
• SNMP version - the SNMP version to use when formatting the trap. Valid versions are
v1, v2c, and v3.
• NMS Station Group ID - Specifies an integer value that uniquely identifies the NMS
workstation serving as the trap destination. (Use 0 for all third party SNMP trap
servers).
Note: Traps are sent in SNMPv2 or SNMPv3 format, depending on the security level
of the NE. If the NE is encrypted, then all traps are encrypted, so the traps will be in
v3 format. All SNMPv3 traps are sent with the SNMPv3 default user. In normal
mode, the version can be v2 or v3.
ensure that the request can be granted given the command privilege level. If the string
does not match any string defined in the NE, the request fails and the NE returns a
failure message. If the privilege level is inadequate for the request being asked, then
the NE returns a failure message, otherwise, the request is processed.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5-24 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Security administration Procedure 5-3: RADIUS server procedures
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Click Create.
Result: The Create RADIUS Server screen is displayed.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 5-25
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Security administration Procedure 5-3: RADIUS server procedures
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Provision RADIUS properties
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5-26 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Security administration Procedure 5-4: SNMP procedures
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Click Create.
Result: The Create SNMP Trap Destinations screen is displayed.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 5-27
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Security administration Procedure 5-4: SNMP procedures
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
View / modify community strings
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 To modify Community Strings, enter appropriate values in the respective fields and click
Apply.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5-28 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY
6 Alarm List
6
Overview
Purpose
This chapter contains the alarm list and alarm descriptions for Alcatel-Lucent 1830
PSS-4. Procedures for clearing these alarms are detailed in Chapter 7, “Alarm Clearing
Procedures”.
The following information is provided for each condition:
• a description of the condition that includes the possible root cause
• the condition severity
• whether or not the condition is service-affecting
• the cards or systems to which the condition applies
Contents
ALLCHANMISS 6-7
ALLCHANMISSOUT 6-8
AMPDISABLED 6-9
APRNODE 6-10
APROSC 6-11
APRTOPO 6-12
APRUNAVAIL 6-13
APRUNAVAILOSC 6-14
APSB 6-15
PRELIMINARY
APSCM 6-16
APSMM 6-17
AUTHFAIL 6-18
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 6-1
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm List Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
AUTORESET 6-19
B1SD 6-20
BASELINE 6-21
BDI 6-22
BDIODU 6-23
CARDINIT 6-24
CONFIGFAIL 6-25
CONTCOM 6-26
CONTEQPT 6-27
CONTR 6-28
CONTR-OUT 6-29
CRDINIT 6-30
DATAERR 6-31
DATAFLT 6-32
DBBKUP-IP 6-33
DBFL 6-34
DBFT 6-35
DBINVALID 6-36
DBMEMTRF 6-37
DBRSTR-IP 6-38
DEG 6-39
DISCOVERMOD 6-40
DORMANTUSER 6-41
EBER 6-42
EQPT 6-43
EQPTBOOT 6-44
EQPTDGR 6-45
EQPTDGROCH 6-46
EQPTDGROCH-OUT 6-47
PRELIMINARY
EQPTPORT 6-48
EXCESSLOAD 6-49
FACTERM-DEV 6-50
FANSPEEDHIGH 6-51
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-2 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm List Overview
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
FANSPEEDLOW 6-52
FANSPEEDMAN 6-53
FECDEG 6-54
FELANLFI 6-55
FELANLOS 6-56
FELANLSS 6-57
FELANRFI 6-58
FELOS 6-59
FEPORTMISMATCH 6-60
FEPRLF 6-61
FPGAFAIL 6-62
FPGAINIT 6-63
FPGATIMEOUT 6-64
FRCDWKSWBK 6-65
FRCDWKSWPR 6-66
FWPENDINGOBSOLETE 6-67
FWUPGRADEPENDING 6-68
FWVERSIONNOTDEFAULT 6-69
HIBER 6-70
HIGAIN 6-71
INSERTMOD 6-72
INTTEMP [over] 6-73
INTTEMP [under] 6-74
INTRUSION 6-75
LANLFI 6-76
LANLOS 6-77
LANLSS 6-78
LANRFI 6-79
LCK 6-80
PRELIMINARY
LFD 6-81
LFIEGR 6-82
LINKDOWN 6-83
LOCKOUTOFPR 6-84
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 6-3
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm List Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
LOF 6-85
LOFEGR 6-86
LOF-O 6-87
LOGAIN 6-88
LOM 6-89
LOS 6-90
LOSDCM 6-91
LOSLDSIG 6-92
LOS-O 6-93
LOS-OUT 6-94
LOS-P 6-95
LPBKLINE 6-96
LPBKTERM 6-97
LSSEGR 6-98
MAN 6-99
MANRESET 6-101
MANWKSWBK 6-102
MANWKSWPR 6-103
MISMATCH 6-104
MISMATCHMOD 6-105
MOD 6-106
MODOUTOOR 6-107
MTCESURV 6-108
MTCESURVDGR 6-109
NET 6-110
NOTALLOWED 6-111
OAPUMPBIASCURRHIGH 6-112
OAPUMPTEMPHIGH 6-113
OCHCOLLISION 6-114
PRELIMINARY
OCHCOLLISION-OUT 6-115
OCHKEYDUP 6-116
OCHKEYOVERLAP 6-117
OCHFDI 6-118
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-4 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm List Overview
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
OCHPDI 6-119
OCHTRAILDUP 6-120
OCHTRAILUNKNOWN 6-121
OCHUNKNOWN 6-122
OCHUNKNOWN-OUT 6-123
OCI 6-124
OPR 6-125
OPRPWRHIGH 6-126
OPRPWRLOW 6-127
OPRLOSSHIGH 6-128
OPRLOSSLOW 6-129
OPR-OUT 6-130
OPRTX 6-131
OPRUNACHIEVE 6-132
OSCSSF 6-133
PLM 6-134
PRCDRERR-TOPO 6-135
PWR 6-136
PWRADJFAIL 6-137
PWRADJREQ 6-138
PWRMARGIN 6-139
PWRMAXGAIN 6-140
PWRSUSP 6-141
PWRTILTSUSP 6-142
REMOVEMOD 6-143
REPLUNITMISS 6-144
REPLUNITMISSMOD 6-146
RFIEGR 6-147
SDBER 6-148
PRELIMINARY
SDEG-O 6-149
SSF 6-150
SSFODU 6-151
SWFTDWN 6-152
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 6-5
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm List Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
SWUPGCOMMIT 6-153
SWUPGFAIL 6-154
SYSBOOT 6-155
TIM 6-156
TIMODU 6-157
TRMTMOD 6-158
UNKNOWNMOD 6-159
UNKNOWN 6-160
UPM 6-161
URU-OTS 6-162
URU-OTU 6-163
URU-S 6-164
USALS 6-165
USLOS 6-166
USOCHCOLLISION 6-167
VOLTAGE[high] 6-168
VOLTAGE[low] 6-169
VTS{1-10}LOCKOUTOFPR 6-170
VTS{1-10}FRCDWKSWPR 6-171
VTS{1-10}FRCDWKSWBK 6-172
VTS{1-10}MANWKSWPR 6-173
VTS{1-10}MANWKSWBK 6-174
VTS{1-10}WKSWPR 6-175
VTSFDI 6-176
VTSOCI 6-177
WKSWBK 6-178
WKSWPR 6-179
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-6 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm List ALLCHANMISS
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
ALLCHANMISS
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 6-7
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm List ALLCHANMISSOUT
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
ALLCHANMISSOUT
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-8 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm List AMPDISABLED
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
AMPDISABLED
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 6-9
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm List APRNODE
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
APRNODE
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-10 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm List APROSC
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
APROSC
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 6-11
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm List APRTOPO
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
APRTOPO
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-12 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm List APRUNAVAIL
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
APRUNAVAIL
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 6-13
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm List APRUNAVAILOSC
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
APRUNAVAILOSC
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-14 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm List APSB
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
APSB
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 6-15
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm List APSCM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
APSCM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-16 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm List APSMM
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
APSMM
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 6-17
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm List AUTHFAIL
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
AUTHFAIL
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-18 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm List AUTORESET
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
AUTORESET
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 6-19
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm List B1SD
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
B1SD
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-20 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm List BASELINE
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
BASELINE
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 6-21
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm List BDI
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
BDI
Description
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-22 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm List BDIODU
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
BDIODU
Description
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 6-23
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm List CARDINIT
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
CARDINIT
Description
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-24 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm List CONFIGFAIL
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
CONFIGFAIL
Description
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 6-25
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm List CONTCOM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
CONTCOM
Description
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-26 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm List CONTEQPT
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
CONTEQPT
Description
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 6-27
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm List CONTR
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
CONTR
Description
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-28 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm List CONTR-OUT
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
CONTR-OUT
Description
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 6-29
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm List CRDINIT
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
CRDINIT
Description
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-30 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm List DATAERR
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
DATAERR
Description
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 6-31
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm List DATAFLT
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
DATAFLT
Description
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-32 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm List DBBKUP-IP
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
DBBKUP-IP
Description
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 6-33
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm List DBFL
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
DBFL
Description
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-34 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm List DBFT
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
DBFT
Description
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 6-35
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm List DBINVALID
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
DBINVALID
Description
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-36 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm List DBMEMTRF
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
DBMEMTRF
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 6-37
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm List DBRSTR-IP
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
DBRSTR-IP
Description
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-38 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm List DEG
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
DEG
Description
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 6-39
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm List DISCOVERMOD
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
DISCOVERMOD
Description
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-40 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm List DORMANTUSER
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
DORMANTUSER
Description
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 6-41
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm List EBER
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
EBER
Description
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-42 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm List EQPT
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
EQPT
Description
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 6-43
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm List EQPTBOOT
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
EQPTBOOT
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-44 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm List EQPTDGR
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
EQPTDGR
Port Degrade: Communications with the Wavelength Tracker on this card are unreliable
and any Wavelength Tracker information sent or generated may be incorrect.
Card Degrade: A fault on the card has caused the system to declare a hardware failure.
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 6-45
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm List EQPTDGROCH
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
EQPTDGROCH
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-46 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm List EQPTDGROCH-OUT
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
EQPTDGROCH-OUT
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 6-47
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm List EQPTPORT
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
EQPTPORT
Port Failure - Device
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-48 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm List EXCESSLOAD
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
EXCESSLOAD
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 6-49
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm List FACTERM-DEV
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
FACTERM-DEV
Description
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-50 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm List FANSPEEDHIGH
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
FANSPEEDHIGH
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 6-51
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm List FANSPEEDLOW
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
FANSPEEDLOW
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-52 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm List FANSPEEDMAN
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
FANSPEEDMAN
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 6-53
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm List FECDEG
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
FECDEG
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-54 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm List FELANLFI
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
FELANLFI
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 6-55
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm List FELANLOS
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
FELANLOS
Description
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-56 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm List FELANLSS
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
FELANLSS
Description
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 6-57
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm List FELANRFI
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
FELANRFI
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-58 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm List FELOS
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
FELOS
Description
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 6-59
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm List FEPORTMISMATCH
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
FEPORTMISMATCH
Description
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-60 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm List FEPRLF
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
FEPRLF
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 6-61
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm List FPGAFAIL
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
FPGAFAIL
Description
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-62 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm List FPGAINIT
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
FPGAINIT
Description
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 6-63
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm List FPGATIMEOUT
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
FPGATIMEOUT
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-64 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm List FRCDWKSWBK
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
FRCDWKSWBK
Description
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 6-65
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm List FRCDWKSWPR
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
FRCDWKSWPR
Description
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-66 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm List FWPENDINGOBSOLETE
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
FWPENDINGOBSOLETE
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 6-67
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm List FWUPGRADEPENDING
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
FWUPGRADEPENDING
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-68 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm List FWVERSIONNOTDEFAULT
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
FWVERSIONNOTDEFAULT
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 6-69
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm List HIBER
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
HIBER
Description
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-70 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm List HIGAIN
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
HIGAIN
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 6-71
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm List INSERTMOD
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
INSERTMOD
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-72 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm List INTTEMP [over]
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
INTTEMP [over]
Description
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 6-73
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm List INTTEMP [under]
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
INTTEMP [under]
Description
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-74 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm List INTRUSION
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
INTRUSION
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 6-75
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm List LANLFI
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
LANLFI
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-76 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm List LANLOS
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
LANLOS
Description
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 6-77
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm List LANLSS
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
LANLSS
Description
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-78 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm List LANRFI
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
LANRFI
Description
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 6-79
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm List LCK
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
LCK
Description
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-80 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm List LFD
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
LFD
Description
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 6-81
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm List LFIEGR
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
LFIEGR
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-82 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm List LINKDOWN
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
LINKDOWN
Description
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 6-83
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm List LOCKOUTOFPR
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
LOCKOUTOFPR
Description
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-84 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm List LOF
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
LOF
Description
1 of 2
2 of 2
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 6-85
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm List LOFEGR
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
LOFEGR
Description
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-86 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm List LOF-O
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
LOF-O
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 6-87
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm List LOGAIN
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
LOGAIN
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-88 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm List LOM
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
LOM
Description
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 6-89
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm List LOS
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
LOS
Description
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-90 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm List LOSDCM
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
LOSDCM
Description
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 6-91
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm List LOSLDSIG
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
LOSLDSIG
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-92 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm List LOS-O
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
LOS-O
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 6-93
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm List LOS-OUT
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
LOS-OUT
Description (outgoing LOS)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-94 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm List LOS-P
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
LOS-P
Description
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 6-95
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm List LPBKLINE
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
LPBKLINE
Description
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-96 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm List LPBKTERM
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
LPBKTERM
Description
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 6-97
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm List LSSEGR
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
LSSEGR
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-98 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm List MAN
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
MAN
Description (card)
Description (port)
SFD-shelf-slot-OMD
Effect on Service N/A
Alarm Entity Type EQPT
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 6-99
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm List MAN
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-100 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm List MANRESET
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
MANRESET
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 6-101
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm List MANWKSWBK
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
MANWKSWBK
Description
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-102 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm List MANWKSWPR
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
MANWKSWPR
Description
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 6-103
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm List MISMATCH
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
MISMATCH
Description - card mismatch
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-104 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm List MISMATCHMOD
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
MISMATCHMOD
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 6-105
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm List MOD
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
MOD
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-106 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm List MODOUTOOR
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
MODOUTOOR
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 6-107
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm List MTCESURV
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
MTCESURV
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-108 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm List MTCESURVDGR
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
MTCESURVDGR
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 6-109
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm List NET
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
NET
Description
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-110 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm List NOTALLOWED
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
NOTALLOWED
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 6-111
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm List OAPUMPBIASCURRHIGH
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
OAPUMPBIASCURRHIGH
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-112 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm List OAPUMPTEMPHIGH
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
OAPUMPTEMPHIGH
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 6-113
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm List OCHCOLLISION
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
OCHCOLLISION
Description
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-114 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm List OCHCOLLISION-OUT
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
OCHCOLLISION-OUT
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 6-115
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm List OCHKEYDUP
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
OCHKEYDUP
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-116 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm List OCHKEYOVERLAP
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
OCHKEYOVERLAP
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 6-117
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm List OCHFDI
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
OCHFDI
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-118 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm List OCHPDI
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
OCHPDI
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 6-119
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm List OCHTRAILDUP
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
OCHTRAILDUP
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-120 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm List OCHTRAILUNKNOWN
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
OCHTRAILUNKNOWN
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 6-121
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm List OCHUNKNOWN
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
OCHUNKNOWN
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-122 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm List OCHUNKNOWN-OUT
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
OCHUNKNOWN-OUT
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 6-123
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm List OCI
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
OCI
Description
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-124 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm List OPR
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
OPR
Description
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 6-125
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm List OPRPWRHIGH
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
OPRPWRHIGH
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-126 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm List OPRPWRLOW
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
OPRPWRLOW
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 6-127
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm List OPRLOSSHIGH
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
OPRLOSSHIGH
Description
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-128 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm List OPRLOSSLOW
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
OPRLOSSLOW
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 6-129
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm List OPR-OUT
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
OPR-OUT
Description
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-130 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm List OPRTX
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
OPRTX
Description
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 6-131
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm List OPRUNACHIEVE
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
OPRUNACHIEVE
Description
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-132 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm List OSCSSF
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
OSCSSF
Description
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 6-133
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm List PLM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
PLM
Description
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-134 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm List PRCDRERR-TOPO
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRCDRERR-TOPO
Description
1 of 2
2 of 2
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 6-135
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm List PWR
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
PWR
Description
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-136 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm List PWRADJFAIL
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
PWRADJFAIL
Description
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 6-137
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm List PWRADJREQ
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
PWRADJREQ
Description
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-138 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm List PWRMARGIN
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
PWRMARGIN
Description
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 6-139
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm List PWRMAXGAIN
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
PWRMAXGAIN
Description
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-140 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm List PWRSUSP
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
PWRSUSP
Description
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 6-141
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm List PWRTILTSUSP
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
PWRTILTSUSP
Description
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-142 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm List REMOVEMOD
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
REMOVEMOD
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 6-143
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm List REPLUNITMISS
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
REPLUNITMISS
Description
Description
Card removal/unseat event
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-144 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm List REPLUNITMISS
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 6-145
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm List REPLUNITMISSMOD
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
REPLUNITMISSMOD
Description
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-146 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm List RFIEGR
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
RFIEGR
Description
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 6-147
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm List SDBER
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
SDBER
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-148 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm List SDEG-O
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
SDEG-O
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 6-149
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm List SSF
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
SSF
Description
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-150 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm List SSFODU
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
SSFODU
Description
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 6-151
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm List SWFTDWN
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
SWFTDWN
Description
Indicates that a software upgrade is currently in progress on the NE. This alarm is active
if the NE is being upgraded, or has finished upgrading and is waiting for a command to
commit or to back-out of the upgraded software release.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-152 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm List SWUPGCOMMIT
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
SWUPGCOMMIT
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 6-153
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm List SWUPGFAIL
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
SWUPGFAIL
Description
1 of 2
2 of 2
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-154 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm List SYSBOOT
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
SYSBOOT
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 6-155
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm List TIM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
TIM
Description
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-156 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm List TIMODU
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
TIMODU
Description
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 6-157
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm List TRMTMOD
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
TRMTMOD
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-158 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm List UNKNOWNMOD
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
UNKNOWNMOD
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 6-159
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm List UNKNOWN
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
UNKNOWN
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-160 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm List UPM
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
UPM
Description
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 6-161
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm List URU-OTS
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
URU-OTS
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-162 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm List URU-OTU
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
URU-OTU
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 6-163
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm List URU-S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
URU-S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-164 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm List USALS
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
USALS
Description
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 6-165
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm List USLOS
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
USLOS
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-166 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm List USOCHCOLLISION
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
USOCHCOLLISION
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 6-167
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm List VOLTAGE[high]
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
VOLTAGE[high]
Description
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-168 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm List VOLTAGE[low]
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
VOLTAGE[low]
Description
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 6-169
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm List VTS{1-10}LOCKOUTOFPR
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
VTS{1-10}LOCKOUTOFPR
Description
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-170 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm List VTS{1-10}FRCDWKSWPR
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
VTS{1-10}FRCDWKSWPR
Description
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 6-171
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm List VTS{1-10}FRCDWKSWBK
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
VTS{1-10}FRCDWKSWBK
Description
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-172 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm List VTS{1-10}MANWKSWPR
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
VTS{1-10}MANWKSWPR
Description
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 6-173
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm List VTS{1-10}MANWKSWBK
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
VTS{1-10}MANWKSWBK
Description
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-174 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm List VTS{1-10}WKSWPR
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
VTS{1-10}WKSWPR
Description
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 6-175
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm List VTSFDI
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
VTSFDI
Description
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-176 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm List VTSOCI
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
VTSOCI
Description
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 6-177
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm List WKSWBK
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
WKSWBK
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-178 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm List WKSWPR
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
WKSWPR
Description
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 6-179
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm List WKSWPR
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-180 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY
7 Alarm Clearing Procedures
7
Overview
Purpose
This chapter contains the trouble-clearing procedures required to clear the conditions for
the Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4
Contents
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 7-1
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm Clearing Procedures Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 7-3
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm Clearing Procedures Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
PWRADJFAIL 7-214
PWRADJREQ 7-217
PWRMARGIN 7-219
PWRMAXGAIN 7-221
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 7-5
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm Clearing Procedures Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7-6 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm Clearing Procedures ALLCHANMISS (C-Band Loss of signal)
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Severity Critical
Service affecting? Yes
Applicability AHPHG, A2325A
Corrective action
This alarm is the result of a problem at an upstream NE or upstream span.
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, go to the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Perform the procedure “Path power trace” (p. 8-28) to identify the probable network
trouble point for the lightpath and resolve issues/alarms at the trouble point. This may
involve performing the steps in “ALLCHANMISS-OUT (C-Band Loss of signal)”
(p. 7-8) at the NE containing the trouble point(s).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 If the problem persists, attempt an egress adjust on the egress amplifier on the NE
identified in Step 1.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 The gain range provisioned by the EPT for this amplifier is insufficient to accommodate
the unexpected change in loss in the network. Refer the problem to network planning.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 7-7
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm Clearing Procedures ALLCHANMISS-OUT (C-Band Loss of signal)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Severity Critical
Service affecting? Yes
Applicability AHPHG, A2325A
Corrective action
NOTICE
Service-disruption hazard
A cold reset, reseat, or replacement of a card is service impacting if the card is currently
carrying services. To determine if any services are currently carried over a card, perform
the procedure “Reseating a card” (p. 8-32).
If there are services currently carried over the card, it may be best to wait for a
maintenance window before resetting, replacing, or reseating the card.
1 Perform the procedure “Path power trace” (p. 8-28) to identify the probable network
trouble point for the lightpath. This will identify the cards and ports on this NE to look at
first during this procedure.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Identify the cards that are in the NE through path and confirm that all ports and cards on
the through path are administratively up
1. To examine the card state, enter the following command. Observe the admin state and
operational state of each of the cards along the THRU path:
2. Set any of the cards that are administratively down to up. To bring a card Admin Up:
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7-8 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm Clearing Procedures ALLCHANMISS-OUT (C-Band Loss of signal)
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
3. To examine the port state, enter the following command. Observe the administrative
state and operational state of each of the ports along the THRU path:
4. Set any of the ports that are administratively down to up. To bring a port Admin Up:
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Examine the status of the cross-connects that pass through the port
1. List the cross-connects:
CLI config xc a-end shelf slot port z-end shelf slot port
band channelstate up
4 Verify that the cards and ports upstream of the LD's DCM or Line In port (that is, within
the NE for Egress amp, line port faces external to the NE for Ingress amp) are alarm free.
Resolve any alarms on cards/ports that are upstream of the LD pack, using the
information gathered in Step 1.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 Verify that there is a fiber properly plugged into the LD's DCM or Line In port, that the
fiber is the correct type, and that the other end of the fiber is connected properly.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6 Verify that the input power to the alarmed port is within limits:
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 7-9
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm Clearing Procedures ALLCHANMISS-OUT (C-Band Loss of signal)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
If the power is too low, verify that the fiber is not damaged or dirty, and clean or replace if
necessary.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7 If the problem is not resolved, then replace the card. Refer to “Replacing system
components” (p. 8-2).
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7-10 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm Clearing Procedures AMPDISABLED (Amplifier Disabled)
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Severity Critical
Service affecting? Yes
Applicability AHPHG, A2325A
Corrective action
NOTICE
Service-disruption hazard
A cold reset, reseat, or replacement of a card is service impacting if the card is currently
carrying services. To determine if any services are currently carried over a card, perform
the procedure “Reseating a card” (p. 8-32).
If there are services currently carried over the card, it may be best to wait for a
maintenance window before resetting, replacing, or reseating the card.
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, go to the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Determine if there are any temperature alarms on the shelf. If so, check the airflow of the
shelf, filler card presence, and ambient air temperature. Resolve any air flow obstructions
or air-conditioner issues.
CLI alm
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 7-11
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm Clearing Procedures AMPDISABLED (Amplifier Disabled)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
WEBUI Select the card, click the Reboot tab, select Cold Reboot >Submit.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 Replace the card. Refer to “Replacing system components” (p. 8-2). Follow the return and
repair process in the Customer and Product Support guide to return the faulty card to an
authorized repair center for replacement.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7-12 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm Clearing Procedures APRNODE (APR Active - Node)
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Severity Major
Service affecting? Yes
Applicability AHPHG, A2325A
Corrective action
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 7-13
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm Clearing Procedures APROSC (APR Limited - OSC SFP failure condition)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Severity Major
Service affecting? Yes
Applicability AHPHG, A2325A
Corrective action
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Check the OSC provisioning at both ends of the span by looking at the connected ingress
LD for the AHPHG/A2325A, and also at the ingress LD at the far end of the span.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Set both OSCs to OC3. The condition will automatically clear within 100 seconds.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7-14 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm Clearing Procedures APRTOPO (APR Active - invalid topology)
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Severity Major
Service affecting? Yes
Applicability AHPHG, A2325A
Corrective action
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 7-15
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm Clearing Procedures APRUNAVAIL (APR unavailable - monitoring card booting)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Severity Major
Service affecting? Yes
Applicability AHPHG, A2325A
Corrective action
The alarm clears automatically after the reboot has been completed. No corrective action
is required.
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7-16 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm Clearing Procedures APRUNAVAILOSC (APR Limited - OSC SFP failure)
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Severity Major
Service affecting? Yes
Applicability A2325A, AHPHG
Corrective action
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 7-17
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm Clearing Procedures APSB (APS protection switching byte failure)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Corrective action
NOTICE
Service-disruption hazard
A cold reset, reseat, or replacement of a card is service impacting if the card is currently
carrying services. To determine if any services are currently carried over a card, perform
the procedure “Reseating a card” (p. 8-32).
If there are services currently carried over the card, it may be best to wait for a
maintenance window before resetting, replacing, or reseating the card.
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, go to the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Observe the protection information presented in the APSB condition. Note the protection
group information and the cards involved.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Login to the near end NE and perform the procedure “Determining the far end of a
service” (p. 8-25) to determine the NE and card that link directly to the (near-end) card
reporting the APSB alarm.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Open a new window and log into the far-end NE identified in Step 2.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
4 Enter the following commands on both the near-end and far-end NEs to confirm that the
protection group is configured as desired.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7-18 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm Clearing Procedures APSB (APS protection switching byte failure)
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1. Ensure that the near-end and far-end interfaces are in the same protection group.
2. Check the directionality of the protection group.
3. Validate that the protection group has a valid working and protection path.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 Using the data obtained in Step 1 and Step 4, confirm that the working cards are paired up
and that the protection cards are paired up.
1. Confirm that the topology matches the programmed topology.
2. Verify that the optical patch cord to the protect interface at the near end is connected
to the protect interface at the far end. Reconfigure and reconnect the optical patch
cords to the protect members if they are not.
3. Verify that the optical patch cord to the working interface at the near end is connected
to the working interface at the far end. Reconfigure and reconnect the optical patch
cords to the working members if they are not.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6 Enter the following commands at both the near-end and far-end NEs to confirm that the
card types at the near end and far end are the same.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 7-19
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm Clearing Procedures APSCM (APS Channel Mismatch)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Corrective action
NOTICE
Service-disruption hazard
Replacing and reconnecting optical patch cords may be service affecting. It is
recommended to replace and reconnect optical patch cords during a maintenance
window.
If there are services currently carried over the card, it may be best to wait for a
maintenance window before resetting, replacing, or reseating the card.
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, go to the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Observe the protection information presented in the APSCM condition. Note the
protection group information and the cards involved.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Login to the near end NE and perform the procedure “Determining the far end of a
PRELIMINARY
service” (p. 8-25) to determine the NE and card that link directly to the (near-end) card
reporting the APSCM alarm.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Open a new window and log into the far-end NE identified in Step 2.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7-20 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm Clearing Procedures APSCM (APS Channel Mismatch)
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 Enter the following commands on both the near-end and far-end NEs to confirm that the
protection group is configured as desired.
1. Ensure that the near-end and far-end interfaces are in the same protection group.
2. Check the direction of the protection group.
3. Validate that the protection group has a valid working and protection path.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 Using the data obtained in Step 1 and Step 4, confirm that the working cards are paired up
and that the protection cards are paired up.
1. Confirm that the topology matches the programmed topology.
2. Verify that the optical patch cord to the protect interface at the near end is connected
to the protect interface at the far end. Reconfigure and reconnect the optical patch
cords to the protect members if they are not.
3. Verify that the optical patch cord to the working interface at the near end is connected
to the working interface at the far end. Reconfigure and reconnect the optical patch
cords to the working members if they are not.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6 Enter the following commands at both the near-end and far-end NEs to confirm that the
card types at the near end and far end are the same.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
If the card is in the upgrade state then wait for upgrade to complete. The upgrade is
complete when the action progress is 100% and the action status is complete. The near
end alarm should clear after the upgrade is complete.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 7-21
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm Clearing Procedures APSCM (APS Channel Mismatch)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8 If the problem persists, invoke a manual switch onto the currently active line.
1. Determine the currently active line:
2. Perform a manual switch to the active line. For example, if the working path is
currently active then the following commands would be used.
If the protection path is currently active then the following commands would be used.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7-22 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm Clearing Procedures APSMM (APS Mode Mismatch)
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Corrective action
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, go to the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Determine the port that is reporting the APSMM alarm. This is the port at the end of the
protection group currently configured for bidirectional switching.
CLI alm
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Display the protection group for the associated shelf/slot/port that is raising the Mode
Mismatch alarm:
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Check the network plan to determine the desired directionality for the protection group.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
4 If the desired directionality for the protection group is unidirectional, change the
protection mode at the near end to uni-directional:
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 7-23
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm Clearing Procedures APSMM (APS Mode Mismatch)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 If the desired directionality for the protection group is bi-directional, change the
protection mode at the far end to bi-directional:
1. Determine the NE and card that link directly to the (near-end) card reporting the
APSMM alarm. Perform the procedure “Determining the far end of a service”
(p. 8-25).
2. Login to the far-end NE.
3. Display the protection group for the associated shelf/slot/port on the far end NE, as
determined in item1 above. This is the port at the end of the protection group
currently configured for uni-directional switching.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7-24 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm Clearing Procedures AUTHFAIL (Authentication Failure)
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Severity TC
Service affecting? No
Applicability SYSTEM
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 7-25
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm Clearing Procedures AUTORESET (Card Autonomous Reset)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Severity NA
Service affecting? No
Applicability 11QPA4, 11DPE12, 4DPA4, AHPHG, A2325A, EC
Corrective Action
No corrective action is required for AUTORESET. However, if repeated AUTORESET
events are reported against a single card, reseat the card. If the condition persists, replace
the card.
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7-26 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm Clearing Procedures B1SD
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
B1SD
The OT port has detected Excessive BER on the OC-192/STM-64 port of the 11QPA4
card. This defect indicates that a local OC-192/STM-64 port has detected a BER that
exceeds selected threshold. The default value is 10-6 for STM-64.
This may be caused by the following reasons:
• Damaged or dirty fiber connected to the local receiver
• Received power may not be within the acceptable range on local port input
• Damaged or dirty receiver inside pluggable module
Severity Major
Service affecting? Yes
Applicability 11QPA4
This procedure details the corrective action for an B1SD against the OT port. At the end
of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, go to the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Perform the steps in the procedure, “SDBER (Signal Degrade)” (p. 7-231) to clear this
alarm.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 7-27
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm Clearing Procedures BASELINE
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
BASELINE
The BASELINE autonomous message is a transient condition issued after a analog PM
baseline operation is executed.
This may be caused by the following reasons:
• A misconnected, damaged or dirty fiber
• Received power may not be within the acceptable range
• The data rate may be inconsistent
Severity TC
Service affecting? No
Applicability AHPHG, A2325A
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7-28 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm Clearing Procedures BDI
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
BDI
Backward Defect Indication (BDI) - OTU
The OT port has detected a Backward Defect Indication at the OTUk Section layer. This
defect indicates that the peer OTUk port has detected a condition that is treated as Server
Signal Failure (conditions such as LOS, LOF or LOM would contribute to SSF)
This may be caused by the following reasons:
• An improperly connected, damaged or dirty fiber on the trail between the local OTUk
port transmitter and the far end receiver
• OTS/OMS layer failure on the OCh trail
• The received power may not be within the acceptable range on the Far end input
This procedure details the corrective action for a BDI against the OT port.
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, go to the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Identify the farthest upstream alarm/condition relative to the far end OTUk port.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 If the peer OTUk port is in a client domain (this would be the case when BDI is detected
on a client OT port provisioned as OTU1/OTU2), request corrective action by client
operators.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 7-29
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm Clearing Procedures BDIODU
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
BDIODU
Backward Defect Indication (BDI) - ODU
The OT port has detected a Backward Defect Indication at the ODUk Path layer. This
defect indicates that the peer OTUk port has detected condition that is treated as Server
Signal Failure (conditions such as LOS, LOF, LOM, TIM, ODU-AIS, ODU-OCI or
ODU-LCK would contribute to SSF).
This may be caused by the following reasons:
• An improperly connected, damaged or dirty fiber on the trail between the local OTUk
port transmitter and the far end receiver
• OTS/OMS layer failure on the OCh trail
• The received power may not be within the acceptable range on the Far end input
This procedure details the corrective action for a BDI against the OT port.
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, go to the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Identify the farthest upstream alarm/condition relative to the far end OTUk port.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 If the peer OTUk port is in a client domain (this would be the case when BDI is detected
on a client OT port provisioned as OTU1/OTU2), request corrective action by client
operators.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7-30 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm Clearing Procedures CARDINIT
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
CARDINIT
CARDINIT (Card Initializing)
The card is in the process of initializing:
Severity CR
Service affecting? Yes
Applicability 4DPA4-shelf-slot
11DPE12-shelf-slot
11QPA4-shelf-slot
A2325A-shelf-slot
AHPHG-shelf-slot
Equipment Controller-{1-8}-{1,18}
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 7-31
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm Clearing Procedures CONFIGFAIL (Line Card Configuration Failed)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Severity TC
Service affecting? No
Applicability All OTs and amplifier cards
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7-32 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm Clearing Procedures CONTCOM
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
CONTCOM
CONTCOM (Card Failure - Communication)
The NE has detected the presence of a card, but is unable to establish internal
communications with it. Possible causes for this alarm are:
• a faulty card
• a problem with the backplane
• a cable has been cut or disconnected from one end or the other
• the sub-tended shelf has been turned off
• the alarm panel on the sub-tended shelf has been extracted
• Fan, PPS: card not communicating with the controller hardware
• loss of power to 1/2 the shelf
This condition may be accompanied by system timing-related or card sanity conditions.
Refer to “CONTCOM (Inter-shelf loss of communication)” (p. 2-51). Note: If this alarm
is present on a card when the master shelf Equipment Controller undergoes a reset or a
switch of activity, this alarm re-appears as a Card missing alarm. Refer to
“REPLUNTMISS (Card Missing)” (p. 2-291).
Corrective Action
Refer to “CONTCOM (Inter-shelf loss of communication)” (p. 7-34).
Note: If this alarm is present on a card when the master shelf controller hardware
undergoes a reset or a switch of activity, this alarm reappears as a Card missing alarm.
Refer to “REPLUNTMISS (Card Missing)” .
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 7-33
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm Clearing Procedures CONTCOM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
CONTCOM (Inter-shelf loss of communication)
The active master shelf Equipment Controller has determined that the communications
link to a provisioned subtended shelf is down. This alarm may be raised for any of the
following reasons: • Failure of the intershelf timing and control cable • Disconnected or
missing intershelf timing and control cable • Subtended shelf loss of power • Both
subtended shelf Equipment Controllers are either failed or missing
The active master shelf Equipment Controller has determined that the communications
link to a provisioned subtended shelf is down. This alarm may be raised for any of the
following reasons:
• Failure of the intershelf timing and control cable
• Disconnected or missing intershelf timing and control cable
• Subtended shelf loss of power
• Both subtended shelf Equipment Controllers are either failed or missing
Severity Critical
Service affecting? Yes
Applicability SHELF-{2-8}
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, go to the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Locate the intershelf timing and control cable on the active master shelf controller and
observe the link status LED on the connector.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 If the cable is connected and the link status LED is off, verify that the cable is properly
connected at both ends and reconnect it if necessary.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 If the link status LED remains off when the cable is reconnected, verify that the
subtended shelf is powered on.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 If the subtended shelf is powered on and the cable is connected but the link status LED
remains off, ensure that there is at least one working Equipment Controller in the
subtended shelf (both Activity and Status LEDs should be green). Do not proceed until
PRELIMINARY
there is a working Equipment Controller in the subtended shelf. Once there is at least one
working Equipment Controller in the subtended shelf, replace the intershelf
communications and timing cable and see if the link comes back up.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7-34 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm Clearing Procedures CONTEQPT (Card Failure - Device)
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Severity Major
Service affecting? No
Applicability Equipment Controller
Corrective action
NOTICE
Service-disruption hazard
A cold reset, reseat, or replacement of a card is service impacting if the card is currently
carrying services. To determine if any services are currently carried over a card, perform
the procedure “Reseating a card” (p. 8-32).
If there are services currently carried over the card, it may be best to wait for a
maintenance window before resetting, replacing, or reseating the card.
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, go to the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
WEBUI Select the card, click the Reboot tab, select Cold Reboot >Submit.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 Replace the card. Refer to “Replacing system components” (p. 8-2). Follow the return and
repair process in the Customer and Product Support guide to return the faulty card to an
authorized repair center for replacement.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7-36 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm Clearing Procedures CONTR (Port degrade - wavelength tracker failure)
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Severity Minor
Service affecting? No
Applicability AHPHG, A2325A
Note: Until this alarm is cleared, Wavelength Tracker information for the detect points
on-card are invalid.
Corrective action
NOTICE
Service-disruption hazard
A cold reset, reseat, or replacement of a card is service impacting if the card is currently
carrying services. To determine if any services are currently carried over a card, perform
the procedure “Reseating a card” (p. 8-32).
If there are services currently carried over the card, it may be best to wait for a
maintenance window before resetting, replacing, or reseating the card.
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, go to the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 7-37
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm Clearing Procedures CONTR (Port degrade - wavelength tracker failure)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 Replace the card. Refer to “Replacing system components” (p. 8-2). Follow the return and
repair process in the Customer and Product Support guide to return the faulty card to an
authorized repair center for replacement.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7-38 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm Clearing Procedures CONTR-OUT (Port degrade - wavelength tracker detection
PRELIMINARY
failure)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Severity Minor
Service affecting? No
Applicability AHPHG, A2325A
Note: Until this alarm is cleared, wavelength tracking information for the detect
points on the card are invalid.
Corrective action
NOTICE
Service-disruption hazard
A cold reset, reseat, or replacement of a card is service impacting if the card is currently
carrying services. To determine if any services are currently carried over a card, perform
the procedure “Reseating a card” (p. 8-32).
If there are services currently carried over the card, it may be best to wait for a
maintenance window before resetting, replacing, or reseating the card.
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, go to the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 7-39
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm Clearing Procedures CONTR-OUT (Port degrade - wavelength tracker detection
failure)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
WEBUI Select the card, click the Reboot tab, select Cold Reboot >Submit.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 Replace the card. Refer to “Replacing system components” (p. 8-2). Follow the return and
repair process in the Customer and Product Support guide to return the faulty card to an
authorized repair center for replacement.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7-40 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm Clearing Procedures CRDINIT (Card Identification Event)
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Severity TC
Service affecting? No
Applicability All cards
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 7-41
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm Clearing Procedures DBBKUP-IP (Database Backup In-Progress)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Severity NA
Service affecting? No
Applicability SYSTEM
Corrective action
The NE will clear the DBBKUP-IP standing condition when the database backup file
transfer has completed successfully, failed, or been cancelled.
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7-42 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm Clearing Procedures DATAFLT
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
DATAFLT
DATAFLT (Card Provisioning Failure)
The Card Provisioning Failure may be raised if a card rejects the provisioning parameters
given to it by the integrated control hardware upon a reset or due to a user provisioning
action. This may indicate a discrepancy on the database of the control hardware or may
indicate a problem with the software.
The card, against which the DATAFLT condition is raised, may not be able to provide
services since some or all of the provisioning parameters were rejected.
Severity Major
Service affecting? No
Applicability A2325A-shelf-slot
AHPHG-shelf-slot
4DPA4-shelf-slot
Equipment Controller-{1-8}-{1,18}
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, go to the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Determine if there is a software mismatch on the NE. If so, resolve the software issue
first. The NE should be running with a committed software load.
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 7-43
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm Clearing Procedures DATAFLT
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Perform a warm reset on the card that has the DATAFLT condition raised against it:
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7-44 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm Clearing Procedures DBFL
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
DBFL
DBFL (DB Failure Local - copy creation of processing failure)
A download of a database backup from the remote file server (part of the database restore
process) will fail if there is not enough free space on the Active Main Equipment
Controller’s flash memory, and a database failure condition-local will be raised (DBFL).
If the temporary database cannot be read (meaning that the database cannot be transported
to the RFS), a database failure condition-local is set.
Severity Minor
Service affecting? No
Applicability SYSTEM
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 7-45
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm Clearing Procedures DBFT
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
DBFT
DBFT (DB Failure Transport - file transport failure)
If the file transfer of the database to the remote file server does not succeed, a database
failure condition-transport is set.
Severity Minor
Service affecting? No
Applicability SYSTEM
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7-46 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm Clearing Procedures DBINVALID
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
DBINVALID
DBINVALID (Database invalid)
When the DBINVALID condition is raised, the NE is not in a normal operating mode. As
a result, the NE does not boot normally and not all commands are allowed.
The DBINVALID condition may be raised as a result of the following:
• During initial installation, if the NE is not properly commissioned.
• The serial number in the database does not match that of the NE either because the
controller was replaced or the alarm card was replaced.
• A downgrade of NE software has occurred.
• The database audit failed indicating some type of corruption of the database.
Severity Major
Service affecting? No
Applicability SYSTEM
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, go to the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 If this is a result of a downgrade, then follow the appropriate procedure to restore the
pre-upgrade database to the Equipment Controller.
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 If this is the result of a user panel replacement, a database backup (previously saved for
this NE) must be restored to the NE from a remote database backup and restore server,
with the special keyword "force".
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 7-47
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm Clearing Procedures DBINVALID
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
The steps are as follows:
1. Re-provision the user panel OADM port details for this NE.
2. Re-provision the static routing and gateway information for this NE.
3. Re-provision the database server information, refer to the for the database backup and
restore procedure.
4. Enter the CLI command config database restore force to bring the database
from a remote server to the NE.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 Review of the NE logs may provide an indication of the corruption of the database by
way of a failed audit function resulting in CRC errors. If the DBINVALID condition is
present due to a corruption of the database, then follow the appropriate procedure to
restore the database to the Equipment Controller from a valid database backup file.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7-48 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm Clearing Procedures DBMEMTRF (Database synchronization failure)
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Severity Major
Service affecting? No
Applicability Equipment Controller, System
Corrective action
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, go to the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Check the software load on each of the two Equipment Controllers and verify that they
match. If the loads are different, force the Equipment Controller with the incorrect load to
upgrade to the correct running load.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Remove the Equipment Controller with the condition and examine the connector on the
back of the card for damage, including bent or broken pins.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Examine the connector on the backplane for damage. If there is damage to the backplane
of the shelf, contact your service representative.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 Re-insert the Equipment Controller into its original slot and allow the card to initialize.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6 Replace the Equipment Controller with the DBMEMTRF condition with a new unit. If
PRELIMINARY
the condition is not cleared, replace the second Equipment Controller with a new unit.
Follow the return and repair process to return the faulty card to an authorized repair
center for replacement.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 7-49
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm Clearing Procedures DBRSTR-IP (Database Restore In-Progress)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Severity Minor
Service affecting? No
Applicability SYSTEM
Corrective action
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If it not, go to the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7-50 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm Clearing Procedures DEG
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
DEG
DEG (Signal Degrade - ODU)
The OT port has detected a Signal Degrade Path layer. This defect indicates that local
OTUk port has detected Path layer BER which exceeds 10-6.
This may be caused by the following reasons:
• Damaged or dirty fiber connected to the local receiver
• The received power may not be within the acceptable range on local port input
• Power level out of range on the associated OCh trail
• Damaged or dirty receiver inside pluggable module
Severity Major
Service affecting? Yes
Applicability 4DPA4-shelf-slot
11DPE12-shelf-slot
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 If power level is low on the DWDM facing port, identify the associated OCh trail and
verify the power levels along the OCh trail.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Identify the farthest upstream point relative to the far end OTUk port at which power
level falls within the expected range.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 Check the alarms/conditions on the node located in Step 3 or the node immediately
upstream from point identified in Step 3.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6 If all power levels along the OCh trails fall within the target range, locate the fiber
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 7-51
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm Clearing Procedures DEG
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8 If cleaning the fiber does not clear the problem, replace the fiber.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
9 If the problem is detected on the client port of the OT, and the power level is within the
operating range, check for pluggable module alarms.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7-52 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm Clearing Procedures DISCOVERMOD (Pluggable Module Discovered)
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Severity Major
Service affecting? Yes
Applicability 4DPA4-shelf-slot
11DPE12-shelf-slot
11QPA4-shelf-slot
A2325A-shelf-slot
AHPHG-shelf-slot
Corrective action
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 7-53
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm Clearing Procedures DORMANTUSER (User inactive)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 This user may be deleted from the NE by using one of the following commands:
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7-54 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm Clearing Procedures EBER (Excessive BER)
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Severity Critical
Service affecting? Yes
Applicability 11QPA4
Corrective action
This procedure details the corrective action for an EBER condition against the OT port.
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, go to the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 If cleaning the fiber does not clear the problem, replace the fiber.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 If the power level is within the operating range, check for pluggable module alarms.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 7-55
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm Clearing Procedures EQPT
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
EQPT
EQPT (Card Failure - Device)
The Card Failure - Device alarm text for the EQPT condition indicates a fault on the card
that has caused the system to declare a hardware failure. This condition may be declared
due to a failure in the SEEP or other unknown hardware failures depending on the card
type the alarm is raised against. This is a critical service affecting alarm for cards carrying
traffic and affects the traffic currently flowing through the failed device.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7-56 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm Clearing Procedures EQPT
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, go to the next step. If this
condition is raised against the alarm panel or a fan tray, then after each step perform a
warm reset of the unit.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 Complete Procedure 3-6: “Verify installation and seat packs” (p. 3-20) through Procedure
3-13: “Set the network element date and time” (p. 3-35) in Chapter 3, “Stand-alone node
set-up” in this document.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6 Follow the database restore procedure in the Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-32 User
Provisioning Guide document using the FORCE option.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 7-57
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm Clearing Procedures EQPT
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7-58 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm Clearing Procedures EQPTBOOT (Card failure - boot failure)
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Severity Critical
Service affecting? Yes
Applicability 11DPE12-shelf-slot
11QPA4-shelf-slot
4DPA4-shelf-slot
A2325A-shelf-slot
AHPHG-shelf-slot
AHPHG-shelf-slot
Corrective action
NOTICE
Service-disruption hazard
A cold reset, reseat, or replacement of a card is service impacting if the card is currently
carrying services. To determine if any services are currently carried over a card, perform
the procedure “Reseating a card” (p. 8-32).
If there are services currently carried over the card, it may be best to wait for a
maintenance window before resetting, replacing, or reseating the card.
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, go to the next step. If this
condition is raised against the user panel or a fan tray, then after each step warm reset the
active Equipment Controller.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 7-59
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm Clearing Procedures EQPTBOOT (Card failure - boot failure)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
WEBUI Select the card, click the Reboot tab, select Cold Reboot >Submit.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 Replace the card. Refer to “Replacing system components” (p. 8-2). Follow the return and
repair process in the Customer and Product Support guide to return the faulty card to an
authorized repair center for replacement.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7-60 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm Clearing Procedures EQPTDGR (Card Degrade - device)
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Severity Minor
Service affecting? No
Applicability A2325A, AHPHG
Corrective action
NOTICE
Service-disruption hazard
A cold reset, reseat, or replacement of a card is service impacting if the card is currently
carrying services. To determine if any services are currently carried over a card, perform
the procedure “Reseating a card” (p. 8-32).
If there are services currently carried over the card, it may be best to wait for a
maintenance window before resetting, replacing, or reseating the card.
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, go to the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 7-61
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm Clearing Procedures EQPTDGR (Card Degrade - device)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 Replace the card. Refer to “Replacing system components” (p. 8-2). Follow the return and
repair process in the Customer and Product Support guide to return the faulty card to an
authorized repair center for replacement.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7-62 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm Clearing Procedures EQPTDGROCH (Port Degrade - Wavelength Tracker
PRELIMINARY
Communication Failure)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Severity Minor
Service affecting? No
Applicability AHPHG, A2325A
Corrective action
NOTICE
Service-disruption hazard
A cold reset, reseat, or replacement of a card is service impacting if the card is currently
carrying services. To determine if any services are currently carried over a card, perform
the procedure “Reseating a card” (p. 8-32).
If there are services currently carried over the card, it may be best to wait for a
maintenance window before resetting, replacing, or reseating the card.
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, go to the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 7-63
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm Clearing Procedures EQPTDGROCH (Port Degrade - Wavelength Tracker
Communication Failure)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 Replace the card. Refer to “Replacing system components” (p. 8-2). Follow the return and
repair process in the Customer and Product Support guide to return the faulty card to an
authorized repair center for replacement.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7-64 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm Clearing Procedures EQPTDGROCH-OUT (Port Degrade - Wavelength Tracker
PRELIMINARY
Communication Failure)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Severity Minor
Service affecting? No
Applicability A2325A, AHPHG
Corrective action
NOTICE
Service-disruption hazard
A cold reset, reseat, or replacement of a card is service impacting if the card is currently
carrying services. To determine if any services are currently carried over a card, perform
the procedure “Reseating a card” (p. 8-32).
If there are services currently carried over the card, it may be best to wait for a
maintenance window before resetting, replacing, or reseating the card.
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, go to the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 7-65
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm Clearing Procedures EQPTDGROCH-OUT (Port Degrade - Wavelength Tracker
Communication Failure)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 Replace the card. Refer to “Replacing system components” (p. 8-2). Follow the return and
repair process in the Customer and Product Support guide to return the faulty card to an
authorized repair center for replacement.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7-66 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm Clearing Procedures EQPTPORT (Port Failure - Device)
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Severity Critical
Service affecting? Yes
Applicability 11QPA4
11DPE12
4DPA4
Corrective action
NOTICE
Service-disruption hazard
A cold reset, reseat, or replacement of a card is service impacting if the card is currently
carrying services. To determine if any services are currently carried over a card, perform
the procedure “Reseating a card” (p. 8-32).
If there are services currently carried over the card, it may be best to wait for a
maintenance window before resetting, replacing, or reseating the card.
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, go to the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 7-67
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm Clearing Procedures EQPTPORT (Port Failure - Device)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 Remove the pluggable module from the port on the card it is inserted in. Examine the
connector on the pluggable module and the receptacle connector on the card where the
pluggable module plugs into for any damage. If no damage is seen, reinsert the pluggable
module into its port.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 Remove and replace the pluggable module with another unit of the same type, being
careful with the connected fiber jumpers. Refer to “Replacing an SFP module” (p. 8-4).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6 Replace the card. Refer to “Replacing system components” (p. 8-2). Follow the return and
repair process in the Customer and Product Support guide to return the faulty card to an
authorized repair center for replacement.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7-68 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm Clearing Procedures EXCESSLOAD (Excessive Current Load)
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Severity Critical
Service affecting? Yes
Applicability 4DPA4,
A2325A,
AHPHG
Equipment Controller
Corrective action
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, go to the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Reprovision the shelf capacity attribute (EXPECTED_AMPS) with the new value.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 7-69
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm Clearing Procedures FACTERM-DEV
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
FACTERM-DEV
FACTERM-DEV (SFP SEEP Failure)
The SFP SEEP Failure condition is raised when the system cannot communicate with the
SFP to determine such information as power level and laser types. This condition is
equivalent to a port degrade, and service is not impacted until/unless a subsequent reset
occurs.
Severity Major
Service affecting? No
Applicability 11DPE12-shelf-slot-{L{1-2},C{1-12}}
11DPE12-shelf-slot-{VA{1-2}}
11QPA4-shelf-slot-{L{1-4},C{1-4}}
11QPA4-shelf-slot-{VA{1-4}}
4DPA4-shelf-slot-{L{1-2}, C{1-4}, VA{1-2}}
A2325A-shelf-slot-OSC
AHPHG-shelf-slot-OSC
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, go to the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Carefully remove and re-seat the SFP that is reporting the FACTERM-DEV condition.
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Remove and cap the fiber jumpers connected to the SFP unit and replace the SFP with
another unit of the same type. Reconnect the fiber jumpers as they were before.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7-70 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm Clearing Procedures FACTERM-DEV
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 Replace the unit. Follow the return and repair process to return the unit to an authorized
repair center for replacement.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 7-71
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm Clearing Procedures FANSPEEDHIGH (Fan Speed is too high)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Severity Minor
Service affecting? No
Applicability FAN
Corrective action
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, go to the next step.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7-72 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm Clearing Procedures FANSPEEDLOW (Fan speed is too low)
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Severity Minor
Service affecting? No
Applicability FAN
Corrective action
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, go to the next step.
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 7-73
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm Clearing Procedures FANSPEEDMAN (Fan speed manually set to maximum)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Severity Minor
Service affecting? No
Applicability FAN
Corrective action
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7-74 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm Clearing Procedures FECDEG (Errored bits before FEC degrade)
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Severity Minor
Service affecting? No
Applicability 11QPA4
Corrective action
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, go to the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 7-75
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm Clearing Procedures FELANLFI (Far End Local Fault)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Corrective action
This procedure details the corrective action for FELANLFI against the OT port. At the
end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, go to the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Proceed with the procedure for clearing LANLFI (see “LANLFI (Local Fault)”
(p. 7-100)).
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7-76 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm Clearing Procedures FELANLOS
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
FELANLOS
FELANLOS (Far End Loss of Signal)
The Far End OT port has detected LAN LOS at its input.
This may be caused by the following reasons:
• Damaged or dirty fiber connected to the far-end receiver
• Received power may not be within the acceptable range on far-end port input
• Damaged or dirty transmitter inside pluggable module on the far end
• Problem at the client equipment connected to the far-end OT
This procedure details the corrective action for clearing FELALOS against the OT port.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 7-77
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm Clearing Procedures FELANLSS
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
FELANLSS
FELANLSS (Far End Loss of Synchronization)
Far End OT port has detected LA Loss of 64B/66B block synchronization at its input.
This may be caused by the following reasons:
• Damaged or dirty fiber connected to the far-end receiver
• Received power may not be within the acceptable range on far-end port input
• Damaged or dirty transmitter inside pluggable module on the far end
• Problem at the client equipment connected to the far-end OT
This procedure details the corrective action for clearing FELANLSS against the OT port.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7-78 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm Clearing Procedures FELANRFI (Far End Remote Fault)
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Corrective action
This procedure details the corrective action for clearing FELOS against the OT port.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 7-79
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm Clearing Procedures FELOS
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
FELOS
FELOS (Far End Loss of Signal)
The Far End OT port has detected a CBRAR signal (e.g. FE or HD-DSI LOS) at a client
port input.
This may be caused by the following reasons:
• Damaged or dirty fiber connected to the far-end receiver
• Received power may not be within the acceptable range on far-end port input
• Damaged or dirty transmitter inside pluggable module on the far end
• Problem at the client equipment connected to the far-end OT
This procedure details the corrective action for clearing FELOS against the OT port.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7-80 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm Clearing Procedures FEPORTMISMATCH
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
FEPORTMISMATCH
FEPORTMISMATCH (Far End Port Mapping Mismatch)
The Far End Port Mapping Mismatch alarm text for the FEPORTMISMATCH condition
indicates two client ports assigned to a protection group are not provisioned the same.
Time slot assignments are wrong, such that a service does not appear on the same client
ports at the two ends of a point-to-point link. Or corresponding ports at the two ends are
not provisioned for the same signal rate and format. The condition is listed against the
near end port.
Severity Critical
Service affecting? Yes
Applicability 4DPA4-shelf-slot-{C1- C4}
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, go to the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Identify the two ports in the protection group at the near end, and the two ports at the far
end.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Provision the near end and far end ports with the same signal rate and format. When client
signals are not GBE, the ODU0INTERWK parameter must be set to DISABLE. ODU0
interworking is only valid for GbE traffic.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Provision the timeslot assignments so that the same ports are used at both ends. For
example, the near end port C3 must be connected to far end port C3.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 7-81
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm Clearing Procedures FEPRLF (Far End Protection Line Failure)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Corrective action
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, go to the next step. Do all
steps at the far end node.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Determine which side is the working side and which side is the protection side.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Check for faults on the protection side line port, or the protection side card.
CLI alm
WEBUI Select Reports > Alarm List >Total.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 If... Then...
faults are present, proceed to the appropriate procedure for
clearing the faults.
no faults are present, STOP! You are done with this procedure.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7-82 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm Clearing Procedures FPGAFAIL (FPGA Download or Programming Failure)
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Severity CR
Service affecting? Yes
Applicability 4DPA4
Corrective action
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, go to the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Perform a warm reset on the card where the FPGAFAIL condition is raised.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 7-83
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm Clearing Procedures FPGAINIT (FPGA Initializing)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Severity NA
Service affecting? No (However, a cold reset of the card issued to initiate FPGA
programming is service affecting if the card is currently
carrying services.)
Applicability 4DPA4
Corrective action
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 No steps are required to clear the FPGAINIT alarm. Some FPGA programming steps can
take as long as 45 minutes. Monitor progress using one of the following commands:
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7-84 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm Clearing Procedures FPGATIMEOUT (FPGA Timeout)
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Severity MN
Service affecting? No
Applicability 4DPA4
Corrective action
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Perform a warm reset on the card where the FPGATIMEOUT condition is raised.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 7-85
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm Clearing Procedures FRCDWKSWBK
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
FRCDWKSWBK
FRCDWKSWBK (Forced switch to working)
This is a standing condition indicating that a forced switch back to the working is active.
The forced switch of working back to working condition occurs when a user initiates a
forced switch to work request within a protection group. A forced switch to working
forces traffic onto the working facility/equipment unless the working facility is in the
Signal-Fail state.
Clearing the manual switch clears the condition. In the absence of other outstanding
requests, a cleared forced switch back to work leaves the switch position on work.
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, go to the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7-86 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm Clearing Procedures FRCDWKSWPR
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
FRCDWKSWPR
FRCDWKSWPR (Forced switch to protection)
This is a standing condition indicating a forced switch to protect is active.
The forced switch of working facility/equipment to protection condition is raised when a
user initiates a forced switch to protect request within a protection group. A forced switch
to protect forces traffic onto the protect facility/equipment unless the protect facility is in
the signal fail state. A forced switch to protect also prevents reversion to the working path
from occurring. Clearing the forced switch clears the condition.
If reversion is enabled, a switch occurs to the work facility immediately after the forced
switch has cleared.
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, go to the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 7-87
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm Clearing Procedures FWPENDINGOBSOLETE (Firmware on this pack is about to
become obsolete with the software release upgrade)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Severity NA
Service affecting? No
Applicability 4DPA4
Corrective action
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, go to the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Provision a firmware bundle that will be valid after software upgrade or provision the
default firmware bundle for the card (see “Corrective action” (p. 7-91)).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7-88 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm Clearing Procedures FWUPGRADEPENDING (Firmware upgrade pending)
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Severity NA
Service affecting? No
Applicability 4DPA4
Corrective action
NOTICE
Service-disruption hazard
A cold reset, reseat, or replacement of a card is service impacting if the card is currently
carrying services. To determine if any services are currently carried over a card, perform
the procedure “Reseating a card” (p. 8-32).
If there are services currently carried over the card, it may be best to wait for a
maintenance window before resetting, replacing, or reseating the card.
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, go to the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 To initiate a cold reset to download the recommended firmware version for the affected
pack, perform a cold reset of the card.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 7-89
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm Clearing Procedures FWUPGRADEPENDING (Firmware upgrade pending)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7-90 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm Clearing Procedures FWVERSIONNOTDEFAULT (Firmware version on this pack is
PRELIMINARY
not the default version for this software release)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Severity NA
Service affecting? No
Applicability 4DPA4
Corrective action
NOTICE
Service-disruption hazard
A cold reset, reseat, or replacement of a card is service impacting if the card is currently
carrying services. To determine if any services are currently carried over a card, perform
the procedure “Reseating a card” (p. 8-32).
If there are services currently carried over the card, it may be best to wait for a
maintenance window before resetting, replacing, or reseating the card.
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, go to the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Check that the default firmware bundle is provisioned for the card.
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 7-91
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm Clearing Procedures FWVERSIONNOTDEFAULT (Firmware version on this pack is
not the default version for this software release)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 If the default firmware bundle is not provisioned in the previous step, then provision the
default firmware bundle for the card.
CLI config firmware card card_type shelf slot config firmware card
card_type shelf slot
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7-92 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm Clearing Procedures HIBER (High BER)
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Severity Critical
Service affecting? Yes
Applicability 11DPE12, 11QPA4
Corrective action
This procedure details the corrective action for clearing a HIBER condition on an OT
port.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 If cleaning the fiber does not clear the problem, replace the fiber.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 If the power level is within the operating range, check for pluggable module alarms.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 7-93
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm Clearing Procedures HIGAIN (Amplifier Out of Operational Range: Gain too High)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Severity Minor
Service affecting? No
Applicability A2325A, AHPHG
Corrective action
None. This is a transitory alarm that is raised for a maximum of 30 seconds while the
amplifier attempts to limit the output power. If after 30 seconds the output power cannot
be limited, a “CONTEQPT (Card Failure - Device)” (p. 7-35) alarm is raised.
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7-94 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm Clearing Procedures INSERTMOD (Pluggable Module Inserted)
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Severity Major
Service affecting? Yes
Applicability 11DPE12, 11DPE12, 11QPA4, 4DPA4, A2325A, AHPHG
Corrective action
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 7-95
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm Clearing Procedures INTEMP [over]
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
INTEMP [over]
INTEMP (Card over temperature)
A high temperature threshold on a card has been exceeded. There may be a fan failure,
fan blockage, site climate control failure, lack of filler cards in empty slots, or a failed
sensor. This alarm is raised when a card is over the specified operating temperature
(measured by temperature sensors on the card).
Severity Minor
Service affecting? No
Applicability 12325A-shelf-slot
11QPA4-shelf-slot
11DPE12-shelf-slot
4DPA4-shelf-slot
Equipment Controller-shelf-slot
PF-shelf-{2,3}
Note: It may take many minutes for any corrective actions to lower the temperature.
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, go to the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Use the 1354RM-PhM or web interface to verify the speed of each of the fans in the shelf.
Normal fan speed is between 3000 and 3500 RPM; in the event of a temperature fault or
fan failure the remaining fan speeds will automatically increase to over 4000 RPM. If the
fan speed is in the normal range while the high temperature alarm is active, contact your
service representative.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Visually inspect the shelf to confirm that all filler cards are installed in all empty slots in
PRELIMINARY
4 Check for a dirty air filter. Replace it as necessary. Do not clean or wash the filter; use a
new one. Contact your service representative for replacement filters.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7-96 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm Clearing Procedures INTEMP [over]
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 Use a thermometer to measure the ambient air temperature at the intake of the fans. Verify
that the ambient temperature is not abnormally high. If the ambient temperature is too
high, the NE may require additional cooling to bring it back to an acceptable operating
temperature.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6 Verify if other cards in the shelf report temperatures near their upper limit (within 10°C).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 7-97
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm Clearing Procedures INTEMP [under]
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
INTEMP [under]
INTEMP (Card under temperature)
The card temperature is below operational limits. There may be a climate control or
sensor failure. This alarm is raised when the card is under the specified operating
temperature (measured by temperature sensors on the card). The network element
requires additional heating to bring it back to an acceptable operating temperature.
Severity Minor
Service affecting? No
Applicability 12325A-shelf-slot
11QPA4-shelf-slot
11DPE12-shelf-slot
4DPA4-shelf-slot
Equipment Controller-shelf-slot
PF-shelf-{2,3}
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, go to the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Ensure that no environmental issues are present where the network element resides.
Resolve any existing issues.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Verify if other cards in the shelf report temperatures near their lower limit (within 10° C).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7-98 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm Clearing Procedures INTRUSION (Excessive Invalid Login Attempts)
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Disable the user in the User Security Database by using one of the following commands:
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 7-99
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm Clearing Procedures LANLFI (Local Fault)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Corrective action
NOTICE
Service-disruption hazard
A cold reset, reseat, or replacement of a card is service impacting if the card is currently
carrying services. To determine if any services are currently carried over a card, perform
the procedure “Reseating a card” (p. 8-32).
If there are services currently carried over the card, it may be best to wait for a
maintenance window before resetting, replacing, or reseating the card.
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, go to the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 If the LANLFI condition has been raised on a client port, verify that the source is
correctly transmitting the Ethernet signal. Refer to its manufacturer's documentation for
any corrective actions.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 If the LANLFI condition has been raised on a Network port, retrieve the alarm
information from the upstream path to determine if any failure is present. If there is an
indication of failure upstream of the port where the LANLFI is raised, fix this problem
first.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
3 Perform a warm reset on the card where the LANLFI condition is raised.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7-100 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm Clearing Procedures LANLFI (Local Fault)
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 Perform a cold reset on the card where the LANLFI condition is raised.
Note: Refer to Caution at the beginning of this procedure.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 7-101
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm Clearing Procedures LANLOS
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
LANLOS
LANLOS (LAN port LOS)
OT port has detected LOS on Ethernet LAN or Fibre Channel facility. This defect
indicates loss of optical power at the input of the local LAN port.
These conditions may be caused by the following reasons:
• Damaged, cut or dirty fiber connected to the local receiver
• Received power may not be within the acceptable range on local port input
• Damaged or dirty transmitter inside pluggable module
Severity Critical
Service affecting? Yes
Applicability 11DPE12-shelf-slot-{L1,L2}
11QPA4-shelf-slot-{C{1-4}}
This procedure details the corrective action for clearing a LANLOS condition on an OT
port.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 If fiber is damaged or cleaning the fiber does not clear the problem, replace the fiber.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 If there is a pluggable module alarm present on the local port follow procedure for
detected alarm.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7-102 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm Clearing Procedures LANLSS
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
LANLSS
LANLSS (Loss of Synchronization)
LAN LSS is caused by dirty fiber or wrong signal feed into the GbE port (e.g., OC192).
Severity Critical
Service affecting? Yes
Applicability 11DPE12-shelf-slot-{L1,L2}
11QPA4-shelf-slot-{C{1-4}}
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 To clear it, one should clean the fiber or correct the signal sent from upstream equipment.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 7-103
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm Clearing Procedures LANRFI
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
LANRFI
LANRFI (Remote Fault Indication)
An LANRFI condition may be raised on a client or network port of a transponder card
and may be attributed to a fault on the remote device (the equipment connected to the
client or network port). The remote device is either detecting a problem on its receive link
or has some sort of local fault and is generating an LANRFI in the downstream direction.
NOTICE
Service-disruption hazard
A cold reset or replacement of a unit is service impacting if the unit is currently carrying
services.
If there are services currently carried over the unit, it may be best to wait for a
maintenance window before resetting, replacing, or re-seating it.
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, go to the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Retrieve alarms and conditions for the local node that has the RFI condition on its receive
port. Examine them and identify faults on the services supporting the devices that have
the RFI condition. Resolve any issues with respect to these faults first.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Repeat Step 1 for the far end device. Examine the devices associated with the same
services as in Step 1.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Perform a warm reset on the local card where the LANRFI condition is raised.
CLI
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7-104 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm Clearing Procedures LANRFI
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 Perform a warm reset on the upstream device that is sending the LANRFI condition. (See
caution at the beginning of this procedure.)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 Perform a cold reset on the local card where the LANRFI condition is raised. (See caution
at the beginning of this procedure.)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6 Perform a cold reset on the upstream device that is sending the LANRFI condition. (See
caution at the beginning of this procedure.)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7 Re-seat the local card. If this does not fix the problem, re-seat the far-end card. (See
caution at the beginning of this procedure.)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8 Replace the alarmed card. Follow the return and repair process to return the card to an
authorized repair center for replacement.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 7-105
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm Clearing Procedures LCK
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
LCK
LCK (Locked - OTU)
OT port has detected Locked condition at ODUk Path layer. This defect indicates that
network operator in an external multi-vendor OTN network has locked the ODUk
payload by user command. LCK maintenance signal is not sourced by 1830 PSS network.
This may be caused if the network operator in external OTN network has caused insertion
of LCK maintenance signal.
Severity Critical
Service affecting? Yes
Applicability 11DPE12-shelf-slot-{L1,L2}
11QPA4-shelf-slot-{L{1-4}, C{1-4}}
4DPA4-shelf-slot-{L1, L2}
This procedure details the corrective action for clearing an LCK condition declared on an
OT port.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Contact network operator(s) responsible for equipment that sources OTM-0.2 signal to
11STAR1 client port to clear the LCK maintenance signal.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7-106 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm Clearing Procedures LFD
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
LFD
LFD (GFP Loss of Frame Delineation)
An OT port has detected a Loss of GFP frame Delineation. This defect indicates that the
bit stream in the payload area used for GFP transport has degraded to the point where the
boundaries of GFP frames can no longer be reliably detected.
This may be caused by the following reasons:
• A failure in the OCh trail used for transporting GFP layer
• A malfunction of the source or sync. GFP function
Severity SA
Service affecting? Yes
Applicability 11QPA4-shelf-slot-{C{1-4}}
4DPA4-shelf-slot-{C1- C4}
This procedure details the corrective action for clearing an LCK condition declared on an
OT port.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Inspect the OCh trail which is used as a server transport layer for GFP stream.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 If any alarms are detected on OCh trail, locate the farthest upstream point and follow the
procedure for clearing this alarm.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6 If Step 5 does not clear the problem replace the local OT.
PRELIMINARY
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 7-107
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm Clearing Procedures LFIEGR (Remote Client Local Fault)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Severity NA
Service affecting? No
Applicability 11QPA4
This procedure details the corrective action for clearing LFIEGR declared on an OT port.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Perform the steps in the procedure “LANLFI (Local Fault)” (p. 7-100) on the far end port.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7-108 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm Clearing Procedures LINKDOWN
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
LINKDOWN
LINKDOWN (Link down)
The Ethernet link between devices is out of service. This alarm is raised in the following
conditions:
• On Ethernet ports with auto-negotiation enabled when the Ethernet link is down.
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, go to the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Trace the source of the LINKDOWN condition to the associated card and port upstream.
Verify that the source is operationally up by checking the Admin state. If the Admin state
is Up, then toggle the administrative state from UP->DOWN->UP.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 7-109
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm Clearing Procedures LINKDOWN
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Remove the fiber from the port where the LINKDOWN condition is raised and clean the
fiber and the bulkhead connector.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Repeat Step 2 for the other end of the fiber and port where it is connected.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 Perform a warm reset on the card that is the source of the Ethernet signal.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6 Perform a warm reset on the card where the LINKDOWN condition is raised.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7 Perform a cold reset on the card that is the source of the Ethernet signal.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8 Perform a cold reset on the card where the LINKDOWN condition is raised.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Check that the other end is plugged into a matching Ethernet source.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 Check that cable/fibre is the correct type for the Ethernet port.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 If a cable/fibre tester is available check that the cable/fibre is correct, otherwise try
another cable/fibre.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 7-111
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm Clearing Procedures LOCKOUTOFPR
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
LOCKOUTOFPR
LOCKOUTOFPR (Lockout of protection)
The Lockout Of Protection condition occurs when a user initiates a lockout switch request
within a protection group.
A lockout forces traffic onto the working facility/equipment and prevents protection
switching from occurring. Clearing the lockout will again allow protection switching to
take place and will result in the lockout condition being cleared.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Observe from the condition statement the location of the protection group member that
has the active condition.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Login to the near end NE and perform the procedure “Determining the far end of a
service” (p. 8-25) to determine the NE and card that link directly to the (near-end) card
reporting the LOCKOUTOFPR alarm.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Open a new window and log into the far-end NE identified in Step 2.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 Enter the following commands on both the near-end and far-end NEs to determine the
identity of the protection group involved in the active condition.
5 Enter the following command on both the near-end and far-end NEs and verify that the
PRELIMINARY
protection path is alarm free. Use the group ID/AID identified in Step 4.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7-112 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm Clearing Procedures LOCKOUTOFPR
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6 Determine if there are any outstanding alarms on the system pertaining to the service.
CLI alm
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 7-113
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm Clearing Procedures LOF
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
LOF
LOF (Loss Of Frame)
A receive port on one of the optical cards has detected a Loss Of Frame. The LOF alarm
is raised if:
• the SONET framer detects framing errors in the A1/A2 overhead bytes as per the
SONET specification
• the OTN framer detects corruption in the Framing Alignment Signal (FAS) bytes.
This may be caused by the following reasons:
• an improperly connected, damaged or dirty fiber
• the received power may not be within the acceptable range
• the data rate may be inconsistent
Severity Critical
Service affecting? Yes
Applicability 11QPA4-shelf-slot-{L{1-4}, C{1-4}}
4DPA4-shelf-slot-{L1, L2}
NOTICE
Service-disruption hazard
A cold reset, reseat, or replacement of a card is service impacting if the card is currently
carrying services. To determine if any services are currently carried over a card, perform
the procedure “Reseating a card” (p. 8-32).
If there are services currently carried over the card, it may be best to wait for a
maintenance window before resetting, replacing, or reseating the card.
1 Query for the optical receive power on the port where the LOF condition is present.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7-114 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm Clearing Procedures LOF
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Ensure that the source is compatible with the port that it is connected to. Check that the
source is a compatible type with the same line rate as expected at the receive port. Also
verify that the fiber is the correct type (multi-mode / single mode) and that the other end
of the fiber is connected properly.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Query the source of the signal for a reading of its output power (refer to the source
equipment manufacturer's procedures). If this is not possible, carefully remove the fiber
from the transmit port of the source card and verify the output power using an optical
power meter. If the output power is within acceptable limits, continue with Step 4. If the
output power is not within acceptable limits, the problem is with the source. Follow the
instructions on debugging from the source equipment manufacturer.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 Ensure that the administrative state of the port is Admin Up. If it is Up, then toggle the
administrative state from UP-->DOWN-->UP.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 Remove the fiber from the receive port where the LOF is raised and measure the optical
power.
If... Then...
the optical power is below the required using standard optical fiber jumper cleaning
threshold, procedure, clean the fiber, and measure the
power again.
the optical power is within the required clean the receive connector on the card.
limits,
If the LOF condition is still present, the problem may be with the card.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 7-115
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm Clearing Procedures LOF
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7 If the client port has an SFP or XFP installed, verify the SFP or XFP (this includes
checking the SFP or XFP and replacing if necessary; do this before cold reset or re-seat as
it does not affect other client signals).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Perform the procedure “Path power trace” (p. 8-28) to identify the probable network
trouble-point for the light-path. The procedure guides the user through the investigation
and resolution of the problem tracing back through to the source of the light path.
If the problem is the head end of the path (the transponder card at the source) then:
1. Check the add E for conditions against the OT port and resolve any issues.
2. Verify that the source card network-facing port is administratively UP and
transmitting.
3. Verify that the add path is correctly fibered. If the add element has no transponder,
verify that the light source is compatible.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Verify that the far end transponder port to which the alarmed port is connected is of the
same type, and that the configuration of both ports is the same (for example, that the
encapsulation mode is the same for both).
CLI show interface shelf slot port (perform at both the near and far ends)
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7-116 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm Clearing Procedures LOF
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
If encapsulation does not match, then configure the incorrect side to match up.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Ensure that there are no channel alarms or conditions for this channel on the near-end E.
If there are, clear them.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 Query for the optical receive power on the network port where the LOF condition is
present.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 If... Then...
the optical power is below the required using standard optical fiber jumper cleaning
threshold, procedure, clean the fiber, and measure the
power again.
the optical power is within the required limits, clean the receive connector on the card.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7 Perform a line loopback on the far end network port. If this resolves the local (near-end)
alarm then the problem is associated with the far end card.
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 7-117
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm Clearing Procedures LOF
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7-118 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm Clearing Procedures LOFEGR
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
LOFEGR
LOFEGR (Loss of Frame Egress)
An OT port has detected Loss of Frame on CBR2G5 (transparent OC48/STM16) or
CBR10G (transparent STM64) service transported over OTUk in transmit direction.
This may be caused by the following reasons:
• Damaged or dirty fiber connected to the far-end receiver
• Received power may not be within the acceptable range on far-end port input.
• Damaged or dirty transmitter inside pluggable module on the far end.
Severity NA
Service affecting? No
Applicability 11QPA4-shelf-slot-{C{1-4}}
4DPA4-shelf-slot-{C1- C4}
This procedure details the corrective action for clearing LOFEGR declared on an OT port.
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, go to the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Perform the steps in the procedure “LOF” (p. 7-114) on the far end port.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 7-119
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm Clearing Procedures LOF-O (Incoming SUPVY LOF)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Severity Major
Service affecting? Yes
Applicability A2325A, AHPHG
Corrective action
NOTICE
Service-disruption hazard
A cold reset, reseat, or replacement of a card is service impacting if the card is currently
carrying services. To determine if any services are currently carried over a card, perform
the procedure “Reseating a card” (p. 8-32).
If there are services currently carried over the card, it may be best to wait for a
maintenance window before resetting, replacing, or reseating the card.
This procedure details the corrective action for a LOF-O against the OSC port. At the end
of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If it does not, go to the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Query for the OSC receive power on the port where the LOF-O condition is present.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Ensure that the adjacent node is provisioned for OC3 format of the OSC signal. Also
verify that the fiber is the correct type (multi-mode / single mode) and that the other end
of the fiber is connected properly.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7-120 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm Clearing Procedures LOF-O (Incoming SUPVY LOF)
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Ensure that the administrative state of the port is Admin Up. If it is Up, then toggle the
administrative state from UP-->DOWN-->UP.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 If... Then...
no active traffic is present on the system remove the fiber from the receive port where
the LOF-O is raised and measure the optical
power.
the optical power is below the required using standard optical fiber jumper cleaning
threshold for the type of pluggable module procedure, clean the fiber, and measure the
installed power again.
the optical power is within the required limits clean the receive connector on the card. If the
LOF-O condition is still present, the problem
may be with the card.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8 Replace the OSC SFP located inside the amplifier. See “Replacing an SFP module”
(p. 8-4). Follow the return and repair process in the Customer and Product Support guide
PRELIMINARY
to return the faulty pluggable module to an authorized repair center for replacement.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 7-121
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm Clearing Procedures LOF-O (Incoming SUPVY LOF)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
9 Replace the card. Refer to “Replacing system components” (p. 8-2). Follow the return and
repair process in the Customer and Product Support guide to return the faulty card to an
authorized repair center for replacement.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7-122 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm Clearing Procedures LOGAIN (Amplifier out of operational range - amplifier gain
PRELIMINARY
too low)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Severity Minor
Service affecting? No
Applicability A2325A, AHPHG
Corrective action
NOTICE
Service-disruption hazard
A cold reset, reseat, or replacement of a card is service impacting if the card is currently
carrying services. To determine if any services are currently carried over a card, perform
the procedure “Reseating a card” (p. 8-32).
If there are services currently carried over the card, it may be best to wait for a
maintenance window before resetting, replacing, or reseating the card.
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, go to the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Perform the procedure “Path power trace” (p. 8-28) and locate the likely point that is the
cause of the LOGAIN alarm. This may be on the upstream NE or the local one. Retrieve
alarms and conditions and, using the appropriate corrective actions, resolve these issues
first.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Attempt an egress or ingress amplifier adjust, depending on the type of amplifier that is
raising this alarm. If any adjust fails, there may be other optical power related alarms that
are raised as a result. Resolve these issues by following the appropriate procedure.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 It is possible that the gain range provisioned by the EPT for this amplifier is insufficient
to accommodate the unexpected change in loss in the network. Capture the current
PRELIMINARY
operating state of the network, using the 1354RM-PhM XML network export feature.
Refer the problem to network planning for analysis.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 7-123
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm Clearing Procedures LOGAIN (Amplifier out of operational range - amplifier gain
too low)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 If this does not resolve the issue, then the problem may be with the card itself. Perform a
warm reset on the card where the OPR condition is raised.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7 Replace the card. Refer to “Replacing system components” (p. 8-2). Follow the return and
repair process in the Customer and Product Support guide to return the faulty card to an
authorized repair center for replacement.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7-124 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm Clearing Procedures LOM
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
LOM
LOM (Loss of Multiframe - OTU)
This alarm is raised at an OT port when the OT receiver cannot synchronize to a
multiframe indicator of an incoming OTUk bit stream.
This may be caused by the following reasons:
• Damaged or dirty fiber connected to the far-end receiver
• Received power may not be within the acceptable range on OT port input
• Damaged or dirty transmitter inside pluggable module on the OT
• Problem at the upstream OT
Severity Major
Service affecting? Yes
Applicability 11DPE12-shelf-slot-{L1,L2}
11QPA4-shelf-slot-{L{1-4}, C{1-4}}
4DPA4-shelf-slot-{L1, L2}
NOTICE
Service-disruption hazard
A cold reset is service impacting if the unit is currently carrying services.
If there are services currently carried over the unit, it may be best to wait for a
maintenance window before resetting or replacing the unit.
This procedure details the corrective action for clearing the LOM declared on an OT port.
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, go to the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Query the receive power on the port where the LOM condition is present.
If the power is below a minimum threshold, the problem may be upstream from that port.
PRELIMINARY
Visually inspect the OT port connection. Ensure that there are no loose fibers. If so,
connect the fiber properly.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 7-125
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm Clearing Procedures LOM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Check the immediate upstream OT for any alarm conditions. If there are any, clear the
failures.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 Replace the OT. Follow the return and repair process to return the unit to an authorized
repair
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7-126 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm Clearing Procedures LOS
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
LOS
LOS (Loss of signal)
The corrective actions for the loss of signal condition are dependent upon the AID where
the condition is raised. The procedure addresses each of these.
The LOS can be against a client or network port. The following procedures address both
possibilities.
• LOS against a Network Port
• LOS against a Client Port
• LD input LOS
Severity Critical
Service affecting? Yes
Applicability EC-1-1
SFC-shelf-slot-OMD
11QPA4-shelf-slot-{C1-4;{VA 1-4}}
4DPA4-shelf-slot-{C1-C4; VA1, VA2}
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Query the optical receive power on the port where the LOS condition is present.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 7-127
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm Clearing Procedures LOS
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 If... Then...
the power is below the minimum threshold, the problem is upstream from that port.
Continue with Step 3.
the power is within acceptable limits, the problem is with the card itself. Proceed to
Step 5.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Ensure that the source is compatible with the port and that it is on. Check that the source
is a compatible type (for example, if you are expecting a single-mode fiber signal (either
1310 or 155x nm), check that the source is not a multi-mode fiber signal (typically 850
nm).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 Note: Query the source of the signal for a reading of its output power (please refer to
source equipment manufacturer’s procedures). If this is not possible, carefully remove
the fiber from the transmit port of the source card and verify the output power using
an optical power meter.
If... Then...
the output power is within continue with Step 5.
acceptable limits,
the output power is not within the problem is with the source. Follow the instructions on
acceptable limits, debugging from the source equipment manufacturer.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 Ensure that the administrative state of the port is admin up. If it is up, then toggle the
administrative state from UP-->DOWN-->UP.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6 Note: Remove the fiber from the receive port where the LOS is raised and measure
the optical power.
PRELIMINARY
If... Then...
the optical power is below the required using standard optical fiber jumper cleaning
threshold, procedure, clean the fiber, and measure the
power again.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7-128 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm Clearing Procedures LOS
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
If... Then...
the optical power is within the required limits, clean the receive connector on the unit.
If the LOS condition is still present, the problem may be with the unit.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8 Remove the SFP from the port on the unit in which it is inserted. Examine the connector
on the SFP and the receptacle connector on the unit where the SFP plugs into for any
damage. If no damage is seen, reinsert the SFP into its port.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
9 Remove and replace the SFP with another unit of the same type, being careful with the
connected fiber jumpers.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
11 Replace the unit. Follow the return and repair process to return the faulty unit to an
authorized repair center for replacement.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 7-129
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm Clearing Procedures LOS
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Perform the “Path power trace” (p. 8-28) procedure to identify the probable network
trouble-point for the light-path. If after investigating, the source of the problem is the
head end of the path (the transponder at the source) then:
1. Check the Add NE for conditions against the SFC-OMD port and resolve any issues.
2. Verify that the source network-facing port is administratively UP and transmitting.
3. Verify that the add path is correctly fibered. If the add element has no transponder,
verify that the light source is compatible.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Verify that the far end transponder port to which the alarmed port is connected is of the
same type, and that the configuration of both ports is the same (for example, that the
encapsulation mode is the same for both).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Query the source of the signal for a reading of its output power (please refer to source
equipment manufacturer’s procedures). If this is not possible, carefully remove the fiber
from the transmit port of the source and verify the output power using an optical power
meter. If the output power is within acceptable limits, continue with Step 4. If the output
power is not within acceptable limits, the problem is with the source. Follow the
instructions on debugging from the source equipment manufacturer.
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7-130 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm Clearing Procedures LOS
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 Ensure that the administrative state of the port is admin up. If it is up, then toggle the
administrative state from UP-->DOWN-->UP.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 Remove the fiber from the receive port where the LOS is raised and measure the optical
power. If the optical power is below the required threshold, clean the fiber, and measure
the power again. If the optical power is within the required limits, clean the receive
connector on the unit. If the LOS condition is still present, the problem is in the unit.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6 Perform a warm reset of the head end transponder and source exhibiting the Loss of
Signal.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7 Remove the SFP from the port on the card in which it is inserted. Examine the connector
on the SFP and the receptacle connector on the card where the SFP plugs into for any
damage. If no damage is seen, reinsert the SFP into its port.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8 Remove and replace the SFP with another unit of the same type, being careful with the
connected fiber jumpers.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10 Replace the unit. Follow the return and repair process to return the unit to an authorized
repair center for replacement.
PRELIMINARY
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 7-131
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm Clearing Procedures LOS
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
LD input LOS:
The LINE port on an amplifier card has detected a Loss Of Signal. The LOS alarm is
raised if the power measured at the port input drops below a threshold.
This may be caused by the following reasons:
• A misconnected, damaged or dirty fiber
• The received power may not be within the acceptable range
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, go to the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Query the receive power on the port where the LOS condition is present.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Verify that the fiber is the correct type (multi-mode / single mode) and that the other end
of the fiber is connected properly.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Verify if there is a DCM module connected between the DCM OUT and DCM IN ports
and replace the module, if present.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 Ensure that the administrative state of the port is Admin Up. If it is Up, then toggle the
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7-132 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm Clearing Procedures LOS
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5
If... Then...
no active traffic is present on the system remove the fiber from the receive port where
the LOS is raised and measure the optical
power.
the optical power is below the required using the standard optical fiber jumper
threshold for the type of SFP installed: LINE cleaning procedure, clean the fiber, and
Normal Range: -32.0 dBm (LINE Normal measure the power again.
Range)
the optical power is within the required limits clean the receive connector on the unit. If the
LOS condition is still present, the problem
may be with the unit.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8 Replace the unit. Follow the return and repair process to return the unit to an authorized
repair center for replacement.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 7-133
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm Clearing Procedures LOSDCM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
LOSDCM
LOSDCM
The From DCM port on one of the amplifier cards has detected a Loss Of Signal. The
LOS alarm is raised if the power measured at the port input drops below a threshold.
This may be caused by the following reasons:
• A misconnected, damaged or dirty fiber
• The received power may not be within the acceptable range
Severity Critical
Service affecting? Yes
Applicability A2325A-shelf-slot-dcm
AHPHG-shelf-slot-dcm
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, go to the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Query the receive power on the port where the LOS condition is present.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Verify that the fiber is the correct type (multi-mode / single mode) and that the other end
of the fiber is connected properly.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Ensure that the administrative state of the port is Admin Up. If it is Up, then toggle the
administrative state from UP-->DOWN-->UP.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 If... Then...
no active traffic is present on remove the fiber from the port where the LOS is raised and
the system measure the optical power.
the optical power is more than using the standard optical fiber jumper cleaning procedure,
15 dB below the level coming clean the fiber, and measure the power again.
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7-134 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm Clearing Procedures LOSDCM
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 Perform a card warm reset of the card exhibiting the Loss of Signal.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6 Perform a card cold reset of the card exhibiting the Loss of Signal.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7 Replace the unit. Follow the return and repair process to return the faulty unit to an
authorized repair center for replacement.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 7-135
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm Clearing Procedures LOSLDSIG (LD SIG Input LOS)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Severity Critical
Service affecting? Yes
Applicability A2325A, AHPHG
Corrective action
This procedure details the corrective action for a LOS against the SIG port.
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, go to the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Query the receive power on the port where the LOS condition is present.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Verify that the fiber is the correct type (multi-mode / single mode) and that the other end
of the fiber is connected properly.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Ensure that the administrative state of the port is Admin Up. If it is Up, then toggle the
administrative state from UP-->DOWN-->UP.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 Remove the fiber from the port where the LOS is raised and measure the optical power.
If... Then...
PRELIMINARY
the optical power is below the threshold of using the standard optical fiber jumper
-3.0 dBm cleaning procedure, clean the fiber, and
measure the power again.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7-136 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm Clearing Procedures LOSLDSIG (LD SIG Input LOS)
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
If... Then...
the optical power is within the required limits clean the receive connector on the card. If the
LOS condition is still present, the problem
may be with the card.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8 Replace the card. Refer to “Replacing system components” (p. 8-2). Follow the return and
repair process in the Customer and Product Support guide to return the faulty card to an
authorized repair center for replacement.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 7-137
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm Clearing Procedures LOS-O (Incoming SUPVY LOS)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Severity Minor
Service affecting? No
Applicability A2325A, AHPHG
Corrective action
NOTICE
Service-disruption hazard
A cold reset, reseat, or replacement of a card is service impacting if the card is currently
carrying services. To determine if any services are currently carried over a card, perform
the procedure “Reseating a card” (p. 8-32).
If there are services currently carried over the card, it may be best to wait for a
maintenance window before resetting, replacing, or reseating the card.
This procedure details the corrective action for a LOS-O against the OSC port. At the end
of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If it does not, go to the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Query for the OSC receive power on the port where the LOS-O condition is present.
WEBUI From the Equipment Tree, select the card, and select the desired
port.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7-138 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm Clearing Procedures LOS-O (Incoming SUPVY LOS)
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Ensure that the adjacent node is provisioned for OC3 format of the OSC signal. Also
verify that the fiber is the correct type (multi-mode / single mode) and that the other end
of the fiber is connected properly.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Ensure that the administrative state of the port is Admin Up. If it is Up, then toggle the
administrative state from UP-->DOWN-->UP.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 If... Then...
no active traffic is present on the system remove the fiber from the receive port where
the LOS-O is raised and measure the optical
power.
the optical power is below the required using the standard optical fiber jumper
threshold for the type of pluggable module cleaning procedure, clean the fiber, and
installed measure the power again.
the optical power is within the required limits clean the receive connector on the card. If the
LOS-O condition is still present, the problem
may be with the card.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 7-139
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm Clearing Procedures LOS-O (Incoming SUPVY LOS)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8 Replace the OSC SFP located inside the amplifier. See “Replacing an SFP module”
(p. 8-4). Follow the return and repair process in the Customer and Product Support guide
to return the faulty pluggable module to an authorized repair center for replacement.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
9 Replace the card. Refer to “Replacing system components” (p. 8-2). Follow the return and
repair process in the Customer and Product Support guide to return the faulty card to an
authorized repair center for replacement.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7-140 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm Clearing Procedures LOS-OUT
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
LOS-OUT
LOS-OUT (Outgoing Loss of Signal) and (Outgoing Channel Absent)
The provisioned channel could not be detected at a Wavelength Tracker detect point. The
channel is either missing, operating at a power that is outside the detectable range, or
wavekeys are not being correctly applied at the source OT/SVAC. Assuming that the
Wavelength Tracker information is correctly provisioned, this alarm may be raised if:
• the channel is not launched
• the received channel power is outside of the detectable power sensitivity range.
• the intra-node fiber connections do not match the physical topology
• the fiber is damaged.
This alarm can also be raised in the following circumstances:
• the OT or SVAC fails to encode the correct wavekeys
• a card capable of wavekey decoding is faulty
Severity Critical
Service affecting? Yes
Applicability A2325A-shelf-slot-LINE
A2325A-shelf-slot-{SIG, LINE}-freq
AHPHG-shelf-slot-LINE
AHPHG-shelf-slot-{SIG, LINE}-freq
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 7-141
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm Clearing Procedures LOS-OUT
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, go to the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Perform the procedure “Path power trace” (p. 8-28) to identify the probable network
trouble point for the service. Resolve issues/alarms at the trouble point. If the alarm
originates on the NE where the service enters the network, ensure that the OT or SVAC is
fibered to the correct port on the OMD or CWR8. The OT or SVAC may be connected
directly to the OMD or CWR8 or through another OT or SVAC card.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 If resolving upstream alarms does not clear the alarm on the local NE, then the problem
may be with this NE. Find the source of the channel's service and ensure that the add
cross connect is administratively up and that there are noWavelength Tracker or channel
alarms/conditions for the associated OT or SVAC. If there are, clear those
alarms/conditions
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Retrieve the configured topology upstream from this port to the service's ingress point
into the E. Ensure that the physical fiber topology matches.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 If there are numerous instances of this condition occurring on a particular card, check to
see if these alarms are also occurring on the next downstream card. If they are, then
continue with Step 5. If they are not occurring at the next downstream card, then there
may be a problem with the indicated card. Reset the card, and wait for one minute. If the
alarms do not clear, continue with Step 5.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 Verify that the loss in the fiber feeding the port is not higher than expected by comparing
the bulk powers ending and leaving the fiber. If the loss is higher than expected, clean the
fiber ends, and if this does not solve the problem, replace the fiber.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7-142 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm Clearing Procedures LOS-OUT
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8 Replace the unit. Follow the return and repair process to return the faulty unit to an
authorized repair center for replacement.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 7-143
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm Clearing Procedures LOS-P
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
LOS-P
LOS-P (Loss of Signal - OTU)
The OT port has detected an Optical Channel Loss of Signal Failure.
These conditions may be caused by the following reasons:
• A misconnected, damaged or dirty fiber on the trail between the local OTUk receive
port and the far end transmitter
• OTS/OMS layer failure on the OCh trail
• The received power may not be within the acceptable range on the Far end input
Note: When a cross-connect is added, the LOS-P alarm is raised for ports A and B,
and then clears after a few seconds.
Severity Critical
Service affecting? Yes
Applicability 11DPE12-shelf-slot-{L1,L2}
11QPA4-shelf-slot-{L{1-4},C{1-4}}
4DPA4-shelf-slot-{L{1-2}}
A2325A-shelf-slot-Line
AHPHG-shelf-slot-Line
Corrective action
This procedure details the corrective action for clearing the LOS-P declared on an OT
port. At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, go to the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 If power level is low on the DWDM facing port, identify the associated OCh trail and
verify the power levels along the OCh trail.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Identify the farthest upstream point relative to the far end OTUk port at which power
level falls within the expected range.
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 Check the alarms/conditions on the node located in Step 2 or the node immediately
upstream from point identified in Step 3.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7-144 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm Clearing Procedures LOS-P
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6 If all power levels along the OCh trails fall within the target range, locate the fiber
connected directly to receiver of the port which detects SSF condition.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8 If cleaning the fiber does not clear the problem, replace the fiber.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 7-145
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm Clearing Procedures LPBKLINE
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
LPBKLINE
LPBKLINE (Line (Facility) Loopback Active)
A line loopback is active on the specified port. Loopbacks are user-initiated and may only
be cleared by manually removing them from the port.
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, go to the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7-146 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm Clearing Procedures LPBKTERM
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
LPBKTERM
LPBKTERM (Diagnostic (Terminal) loopback active)
A terminal loopback is active on the specified port. Loopbacks are user-initiated and may
only be cleared by manually removing them from the port.
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, go to the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 7-147
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm Clearing Procedures LSSEGR (Remote Client Loss of Synchronization)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Corrective action
This procedure details the corrective action for clearing LSSEGR declared on an OT port.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Perform the steps in the procedure “LANLSS” (p. 7-103) on the far end port.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7-148 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm Clearing Procedures MAN
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
MAN
MAN (Manually caused abnormal condition - card in maintenance)
The MAN (card in maintenance) condition is raised on a card when the user has
purposefully placed the card into the maintenance state. Entities in maintenance still
provide service but don’t report alarms. They monitor for faults and raise non-reported
conditions. The maintenance state provides access to service affecting commands like
port loopbacks.
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 7-149
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm Clearing Procedures MAN
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, go to the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, go to the next step.
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 7-151
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm Clearing Procedures MANRESET (Card Manual Reset)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7-152 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm Clearing Procedures MANWKSWBK
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
MANWKSWBK
MANWKSWBK (Manual switch to working)
This is a standing condition indicating that a manual switch back to the working is active.
The manual switch of working back to working condition occurs when a user initiates a
manual switch to work request within a protection group. A manual switch to working
forces traffic onto the working facility/equipment unless the working facility is in the
Signal-Fail or Signal-Degrade state.
Clearing the manual switch will clear the condition. In the absence of other outstanding
requests, a cleared manual switch back to work will leave the switch position on work.
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, go to the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 7-153
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm Clearing Procedures MANWKSWPR
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
MANWKSWPR
MANWKSWPR (Manual switch to protection)
This is a standing condition indicating a manual switch to protect is active.
The manual switch of working facility/equipment to protection condition is raised when a
user initiates a manual switch to protect request within a protection group. A manual
switch to protect forces traffic onto the protect facility/equipment unless the protect
facility is in the signal fail or signal degrade state. A manual switch to protect also
prevents reversion to the working path from occurring. Clearing the manual switch will
clear the condition.
If reversion is enabled, a switch will occur to the work facility immediately after the
manual switch has cleared.
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, go to the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7-154 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm Clearing Procedures MISMATCH (Card Mismatch, Power Filter Mismatch)
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Severity Critical
Service affecting? Yes
Applicability 11QPA4-shelf-slot
11DPE12-shelf-slot
4DPA4-shelf-slot
DCM-shelf-slot
FAN-shelf-slot
SFC-shelf-slot
SFD-shelf-slot
Corrective action
NOTICE
Service-disruption hazard
A cold reset, reseat, or replacement of a card is service impacting if the card is currently
carrying services. To determine if any services are currently carried over a card, perform
the procedure “Reseating a card” (p. 8-32).
If there are services currently carried over the card, it may be best to wait for a
maintenance window before resetting, replacing, or reseating the card.
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, go to the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 7-155
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm Clearing Procedures MISMATCH (Card Mismatch, Power Filter Mismatch)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Verify from the network plan what type of card is supposed to be in that slot.
If... Then...
it is a frequency dependent card (SFC or SFD) ensure the correct frequency.
it is a DCM card, ensure that it is the correct compensation
distance.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 If the inserted card is the incorrect type, remove the card and insert one that matches the
provisioned type for the slot.
If the provisioning is incorrect, then reconfigure to make the provisioning match the card:
CLI 1. config slot <shelf slot port> state down(Enter this
command for all client ports on the card and then the network port.)
2. config slot <shelf slot> state down
3. config slot <shelf slot> type empty
4. config slot <shelf slot> type <correct type>
WEBUI 1. Select the slot of the desired card, and on the Card Properties window,
select Out of Service in the Primary State field, and click Submit.
2. Click the Delete tab, select Delete this card, and click Submit.
3. On the Provision Card window, select the desired card type in the
Provisioned Type field, and click Submit.
If the provisioning is correct and the card is of a matching type, then there is an issue with
the card itself. Continue with Step 4.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7-156 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm Clearing Procedures MISMATCH (Card Mismatch, Power Filter Mismatch)
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
WEBUI Select the card, click the Reboot tab, select Cold Reboot >Submit.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7 Replace the card. Refer to “Replacing system components” (p. 8-2). Follow the return and
repair process in the Customer and Product Support guide to return the faulty card to an
authorized repair center for replacement.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
Severity Minor
Service affecting? No
Applicability PF
Corrective action
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, go to the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Identify whether the PF Wavelength Tracker function matches shelf Wavelength Tracker
mode. (For example, PFDCA does not support Wavelength Tracker.)
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 Set the Wavelength Tracker mode of the shelf to the correct mode.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 7-157
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm Clearing Procedures MISMATCH (Card Mismatch, Power Filter Mismatch)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 Provision the shelf EXPECTED_AMPS parameter with the correct value: 30, 50, or 70
amps.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7-158 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm Clearing Procedures MISMATCHMOD
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
MISMATCHMOD
MISMATCH (SFP/XFP Mismatch)
The SFP/XFP mismatch alarm is raised when the SFP/XFP unit inserted into a
transponder card is of a different type that is not a match for the card.
Severity Critical
Service affecting? Yes
Applicability 11DPE12-shelf-slot-{L{1-2},C{1-12}}
4DPA4-shelf-slot-{L{1-2}, C{1-4}, VA{1-2}}
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, go to the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Note: Verify the type of SFP/XFP that is currently inserted into the alarmed card.
If... Then...
the inserted SFP/XFP module is the incorrect remove the module and insert one that matches
type, the card type.
the inserted SFP/XFP module is the correct remove the module and re-seat it back into the
type, card.
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Remove the SFP/XFP and replace it with another SFP/XFP of the same type.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 7-159
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm Clearing Procedures MISMATCHMOD
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Replace the unit. Follow the return and repair process to return the unit to an authorized
repair
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7-160 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm Clearing Procedures MOD (Card degrade - Wavelength Tracker Channel ID
PRELIMINARY
Insertion)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Severity Minor
Service affecting? No
Applicability 4DPA4
Corrective action
NOTICE
Service-disruption hazard
A cold reset, reseat, or replacement of a card is service impacting if the card is currently
carrying services. To determine if any services are currently carried over a card, perform
the procedure “Reseating a card” (p. 8-32).
If there are services currently carried over the card, it may be best to wait for a
maintenance window before resetting, replacing, or reseating the card.
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, go to the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Perform a warm reset on the card where the MOD condition is raised.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 7-161
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm Clearing Procedures MOD (Card degrade - Wavelength Tracker Channel ID
Insertion)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
WEBUI Select the card, click the Reboot tab, select Cold Reboot >Submit.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 Replace the card. Refer to “Replacing system components” (p. 8-2). Follow the return and
repair process in the Customer and Product Support guide to return the faulty card to an
authorized repair center for replacement.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7-162 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm Clearing Procedures MODOUTOOR (Modulator output power out of range)
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Severity Minor
Service affecting? No
Applicability 11QPA4
Corrective action
NOTICE
Service-disruption hazard
A cold reset, reseat, or replacement of a card is service impacting if the card is currently
carrying services. To determine if any services are currently carried over a card, perform
the procedure “Reseating a card” (p. 8-32).
If there are services currently carried over the card, it may be best to wait for a
maintenance window before resetting, replacing, or reseating the card.
This procedure details the corrective action for an MODOUTOOR against the OT port. At
the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, go to the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 If another card failure is reported on the card, follow the procedure for that specific alarm.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 If the port is pluggable module, remove and reinsert the same module. If the alarm does
not clear, replace the module.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 7-163
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm Clearing Procedures MTCESURV (Add power control failure)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Severity Major
Service affecting? No
Applicability 4DPA4
Corrective action
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
If... Then...
the card is a transponder card that is equipped check to see that the fibering for that card is
with a Wavelength Tracker encoder, correct. Remove the fiber from the Tx port on
the transponder card. If the condition clears
after 20 seconds, then this is a misfibering
problem.
the card is an SVAC, or if there is no fibering continue with Step 3.
problem on the transponder card,
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Confirm that replacement card supports the same band as the alarmed card.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 Disconnect all fibers on the alarmed card and cap the ends to protect them from dirt and
damage.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7-164 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm Clearing Procedures MTCESURV (Add power control failure)
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6 Replace the card. Refer to “Replacing system components” (p. 8-2). Follow the return and
repair process in the Customer and Product Support guide to return the faulty card to an
authorized repair center for replacement.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8 Once the software on the card is successfully upgraded (this happens automatically), the
alarm should clear.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 7-165
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm Clearing Procedures MTCESURVDGR (Port degrade - wavelength tracker encode
degrade)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Corrective action
The OT or SVAC card has detected a DSP failure and this means that the wavelength
tracker encode power control is compromised. If this occurs during steady state operation,
there is a high probability that the services carried by this OT or SVAC are unaffected. To
clear this alarm, replace the card. The card replacement procedure is service affecting and
should be conducted during a maintenance window.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Confirm that replacement OT or SVAC card supports the same band as the alarmed OT or
SVAC card.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Disconnect all fibers on the alarmed OT or SVAC card and cap the ends to protect them
from dirt and damage.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 Replace the card. Refer to “Replacing system components” (p. 8-2). Follow the return and
repair process in the Customer and Product Support guide to return the faulty card to an
authorized repair center for replacement.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6 Once the software on the OT or SVAC card is successfully upgraded (this happens
automatically), the alarm should clear.
PRELIMINARY
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7-166 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm Clearing Procedures NET
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
NET
NET (Link Down)
The 1830 Edge Device reports this condition against the FAN port, LAN1. The NET
condition is raised when the Ethernet port has been administratively enabled and Ethernet
Link connectivity is lost.
Severity MN
Service affecting? No
Applicability 11DPE12-shelf-slot-{L1,L2}
11QPA4-shelf-slot-{L{1-4},C{1-4}}
A2325A-shelf-slot-OSC
AHPHG-shelf-slot-OSC
EC-shelf-slot-{ES1, ES2}
FAN-shelf-slot-LAN1
USRPNL-shelf-slot-{OAMP, VOIP, E1, E2}
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, go to the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Verify provisioned servers are valid and reachable. If not, consult network engineering for
correct server addresses.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 7-167
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm Clearing Procedures NET
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 Replace the equipment controller in the unit that is raising the NTPOOSYNC condition.
Follow the return and repair process to return the unit to an authorized repair center for
replacement.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7-168 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm Clearing Procedures NOTALLOWED (Card not allowed)
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Severity Critical
Service affecting? Yes
Applicability All cards
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, go to the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Identify that the Wavelength Tracker mode of the shelf is set correctly.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 7-169
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm Clearing Procedures OAPUMPBIASCURRHIGH
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
OAPUMPBIASCURRHIGH
OAPUMPBIASCURRHIGH (OA pump laser bias current high)
The OT port has detected Modulator output power out of range.
Severity Major
Service affecting? No
Applicability A2325A, AHPHG
Corrective action
1 If another failure is reported on the unit, follow the procedure for that specific alarm.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7-170 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm Clearing Procedures OAPUMPTEMPHIGH
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
OAPUMPTEMPHIGH
The LD pack has detected pump laser temperature high.
Severity Major
Service affecting? No
Applicability A2325A, AHPHG
Corrective action
This procedure details the corrective action for an OAPUMPTEMPHIGH against the
PSS-1 AHP LD.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Perform the steps in the procedure, “High temperature troubleshooting” (p. 8-30).
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 7-171
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm Clearing Procedures OCHCOLLISION (Channel collision)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Severity Critical
Service affecting? Yes. No at ALPHG ingress.
Applicability A2325A, AHPHG
Corrective action
NOTICE
Service-disruption hazard
A cold reset, reseat, or replacement of a card is service impacting if the card is currently
carrying services. To determine if any services are currently carried over a card, perform
the procedure “Reseating a card” (p. 8-32).
If there are services currently carried over the card, it may be best to wait for a
maintenance window before resetting, replacing, or reseating the card.
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, go to the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Perform the procedure “Path power trace” (p. 8-28) to identify the network path the
particular alarmed channel is traversing.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
CLI alm
PRELIMINARY
show condition
WEBUI Reports > Alarm List > Total
Reports > Condition List
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7-172 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm Clearing Procedures OCHCOLLISION (Channel collision)
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
CLI alm
show condition
config card card_type shelf slot reset cold
WEBUI 1. Select Reports > Alarm List > Total.
2. Select Reports > Condition List.
3. Select the card, click the Reboot tab, select Cold Reboot >Submit.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 7-173
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm Clearing Procedures OCHCOLLISION-OUT (Channel collision Output Direction)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Corrective action
NOTICE
Service-disruption hazard
A cold reset, reseat, or replacement of a card is service impacting if the card is currently
carrying services. To determine if any services are currently carried over a card, perform
the procedure “Reseating a card” (p. 8-32).
If there are services currently carried over the card, it may be best to wait for a
maintenance window before resetting, replacing, or reseating the card.
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, go to the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Perform the procedure “Path power trace” (p. 8-28) to identify the network path the
particular alarmed channel is traversing.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 The trouble point for the alarm is directly upstream of the alarmed point. Retrieve a list of
active alarms on the NE and resolve issues/alarms at the trouble point. Of particular
interest are card or wavelength tracker failures.
CLI alm
show condition
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7-174 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm Clearing Procedures OCHCOLLISION-OUT (Channel collision Output Direction)
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Ensure that the physical fiber topology in the upstream direction from the alarmed port to
the ingress point into the NE matches the configured topology. Caution A changing the
physical fiber topology of the NE may be service impacting if the fiber is currently
carrying services. It is recommended to wait for a maintenance window before changing
the physical fiber topology of the NE.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 Observe on the downstream NE if this is the only card reporting the collision. If so, warm
reset the only alarmed card.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5
CLI config card card_type shelf slot reset cold
WEBUI Select the card, click the Reboot tab, select Cold Reboot >Submit.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7 Replace the card. Refer to “Replacing system components” (p. 8-2). Follow the return and
repair process in the Customer and Product Support guide to return the faulty card to an
authorized repair center for replacement.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 7-175
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm Clearing Procedures OCHKEYDUP (Duplicate Wave Key)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Severity Minor
Service affecting? No
Applicability 4DPA4
Corrective action
The alarm lists the IP address and shelf/slot/port for the other NE sourcing the same OCH
trail name.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
4 Search the list for the OCh trail in question and record the A-end, Z-end, band and
channel for that connection (you will use this in Step 5).
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7-176 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm Clearing Procedures OCHKEYDUP (Duplicate Wave Key)
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 7-177
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm Clearing Procedures OCHKEYOVERLAP (Wave Key overlap)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Severity Minor
Service affecting? No
Applicability 4DPA4
Corrective action
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, go to the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Perform the procedure “Path power trace” (p. 8-28) to identify the endpoints of the
service for the particular alarmed channel.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 List the cross connects that currently exist on the endpoint NEs and identify the cross
connects involved with the alarmed power trace.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7-178 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm Clearing Procedures OCHFDI (Optical Channel Forward Defect Indication)
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Corrective action
NOTICE
Service-disruption hazard
Cleaning the fiber connector of the NE may be service impacting if the fiber is currently
carrying services.
It is recommended to wait for a maintenance window before changing the physical fiber
topology of the NE.
If the OCHFDI condition is exists on a NE for longer than 5 minutes, this means that the
wavelength cannot reach the required target power. This may impact the service in terms
of potential signal quality. In this case, perform the following procedure.
At the end of each step wait to see if the condition clears. If not, go to the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Observe from the condition statement the location and specifications of the condition.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Retrieve the listing of cross connects on the NE and determine the service launch points.
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 7-179
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm Clearing Procedures OCHFDI (Optical Channel Forward Defect Indication)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Open a new window and log into the NEs identified in Step 2.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 Show the path power trace on the two endpoint of the wavelength service. Determine if
the wavelength has achieved the target output power from the LD pack. Enter the
following commands on both end points to determine if the launch power has been
achieved.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 Ensure that the transponder can provide the required power. If the transponder can
provide enough power, clean fiber connectors from the transponder to the OT or SVAC
port to ensure the connections are clean.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7-180 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm Clearing Procedures OCHPDI (Channel Payload Defect Indicator)
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Severity Minor
Service affecting? No
Applicability 4DPA4
Corrective action
NOTICE
Service-disruption hazard
Cleaning the fiber connector of the NE may be service impacting if the fiber is currently
carrying services.
It is recommended to wait for a maintenance window before changing the physical fiber
topology of the NE.
If the OCHPDI condition is exists on a NE for longer than 5 minutes, this means that the
wavelength cannot reach the required target power. This may impact the service in terms
of potential signal quality. In this case, perform the following procedure.
At the end of each step wait to see if the condition clears. If not, go to the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Observe from the condition statement the location and specifications of the condition.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
2 Retrieve the listing of cross connects on the NE and determine the service launch points.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 7-181
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm Clearing Procedures OCHPDI (Channel Payload Defect Indicator)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Open a new window and log into the NEs identified in Step 2.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 Show the path power trace on the two endpoints of the wavelength service. Determine if
the wavelength has achieved the target output power from the transponder. Enter the
following commands on both end points to determine if the launch power has been
achieved.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 Ensure that the transponder can provide the required power. If the transponder can
provide enough power, clean fiber connectors from the transponder to the OMD or
CWR8 port to ensure the connections are clean.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7-182 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm Clearing Procedures OCHTRAILDUP (Duplicate OCH Trail name)
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Severity Minor
Service affecting? No
Applicability 4DPA4
Corrective action
The alarm will list the IP address and shelf, slot, port for the other NE sourcing the same
OCh Trail name.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Confirm that there is a NE with the IP address that is alledgedly sourcing the duplicate
OCh Trail. If the IP address of the sourcing NE was recently changed then this alarm
resolves itself within one hour.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 If Step 1 did not resolve the problem, then choose which connection should have a new
name.
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 7-183
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm Clearing Procedures OCHTRAILDUP (Duplicate OCH Trail name)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Recreate the connection (across the network) for the path. This involves deleting that trail
and recreating it with a different name.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7-184 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm Clearing Procedures OCHTRAILUNKNOWN (Unknown OCH Trail for x-connect)
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Severity Minor
Service affecting? No
Applicability A2325A, AHPHG
Corrective action
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, go to the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Record the exact name used to identify the OCh trail.List the cross connects that currently
exist on-NE:
Search the list for the OCh trail in question. Record the exact name used for the OCh trail
(wreache spaces and case are relevant for a match).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Ensure that the OCh trail name as specified on this NE exactly matches the OCh trail
name as specified on the head NE.List the cross connects that currently exist in the
network.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 7-185
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm Clearing Procedures OCHTRAILUNKNOWN (Unknown OCH Trail for x-connect)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Search the list for the OCh trail in question. Compare any names for the exact name
recorded in the Step 1.
If... Then...
the name is misspelled, recreate the appropriate connection with the
appropriate name.
there is no match, continue with Step 4.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 Ensure that there is CN/OSPF connectivity at the head end NE. Log into the head end NE.
Check for alarms on any ALPHG links. Resolve any outstanding alarms on the head-end
NE CN links.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 Ensure that the OCh trail's head NE cross-connect has been created. Log into the head end
NE for that connection. List the cross-connects that currently exist on this head-end NE:
CLI show xc brief
WEBUI Select Connections > Cross-Connects.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
If... Then...
a match is not found, create the add connection.
a match is found, continue with Step 7.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7 Ensure that there is CN/OSPF connectivity at the NE raising the condition. Log into the
NE raising the condition. Check for alarms on any ALPHG links. Resolve any
outstanding alarms on the NE CN links.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7-186 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm Clearing Procedures OCHUNKNOWN (Channel Unexpected)
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Corrective action
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, go to the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Check to ensure that service provisioning is complete for the channel in question.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Check that the fiber feeding the detect point is correctly configured in the NE's topology
table and that the physical connection is correct.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 If the fiber is external to the NE, ensure that it is the correct one.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 If... Then...
other Wavelength Tracker alarms exist on the clear the alarms.
same channel on this or any upstream NE,
the unexpected channel has been launched and clear the alarm.
the Channel absent alarm is present,
any amplifier alarms exist on the NE or any clear the alarms.
upstream NE,
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 7-187
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm Clearing Procedures OCHUNKNOWN (Channel Unexpected)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 A connected fiber may have resulted in the local channel unexpected and the other
channel missing alarms. Examine the network for any channel absent alarms.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7-188 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm Clearing Procedures OCHUNKNOWN-OUT (Channel Unexpected)
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Severity Minor
Service affecting? No
Applicability A2325A, AHPHG
Corrective action
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, go to the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Check to ensure that service provisioning is complete for the channel in question.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Check that the fiber feeding the detect point is correctly configured in the NE's topology
table and that the physical connection is correct.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 If the fiber is external to the NE, ensure that it is the correct one.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 If... Then...
other Wavelength Tracker alarms exist on the clear the alarms.
same channel on this or any upstream NE,
the unexpected channel has been launched and clear the alarm.
the Channel absent alarm is present,
any amplifier alarms exist on the NE or any clear the alarms.
upstream NE,
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 A connected fiber may have resulted in the local channel unexpected and the other
channel missing alarms. Examine the network for any channel absent alarms.
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 7-189
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm Clearing Procedures OCHUNKNOWN-OUT (Channel Unexpected)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Resolve the channel absent alarms first.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7-190 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm Clearing Procedures OCI
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
OCI
Open Connection Indication - ODU
OT port has detected Open Connection Indication condition at ODUk Path layer. This
defect indicates that network operator in an external multi-vendor OTN network has not
provisioned at least one ODUk connection in an OTN switched network. OCI
maintenance signal is not sourced by 1830 PSS network.
This may be caused if the network operator in external OTN network has deleted or not
yet provisioned a connection in OTN switched network.
Severity Critical
Service affecting? Yes
Applicability 11DPE12-shelf-slot-{L1,L2}
11QPA4-shelf-slot-{L{1-4}, C{1-4}}
4DPA4-shelf-slot-{L1, L2}
4DPA4-shelf-slot- {L1,L2}
This procedure details the corrective action for clearing an OCI condition declared on an
OT port.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Contact network operator(s) responsible for equipment that sources OTM-0.2 signal to
11STAR1 client port to clear the OCI.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 7-191
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm Clearing Procedures OPR (Channel Power Unstable)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Severity Minor
Service affecting? No
Applicability A2325A, AHPHG
Corrective action
NOTICE
Service-disruption hazard
A cold reset, reseat, or replacement of a card is service impacting if the card is currently
carrying services. To determine if any services are currently carried over a card, perform
the procedure “Reseating a card” (p. 8-32).
If there are services currently carried over the card, it may be best to wait for a
maintenance window before resetting, replacing, or reseating the card.
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, go to the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 If this service has no transponders, troubleshoot the equipment that is connected to the
OT or SVAC card's input port to determine and resolve any issues.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Retrieve the optical power levels at the receive port of the OT or SVAC card where the
alarm is raised.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 If... Then...
PRELIMINARY
the power levels are within the acceptable the problem may be with the card itself.
limits, Proceed to Step 6.
the power levels are not within acceptable continue with Step 4.
limits,
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7-192 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm Clearing Procedures OPR (Channel Power Unstable)
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 Thoroughly clean the fiber jumper connected to the receive port of the OT or SVAC card
raising the alarm.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 Thoroughly clean the fiber bulkhead connector of the receive port of the OT or SVAC
card raising the alarm.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
9 Replace the card. Refer to “Replacing system components” (p. 8-2). Follow the return and
repair process in the Customer and Product Support guide to return the faulty card to an
authorized repair center for replacement.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 7-193
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm Clearing Procedures OPRPWRHIGH (Out of Operational Range - Input Power Too
High)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Severity NA
Service affecting? No
Applicability A2325A, AHPHG
Corrective action
NOTICE
Service-disruption hazard
A cold reset, reseat, or replacement of a card is service impacting if the card is currently
carrying services. To determine if any services are currently carried over a card, perform
the procedure “Reseating a card” (p. 8-32).
If there are services currently carried over the card, it may be best to wait for a
maintenance window before resetting, replacing, or reseating the card.
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, go to the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Retrieve the optical power levels at the LINE or SIG port of the LD card where the alarm
is raised.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 If... Then...
the power levels are within the acceptable the problem may be with the card itself.
limits, Proceed to Step 5.
PRELIMINARY
the power levels are not within acceptable continue with Step 3.
limits,
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7-194 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm Clearing Procedures OPRPWRHIGH (Out of Operational Range - Input Power Too
PRELIMINARY
High)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Thoroughly clean the fiber jumper connected to the LINE or SIG port of the amplifier
card raising the alarm.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 Thoroughly clean the fiber bulkhead connector of the LINE or SIG port of the amplifier
card raising the alarm.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 Perform a warm reset on the card where the OPR condition is raised.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8 Replace the card. Refer to “Replacing system components” (p. 8-2). Follow the return and
repair process in the Customer and Product Support guide to return the faulty card to an
authorized repair center for replacement.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 7-195
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm Clearing Procedures OPRPWRLOW (Out of Operational Range - Input Power Too
Low)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Severity NA
Service affecting? No
Applicability A2325A, AHPHG
Corrective action
NOTICE
Service-disruption hazard
A cold reset, reseat, or replacement of a card is service impacting if the card is currently
carrying services. To determine if any services are currently carried over a card, perform
the procedure “Reseating a card” (p. 8-32).
If there are services currently carried over the card, it may be best to wait for a
maintenance window before resetting, replacing, or reseating the card.
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, go to the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Retrieve the optical power levels at the LINE or SIG port of the LD card where the alarm
is raised.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 If... Then...
the power levels are within the acceptable the problem may be with the card itself.
limits, Proceed to Step 5.
PRELIMINARY
the power levels are not within acceptable continue with Step 3.
limits,
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7-196 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm Clearing Procedures OPRPWRLOW (Out of Operational Range - Input Power Too
PRELIMINARY
Low)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Thoroughly clean the fiber jumper connected to the LINE or SIG port of the amplifier
card raising the alarm.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 Thoroughly clean the fiber bulkhead connector of the LINE or SIG port of the amplifier
card raising the alarm.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 Perform a warm reset on the card where the OPR condition is raised.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8 Replace the card. Refer to “Replacing system components” (p. 8-2). Follow the return and
repair process in the Customer and Product Support guide to return the faulty card to an
authorized repair center for replacement.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 7-197
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm Clearing Procedures OPRLOSSLOW (Out of Operational Range - Loss Too Low)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Severity Minor
Service affecting? No
Applicability A2325A, AHPHG
Corrective action
NOTICE
Service-disruption hazard
A cold reset, reseat, or replacement of a card is service impacting if the card is currently
carrying services. To determine if any services are currently carried over a card, perform
the procedure “Reseating a card” (p. 8-32).
If there are services currently carried over the card, it may be best to wait for a
maintenance window before resetting, replacing, or reseating the card.
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, go to the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Retrieve the optical power levels at the DCM port of the amplifier card where the alarm is
raised.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Perform a warm reset on the card where the OPR condition is raised.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7-198 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm Clearing Procedures OPRLOSSLOW (Out of Operational Range - Loss Too Low)
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Note: Refer to Caution at the beginning of this procedure.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 Replace the card. Refer to “Replacing system components” (p. 8-2). Follow the return and
repair process in the Customer and Product Support guide to return the faulty card to an
authorized repair center for replacement.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 7-199
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm Clearing Procedures OPR-OUT (Outgoing Channel Optical Power Out of Range)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Severity Minor
Service affecting? No
Applicability A2325A, AHPHG
Corrective action
Refer to “OPRTX (Channel optical power out of range)” (p. 7-201).
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7-200 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm Clearing Procedures OPRTX (Channel optical power out of range)
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Severity Minor
Service affecting? No
Applicability A2325A, AHPHG
Corrective action
NOTICE
Service-disruption hazard
A cold reset, reseat, or replacement of a card is service impacting if the card is currently
carrying services. To determine if any services are currently carried over a card, perform
the procedure “Reseating a card” (p. 8-32).
If there are services currently carried over the card, it may be best to wait for a
maintenance window before resetting, replacing, or reseating the card.
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, go to the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Perform the procedure “Path power trace” (p. 8-28) to determine the power levels
upstream of the alarmed card. Troubleshoot, isolate and identify other alarms or
conditions that would cause the OPR alarm to be raised. Using the appropriate corrective
actions resolve these issues first.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Retrieve the optical power levels at the receive port of the card where the alarm is raised.
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 7-201
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm Clearing Procedures OPRTX (Channel optical power out of range)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 If... Then...
the power levels are within the acceptable the problem may be with the card itself.
limits, Proceed to Step 6.
the power levels are not within acceptable continue with Step 4.
limits,
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 Thoroughly clean the fiber jumper connected to the receive port of the OT or SVAC card
raising the alarm.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 Thoroughly clean the fiber bulkhead connector of the receive port of the OT or SVAC
card raising the alarm.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6 Perform a warm reset on the card where the OPR condition is raised.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
9 Replace the card. Refer to “Replacing system components” (p. 8-2). Follow the return and
repair process in the Customer and Product Support guide to return the faulty card to an
authorized repair center for replacement.
PRELIMINARY
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7-202 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm Clearing Procedures OPRUNACHIEVE (Channel Power Unachievable)
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Severity Major
Service affecting? No
Applicability 11QPA4, 4DPA4
Corrective action
NOTICE
Service-disruption hazard
This procedure is service affecting.
If there are services currently carried over the card, it may be best to wait for a
maintenance window before resetting, replacing, or reseating the card.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
This indicates the expected power, actual power, and what each OT or SVAC port is
connected to.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Visually inspect the fiber connecting the transponder and OT or SVAC port. Check that
the fiber is not being pinched or bent tightly. Ensure that the fiber connectors are properly
seated at the OT or SVAC in port, transponder out port, and any bulk-head connectors (if
any) between the transponder and OT or SVAC.
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 7-203
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm Clearing Procedures OPRUNACHIEVE (Channel Power Unachievable)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Using an optical power meter, measure the optical output power of the transponder to
ensure that the output power is within specification. Make this measurement as close as
possible to the output port of the transponder.
If... Then...
the output power is within the acceptable continue with Step 5.
limits,
the output power is not within acceptable the transponder port may be dirty. Clean and
limits, inspect port, and measure the optical output
power of the transponder. Continue with Step
4.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 If the output power is with acceptable limits, clean and reconnect the transponder and OT
or SVAC and check the alarm status of the shelf. If the output power remains below
specification:
1. Reseat the transponder card. Refer to “Reseating a card” (p. 8-32).
2. Measure the optical output power of the transponder. If the output power remains
below specification, Replace the card. Refer to “Replacing system components”
(p. 8-2). Follow the return and repair process in the Customer and Product Support
guide to return the faulty card to an authorized repair center for replacement.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 Using an optical power meter, measure the optical power being received at the OT or
SVAC input port.
If... Then...
the loss over the fiber between the transponder continue with Step 7.
and OT or SVAC is reasonable,
the loss over the fiber between the transponder clean, inspect and connect the fiber between
and OT or SVAC is higher than expected, the transponder and OT or SVAC.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6 Measure the optical power being received at the OT or SVAC input port.
PRELIMINARY
If... Then...
the loss over the fiber between the transponder clean and reconnect the transponder and OT or
and OT or SVAC is reasonable, SVAC and check the alarm status of the shelf.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7-204 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm Clearing Procedures OPRUNACHIEVE (Channel Power Unachievable)
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
If... Then...
the loss over the fiber between the transponder replace the fiber.
and OT or SVAC is higher than expected,
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7 Clean the OT or SVAC In port. Clean and reconnect the fiber between the transponder
and OT or SVAC. Check the alarm status of the shelf.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8 Measure the optical power being received at the OT or SVAC input port. If the alarm has
not cleared, Replace the OT or SVAC card. Refer to “Replacing system components”
(p. 8-2). Follow the return and repair process in the Customer and Product Support guide
to return the faulty card to an authorized repair center for replacement.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 7-205
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm Clearing Procedures OSCSSF
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
OSCSSF
Indication
The LD has detected a Loss Of Signal. The OSCSSF conditon is raised against the OSC
or OSCSFP port when the LOS alarm is raised against LINE port, when the power
measured at the port input drops below a threshold.
This may be caused by the following reasons:
• A misconnected, damaged or dirty fiber
• Received power may not be within the acceptable range
Severity NSA
Service affecting? NO
Applicability A2325A-shelf-slot-OSC
AHPHG-shelf-slot-OSC
No corrective action is required. Refer to the corrective action for the LINE port LOS
alarm (see, “LD Input LOS” under “LOS (Loss of signal)” (p. 7-127)).
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7-206 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm Clearing Procedures PLM
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
PLM
PLM (Payload Mismatch Indication - ODU)
PLM(ODU) won't happen within 1830-to-1830 NE connections (PSS-1, PSS-4, and/or
PSS-32). However, it could happen when a non-1830 NE's 10G LAN signal is connected
to an 1830 NE, and is not configured correctly.
Severity Critical
Service affecting? Yes
Applicability 11DPE12-shelf-slot-{L1,L2}
11QPA4-shelf-slot-{L{1-4}, C{1-4}}
4DPA4-shelf-slot-{L1, L2}
4DPA4-shelf-slot- {L1,L2}
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 To correct this, make sure the other NE sends out a signal with the PSI byte set to 0x83
(10G LAN) or 0x80 (OTU-1).
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 7-207
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm Clearing Procedures PRCDRERR-TOPO
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRCDRERR-TOPO
PRCDRERR (Invalid topology)
The system enforces a rule that a valid cross connect must terminate on one of the
following endpoints:
• a port marked as “External”
• a port marked as “No-connect”
• a transponder network port
In prior releases, there were no checks in place to prevent cross connects that do not
adhere to these rules. Therefore, if there are any cross connects already in place from a
previous release that do not adhere to the rules, this condition is raised on the NE in this
release after an upgrade from a previous release.
Services that are running over invalid cross connects may continue to operate, in which
case it may be best to wait for a maintenance window before performing this procedure,
or they may be interrupted, in which case a loss of service alarm is raised.
Severity Minor
Service affecting? No
Applicability SYSTEM
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, go to the next step.
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Examine the cross connects on the NE, and look for cross connects that do not conform to
the rules. These cross connects are considered invalid.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7-208 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm Clearing Procedures PRCDRERR-TOPO
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Delete the invalid connections. Any service that is running over an invalid cross connect
that is deleted is interrupted.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 7-209
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm Clearing Procedures PRCDRERR-TOPO (Power management topology invalid)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Severity Minor
Service affecting? No
Applicability A2325A, AHPHG
Corrective action
Referring to the network plan for this NE in this release, review the NE's physical
topology link information and verify that the proper cards are installed and all physical
topology links are correct.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Make changes as required to fix all incorrect internal physical topology links.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7-210 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm Clearing Procedures PRCDRERR-TOPO (Power management topology invalid)
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Note: If services were provisioned in a previous software release across an invalid
physical topology (for example, no ingress amplifier in an auto-power managed
CWR8 NE), these services have to be deleted before the physical topology can be
corrected.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Alternatively, you can set the ports involved to operate under manual power management,
but this is not recommended. Contact your service representative before setting any ports
to manual power management.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 7-211
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm Clearing Procedures PWR
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
PWR
PWR (Battery off or power filter off)
Severity Critical
Service affecting? Yes
Applicability PF-shelf-{2,3}
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7-212 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm Clearing Procedures PWR
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Plug in the power filter in the appropriate slot and turn on the power.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 7-213
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm Clearing Procedures PWRADJFAIL
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
PWRADJFAIL
PWRADJFAIL (Power Adjust Failed)
Severity Minor
Service affecting? No
Applicability A2325A-shelf-slot-{SIG, LINE}
AHPHG-shelf-slot-{SIG, LINE}
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, go to the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Check the reason for the failure at the ingress Amplifier card or the PSS-1 AHP that has
raised the PWRADJFAIL alarm.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 If the reason is a lack of communication to the upstream NE, resolve the communication
issue prior to resolving the PWRADJFAIL alarm. Ensure the NE with the PWRADJFAIL
alarm can communicate with the upstream NE.
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7-214 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm Clearing Procedures PWRADJFAIL
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Retrieve the optical power levels at the receive port of the PSS-1 AHP or Amplifier card
where the alarm is raised.
CLI sh int wave in, out shelf slot port wave in, out
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 If... Then...
the power levels are within the acceptable perform a power adjust operation at the ingress
limits then Amplifier card or the ALPHG card that has
raised the PWRADJFAIL alarm (continue with
Step 5).
the power levels are not within the acceptable check for kinking of the fiber at various points
limits upstream of the receive connector on the
alarmed card. Proceed to Step 6.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5
CLI config powermgmt config powermgmt adjust
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6 Using the standard optical fiber jumper cleaning procedure, clean the fiber, and measure
the power again. Clean the receive bulkhead connector on the card. If the cleaning/fiber
un-kinking resolves the power levels to the acceptable limits, then go back to Step 4.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7 Verify that the fiber length and type used in the span immediately upstream of the
alarmed card still match the original specifications according to the network plan. Any
deviation from the specifications, as a result of work done on the span, may require new
network parameters and/or a rebalancing of the network to compensate. Follow the
appropriate procedures in the Alcatel-Lucent User Provisioning Guide to validate the new
parameters of the network.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8 Perform the procedure, “Path power trace” (p. 8-28) to determine other possible causes of
the PWRADJFAIL alarm and fix these first
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 7-215
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm Clearing Procedures PWRADJFAIL
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
11 Replace the alarmed PSS-1 AHP. Follow the return and repair process in the Customer
and Product Support guide to return the faulty unit to an authorized repair center for
replacement.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7-216 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm Clearing Procedures PWRADJREQ
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
PWRADJREQ
PWRADJREQ (Power Adjust Required)
A PWRADJREQ condition is raised when:
• Adding a channel on a non-commissioned network: For example, a ring network can
be commissioned with ASE power adjusts, which require no services to be added to
power balance the network. When a service is added after this type of commissioning
is done, the PWRADJREQ alarm will not be raised.
• Adding a service after an ingress or egress adjust failed because no service was
present or configured at the time. Once the service has been provisioned, this alarm is
raised and an adjustment of the power is required.
• Reinserting a pack when services are present across the affected topology
• Changing the network EPT parameter values and breaking the line fiber into the
ingress LD
• Clearing a LOS condition on the LD
Severity Minor
Service affecting? No
Applicability A2325A-shelf-slot-{SIG, LINE}
AHPHG-shelf-slot-{SIG, LINE}
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, go to the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Perform a power adjust operation at the ingress Amplifier card or the ALPHG card that
has raised the PWRADJREQ alarm.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 If... Then...
the adjustment is successful, the PWRADJREQ alarm will be cleared.
Continue with Step 3.
the adjustment fails, the PWRADJFAIL alarm will appear. Proceed
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 7-217
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm Clearing Procedures PWRADJREQ
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7-218 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm Clearing Procedures PWRMARGIN
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
PWRMARGIN
PWRMARGIN (Power Adjust Loss Margin Exceeded)
This condition is raised as a result of the gain, required to increase the power level at the
ingress port of a Amplifier or ALPHG card, being close to the maximum value as set by
the Engineering and Planning Tool (EPT).Without the ability to increase the gain any
further, the repair margin has been compromised and any additional loss would result in
power-adjust alarms.
Severity Minor
Service affecting? No
Applicability A2325A-shelf-slot-{SIG, LINE}
AHPHG-shelf-slot-{SIG, LINE}
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, go to the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Perform the procedure, “Path power trace” (p. 8-28) to determine if there are any
anomalies upstream of the alarmed card that would cause PWRMARGIN condition to be
raised. Look for excessive losses in fiber jumpers or connectors or signal degrade
conditions.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Remove the fiber jumper from the point just before the anomaly and clean the fiber and
the bulkhead connector. Insert the fiber back into the bulkhead connector from which it
was removed.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Repeat Step 1 and Step 2 for the path going upstream until all the excessive losses are
resolved.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 Verify that the fiber length and type used in the span immediately upstream of the
alarmed card still match the original specifications according to the network plan. This
may require a validation by performing an Optical Time Domain Reflectometer (OTDR)
test from the customer patch panel into the fiber plant. Any anomalies detected at this
stage require external intervention by personnel responsible for the maintenance of the
PRELIMINARY
fiber plant.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 7-219
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm Clearing Procedures PWRMARGIN
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 If the path is within all acceptable power ranges, then it is possible that the gain range
provisioned by the EPT for this amplifier is insufficient to accommodate the unexpected
change in loss in the network. Capture the current operating state of the network, using
the EMS XML network export feature and refer the problem to network planning for
analysis.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7-220 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm Clearing Procedures PWRMAXGAIN
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
PWRMAXGAIN
PWRMAXGAIN (Gain Adjustment Exceeded Max Value)
This condition occurs at Line Out of the Egress LD or Sig Out of the Ingress LD.
A power management adjustment set the ingress LD (ingress adjustment) or egress LD
(egress LD) gain above GMax, however the gain setting is allowed by the planning tool
temporarily. Too many amplifiers in this state will result in BER performance degradation
to services. To correct this alarm the user should find the source of excess loss in the
network and correct it.
Severity Minor
Service affecting? No
Applicability A2325A-shelf-slot-{SIG, LINE}
AHPHG-shelf-slot-{SIG, LINE}
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, go to the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Clean the fiber ends connecting the alarmed LD Line or SIG port to the next pack
preceding the LD.
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 If the preceding steps did not clear the alarm, clean the Line or SIG port that the channel
passes through.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 7-221
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm Clearing Procedures PWRMAXGAIN
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 Replace the fiber connecting the alarmed Line or SIG port to the next pack preceding the
LD.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7-222 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm Clearing Procedures PWRSUSP (Power management suspended)
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 7-223
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm Clearing Procedures PWRTILTSUSP (Amplifier gain tilt adjustments suspended)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Severity Minor
Service affecting? No
Applicability A2325A, AHPHG
Corrective action
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, go to the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7-224 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm Clearing Procedures REMOVEMOD (Pluggable Module Removed)
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Severity Major
Service affecting? Yes
Applicability 11DPE12, 11QPA4, 11QPA4, 11DPE12, 4DPA, A2325A,
AHPHG
Corrective action
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 7-225
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm Clearing Procedures REPLUNTMISS
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
REPLUNTMISS
REPLUNTMISS (Card Missing)
The card missing condition is raised when a provisioned slot, that has both a programmed
card-type and an Admin state of In-Service, does not have a card in it. The slot has been
provisioned as such and no card has been inserted, or an inserted In-Service card has been
physically removed from that slot.
Severity Critical
Service affecting? Yes
Applicability 11QPA4-shelf-slot
11DPE12-shelf-slot
4DPA4-shelf-slot
A2325A-shelf-slot
AHPHG-shelf-slot
DCM-shelf-slot
FAN-shelf-slot
PF-shelf-{2,3}
SFC-shelf-slot
SFD-shelf-slot
USRPNL-shelf
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7-226 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm Clearing Procedures REPLUNTMISS
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, go to the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Verify that there is a card in the slot against which the alarm is raised. If no card is
present, insert a card of the provisioned type into the slot. To verify which card type has
been provisioned for the slot:
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 If... Then...
a card is present, remove the card and check for damage to the shelf’s backplane
pins and to the card’s backplane connector.
damage is found on the arrange for repair to the backplane. Do not attempt to reinsert
shelf’s backplane, the card.
damage is found on the card, send the card for repair. Replace the damaged card with another
but not on the backplane, one of the same type, into the same slot.
no damage is found on either replace the card with another one of the same type into the
the backplane or the card, same slot. If the Card Missing alarm clears, send the original
card for repair.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 If the Card Missing alarm does not clear, remove the alarmed card and arrange for repair
to the backplane. Follow the return and repair process to return the damaged card or shelf
to an authorized repair center for replacement.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 7-227
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm Clearing Procedures REPLUNITMISS
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
REPLUNITMISS
REPLUNITMISS (SFP/XFP Missing)
The optics module SFP/XFP for the port is missing or the card is not able to successfully
detect the presence of the module. The problem could be with the SFP/XFP or the card.
Typically, this alarm is raised if the SFP/XFP module is not installed or not properly
seated.
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, go to the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 If there is no SFP/XFP in the port where the SFP/XFP missing condition is raised, then
insert one that is appropriate for that transponder card.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7-228 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm Clearing Procedures REPLUNITMISS
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Remove the SFP/XFP from the port on the card it is inserted in. Examine the connector
on the SFP/XFP and the receptacle connector on the card where the SFP/XFP plugs into
for any damage. If no damage is seen, reinsert the SFP/XFP into its port.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 Remove and replace the SFP/XFP with another unit of the same type, being careful with
the connected fiber jumpers.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 Perform a card cold reset on the card where the SFP/XFP failure is raised.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 7-229
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm Clearing Procedures RFIEGR (Remote Client Remote Fault)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Severity NA
Service affecting? No
Applicability 11QPA4
This procedure details the corrective action for clearing RFIEGR declared on an OT port.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Perform the steps in the procedure “LANRFI ” (p. 7-104) on the far end port.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7-230 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm Clearing Procedures SDBER (Signal Degrade)
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Severity Major
Service affecting? No
Applicability 11QPA4
Corrective action
This procedure details the corrective action for clearing the SDBER against the OT port.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 If cleaning the fiber does not clear the problem, replace the fiber.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 If the power level is within the operating range, check for pluggable module alarms.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 7-231
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm Clearing Procedures SDEG-O (SUPVY Signal Degrade)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Severity Minor
Service affecting? No
Applicability A2325A, AHPHG
Corrective action
NOTICE
Service-disruption hazard
A cold reset, reseat, or replacement of a card is service impacting if the card is currently
carrying services. To determine if any services are currently carried over a card, perform
the procedure “Reseating a card” (p. 8-32).
If there are services currently carried over the card, it may be best to wait for a
maintenance window before resetting, replacing, or reseating the card.
This procedure details the corrective action for a SDEG-O against the OSC port.
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, go to the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Query for the OSC receive power on the port where the SDEG-O condition is present.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Verify that the fiber is the correct type (multi-mode / single mode) and that the other end
of the fiber is connected properly.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7-232 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm Clearing Procedures SDEG-O (SUPVY Signal Degrade)
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Ensure that the administrative state of the port is Admin Up. If it is Up, then toggle the
administrative state from UP-->DOWN-->UP.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 If... Then...
no active traffic is present on the system remove the fiber from the receive port where
the SDEG-O is raised and measure the optical
power.
the optical power is below the required using the standard optical fiber jumper
threshold for the type of pluggable module cleaning procedure, clean the fiber, and
installed measure the power again.
the optical power is within the required limits clean the receive connector on the card. If the
SDEG-O condition is still present, the problem
may be with the card.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8 Replace the OSC SFP located inside the amplifier. See “Replacing an SFP module”
(p. 8-4). Follow the return and repair process in the Customer and Product Support guide
PRELIMINARY
to return the faulty pluggable module to an authorized repair center for replacement.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 7-233
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm Clearing Procedures SDEG-O (SUPVY Signal Degrade)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
9 Replace the card. Refer to “Replacing system components” (p. 8-2). Follow the return and
repair process in the Customer and Product Support guide to return the faulty card to an
authorized repair center for replacement.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7-234 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm Clearing Procedures SSF
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
SSF
SSF (Server Signal Failure - OTU)
The OT port has detected an Optical Channel (Och) Server Signal Failure. A condition
that is treated as a Server Signal Failure (i.e., a Loss of Signal, LOS) was detected. Each
of the following conditions is treated as a Server Signal Failure:
• LOS-P (Loss of Signal – OTU)
• LOF (Loss of Frame – OTU)
• LOM (Loss of Multiframe – OTU)
These conditions may be caused by the following reasons:
• An improperly connected, damaged or dirty fiber on the trail between the local OTUk
receive port and the far end transmitter
• OTS/OMS layer failure on the OCh trail
• The received power may not be within the acceptable range on the Far end input
This procedure details the corrective action for clearing the SSF declared on an OT port.
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, go to the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 If power level is low on the DWDM facing port, identify the associated OCh trail and
verify the power levels along the OCh trail.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Identify the farthest upstream point relative to the far end OTUk port at which power
level falls within the expected range.
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 Check the alarms/conditions on the node located in Step 3 or the node immediately
upstream from point identified in Step 3.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 7-235
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm Clearing Procedures SSF
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6 If all power levels along the OCh trails fall within the target range, locate the fiber
connected directly to receiver of the port which detects SSF condition.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8 If cleaning the fiber does not clear the problem, replace the fiber.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
9 If the problem is detected on a pluggable client port, and the power level is within the
operating range, check for pluggable module alarms.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7-236 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm Clearing Procedures SSFODU
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
SSFODU
SSFODU (Server Signal Failure - ODU)
The OT port has detected a Server Signal Failure at the ODUk level. Conditions that can
cause an SSFODU are:
• LOS-P (Loss of Signal – OTU)
• LOF (Loss of Frame – OTU)
• LOM (Loss of Multiframe – OTU)
• ODU-AIS
These conditions may be caused by the following reasons:
• An improperly connected, damaged or dirty fiber on the trail between the local OTUk
receive port and the far end transmitter
• OTS/OMS layer failure on the OCh trail
• The received power may not be within the acceptable range on the Far end input
This procedure details the corrective action for clearing the SSFODU declared on an OT
port. At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, go to the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 If power level is low on the DWDM facing port, identify the associated OCh trail and
verify the power levels along the OCh trail.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Identify the farthest upstream point relative to the far end OTUk port at which power
level falls within the expected range.
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 Check the alarms/conditions on the node located in Step 3 or the node immediately
upstream from point identified in Step 3.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 7-237
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm Clearing Procedures SSFODU
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6 If all power levels along the OCh trails fall within the target range, locate the fiber
connected directly to receiver of the port which detects SSFODU condition.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8 If cleaning the fiber does not clear the problem, replace the fiber.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
9 If the problem is detected on the client port of the OT, and the power level is within the
operating range, check for pluggable module alarms.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7-238 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm Clearing Procedures SWFTDWN
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
SWFTDWN
SWFTDWN (Software Upgrade in Progress)
Indicates that a software upgrade is currently in progress on the NE. This alarm is active
if the NE is being upgraded, or has finished upgrading and is waiting for a command to
commit or to back-out of the upgraded software release.
Severity Minor
Service affecting? No
Applicability SYSTEM
Equipment Controller-{1-8}-1
Corrective Action
The corrective action depends on whether you want to commit the software upgrade, or
back out of the software upgrade. The alarm clears when a commit or a back out is issued
after the software upgrade is complete.
For more details on the upgrade process, refer to the Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-32 User
Provisioning Guide .
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 7-239
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm Clearing Procedures SWUPGCOMMIT (No committed software load (Autoinstall
disabled))
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Severity Minor
Service affecting? No
Applicability SYSTEM
Corrective action
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, go to the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 To upgrade to a new release or clear the alarm, the current software load must be
committed. Enter the following command to commit the software:
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7-240 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm Clearing Procedures SWUPGFAIL
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
SWUPGFAIL
SWUPGFAIL (Software Upgrade Failed)
The SWUPGFAIL alarm is applicable at the NE-level and/or the card-Level. This alarm is
raised when the NE or card fails to upgrade to the designated load.
Severity Minor
Service affecting? No
Applicability SYSTEM
11QPA4-shelf-slot
11DPE12-shelf-slot
4DPA4-shelf-slot
A2325A-shelf-slot
AHPHG-shelf-slot
Equipment Controller-{1-8}-1
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, go to the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 7-241
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm Clearing Procedures SWUPGFAIL
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Based on the information provided by the status, as listed in the following table,
determine the cause of the failure and resolve that issue first.
banks.
1. Retry the upgrade process.
2. If the retry fails, then replace the card in question
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7-242 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm Clearing Procedures SWUPGFAIL
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 7-1 Software upgrade status and actions (continued)
Flash write failed The card has a problem with one or more of its flash
banks.
1. Retry the upgrade process.
2. If the retry fails, then replace the card in question
Flash erase failed The card has a problem with one or more of its flash
banks.
1. Retry the upgrade process.
2. If the retry fails, then replace the card in question.
DB erase failed Retry the upgrade process.
DB read failed Retry the upgrade process.
DB write failed Database access failure.
1. Retry the upgrade process.
2. If the retry fails, then replace the CC card in question.
TFTP server ip address not set Set the IP address of the TFTP server.
Failed to access catalog Retry the upgrade process.
TFTP server error Ensure that the server is up and running correctly.
TFTP network error There is a problem with the TFTP connectivity.
1. Check and correct TFTP server configuration.
2. Check and correct network connectivity.
3. Retry the upgrade process.
TFTP timeout There is a problem with the TFTP connectivity.
1. Check and correct TFTP server configuration.
2. Check and correct network connectivity.
3. Retry the upgrade process.
No upgrade path There was an attempt to upgrade to a release which is not
backwards compatible with the current release.
1. Upgrade to an intermediate release first.
2. Once the intermediate load is accomplished, retry the
upgrade process to the final upgrade release.
Operation aborted The upgrade was manually aborted. Retry the upgrade
process.
PRELIMINARY
Invalid script The audit was unable to produce a valid upgrade script.
Retry the upgrade process.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 7-243
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm Clearing Procedures SWUPGFAIL
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 7-1 Software upgrade status and actions (continued)
Load and bank are incompatible An attempt was made to load a boot load in an
application bank, or vice versa. This is an invalid
operation. Application loads can only be loaded into
application banks; boot loads can only be loaded into
boot banks. Perform the upgrade but this time specify the
correct bank.
Backup and restore host IP not set Set the backup and restore host IP address.
Database backup failed Retry the upgrade process.
Database restore failed Retry the upgrade process.
Couldn’t find database to restore There is a problem with the database backup server, or
the connectivity to the server or the database server
configuration.
1. Check and correct the database backup server
configuration.
2. Check and correct DCN network connectivity.
Confirm that the TFTP server can accept ping
commands (config tools ping <TFTP server>)
3. Check and correct the status of database server.
4. Retry the upgrade process once the previous steps are
complete.
Attempted activate before load Retry the upgrade process.
Bank is empty Retry the upgrade process.
Load not found on card An attempt was made to activate a bank with an incorrect
or missing software load.
1. Reload the software.
2. Activate the load.
Load file not found A software load file could not be found on the disk.
Repeat the upgrade to transfer the file from FTP to the
disk.
Load could not be activated The correct load could not be activated.
Retry the upgrade process.
Operation interrupted by reset Card was reset while upgrade was underway.
1. Wait for the reset of card to complete.
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7-244 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm Clearing Procedures SWUPGFAIL
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Table 7-1 Software upgrade status and actions (continued)
Software version mismatch A commit failed because not all cards were running the
same software release. This error is not the cause of an
upgrade failure alarm.
Repeat the upgrade process.
Activity switch failed The CCs failed to switch activity, so the upgrade cannot
continue.
1. Resolve redundancy issues.
2. Retry the upgrade process.
Mate CC unable to take activity The inactive CC was unable to take activity, so the
upgrade cannot continue.
1. Resolve redundancy issues.
2. Retry the upgrade process.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Perform a card warm reset on the card that failed to upgrade and try the upgrade
procedure again.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 Perform a card cold reset on the card that failed to upgrade and try the upgrade procedure
again.
Note: Refer to the caution at the beginning of the procedure.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 Replace the unit that failed to upgrade and try the upgrade procedure again. Follow the
return and repair process to return the faulty unit to an authorized repair center for
replacement.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 7-245
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm Clearing Procedures SYSBOOT (Cold Start/Warm Start)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Severity TC
Service affecting? No
Applicability All cards
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7-246 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm Clearing Procedures TIM
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
TIM
TIM (Trace Identifier Mismatch)
The TIM condition is typically raised when the received section trace does not match the
expected section trace. This may be caused by either an error in the provisioning of the
section trace, or an error in the fibering. For the Trail Trace Identifier Mismatch condition
(Network Ports) the cause would be an error in the fibering at the near end or the far end.
This alarm is raised if:
• There is an error in the configuration of the trace at the transmit or receive end (TIM)
• There is an error in the fibering of compatible SONET sources (TIM or TTI
Mismatch)
• The trace is not being generated (TIM or TTI Mismatch)
Severity Minor
Service affecting? No
Applicability 11QPA4-shelf-slot-{L{1-4}, C{1-4}}
4DPA4-shelf-slot- {L1,L2}
NOTICE
Service-disruption hazard
A cold reset or replacement of a the unit is service impacting if the unit is currently
carrying services.
If there are services currently carried over the unit, it may be best to wait for a
maintenance window before resetting or replacing it.
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, go to the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Check that the section trace configuration of the client port is correct:
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 7-247
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm Clearing Procedures TIM
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Check the SONET device generating the section trace, connected to the client port that is
raising the TIMS alarm, and verify its configuration. If there are errors in the provisioning
of the section trace transmit state, mode or message, correct them. Refer to that device's
user manual.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 Verify that the physical fibering between the client port and the SONET device is correct.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 Perform a card warm reset of the card on which the TIMS condition is raised.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6 Perform a card cold reset of the card on which the TIMS condition is raised.
Note: Refer to the caution at the beginning of the procedure.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7 Replace the unit. Follow the return and repair process to return the faulty card to an
authorized repair center for replacement.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
Severity Minor
PRELIMINARY
Service affecting? No
Applicability 11QPA4-shelf-slot-{L{1-4}, C{1-4}}
4DPA4-shelf-slot- {L1,L2}
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7-248 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm Clearing Procedures TIM
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
NOTICE
Service-disruption hazard
A cold reset or replacement of a unit is service impacting if the unit is currently carrying
services.
If there are services currently carried over the unit, it may be best to wait for a
maintenance window before resetting or replacing it.
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, go to the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Verify that the physical fibering between the network receive port of the transponder and
the output port of the SFD5 or SFC2/4/8 is correct.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Perform the procedure “Determining the far end of a service” (p. 8-25) to determine the
NE and location of the transponder at the other end of this service.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Verify that the physical fibering between the network transmit port of the transponder and
the input port of the SFD5 or SFC2/4/8 is correct.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 Perform a warm reset on the local unit where the TIM condition is raised. If the problem
does not clear then perform a warm reset on the far-end card associated with the local unit
raising the TIM condition.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 Perform a cold reset on the local unit where the TIM condition is raised. If the problem
does not clear then perform a cold reset on the far-end card associated with the local unit
raising the TIM condition.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
6 Replace the alarmed unit. If the problem does not clear then replace the associated far-end
card. Follow the return and repair process to return the faulty unit to an authorized repair
center for replacement.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 7-249
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm Clearing Procedures TIMODU
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
TIMODU
TIMODU (Trace Identifier Mismatch - ODU)
This alarm is raised when the incoming optical channel trail trace message does not match
the expected incoming optical channel trail trace message.
This may be caused by the following reasons:
• Mis-fibering
• Improper provisioning
Severity Critical
Service affecting? Yes
Applicability 11QPA4-shelf-slot-{L{1-4}, C{1-4}}
4DPA4-shelf-slot- {L1,L2}
NOTICE
Service-disruption hazard
Failure to follow instructions in this step could result in SERVICE INTERRUPTION.
Notify the person in charge of the optical line so that traffic can be re-routed.
This procedure details the corrective action for clearing the TIMODU alarm declared on
an OT port.
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, go to the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Examine the NE alarm list. Determine the AID of the OT reporting this alarm condition.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Check the local office records. Determine if the correct expected ODU trail trace message
for this signal matches the data in the expected incoming ODU trail trace message listed
for the report.
If... Then...
the correct expected ODU trail trace message Continue with Step 3.
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7-250 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm Clearing Procedures TIMODU
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
If... Then...
the correct expected ODU trail trace message Proceed to Step 6.
for this signal does not match the data in the
expected incoming ODU trail trace message
listed for the report
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 Trace the fiber jumper connected to the line port of the OT identified in the AID, back to
the source OT. If the jumper fiber is connected to the correct source, go to Step 6.
Note: Refer to Caution at the beginning of this procedure.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 Use local procedures to connect the fiber jumper to the correct source.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6 If the alarm is still listed in the NE alarm list, then at the user interface, enter the correct
expected incoming ODU trail trace message. The TIMODU alarm should clear.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 7-251
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm Clearing Procedures TRMTMOD (Pluggable Module Transmit Failure)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Corrective action
NOTICE
Service-disruption hazard
A cold reset, reseat, or replacement of a card is service impacting if the card is currently
carrying services. To determine if any services are currently carried over a card, perform
the procedure “Reseating a card” (p. 8-32).
If there are services currently carried over the card, it may be best to wait for a
maintenance window before resetting, replacing, or reseating the card.
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, go to the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Remove the pluggable module from the port on the card it is inserted in. Examine the
connector on the pluggable module and the receptacle connector on the card where the
pluggable module plugs into for any damage. If no damage is seen, reinsert the pluggable
module into its port.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
3 Remove and replace the pluggable module with another unit of the same type, being
careful with the connected fiber jumpers. Refer to “Replacing an SFP module” (p. 8-4).
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7-252 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm Clearing Procedures TRMTMOD (Pluggable Module Transmit Failure)
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 Perform a cold reset of the card on the card where the pluggable module failure is raised.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 7-253
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm Clearing Procedures UNKNOWN
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
UNKNOWN
UNKNOWNMOD (Pluggable Module Unknown)
The optics module (pluggable module) inserted in the port is of a type that is not
recognized and the system cannot obtain manufacturing information on the unit. There is
a possibility that the pluggable module is damaged and the card is not able to correctly
identify the module or that there is damage on the card preventing correct identification of
the pluggable module.
Corrective action
NOTICE
Service-disruption hazard
A cold reset, reseat, or replacement of a card is service impacting if the card is currently
carrying services. To determine if any services are currently carried over a card, perform
the procedure “Reseating a card” (p. 8-32).
If there are services currently carried over the card, it may be best to wait for a
maintenance window before resetting, replacing, or reseating the card.
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, go to the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7-254 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm Clearing Procedures UNKNOWN
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Remove the pluggable module from the port on the card it is inserted in. Examine the
connector on the pluggable module and the receptacle connector on the card where the
pluggable module plugs into for any damage. If no damage exists, reinsert the pluggable
module into its port.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 Remove and replace the pluggable module with another unit of the same type. Refer to
“Replacing an SFP module” (p. 8-4). Take special care when handling the connected fiber
jumpers.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 Perform a cold reset of the card on the card where the pluggable module defect is raised.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7 . If there is no transmission, check that the provisioned signal rate is supported by the
pluggable module that is present. If not, use a different pluggable module, or change the
signal rate provisioning to a value supported by the pluggable module.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Severity Critical
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 7-255
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm Clearing Procedures UNKNOWN
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Applicability 11QPA4-shelf-slot
11DPE12-shelf-slot
4DPA4-shelf-slot
A2325A-shelf-slot
AHPHG-shelf-slot
DCM-shelf-slot
FAN-shelf-slot
PF-{1-8}-{2,3}
SFC-shelf-slot
SFD-shelf-slot
SFD-{25-48}-{1}
USRPNL-{1-8}
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, go to the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Verify if the inserted card is supported for the current running release.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 If the card is not yet supported in this release and the card is a required type for the NE,
verify that the correct release is running on the NE. Upgrade the NE to the correct release
if it is not to support this card type.
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 If the NE is running the correct release but the card is not yet supported in that release,
remove the card and replace it with one that is supported by the software running on the
NE.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7-256 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm Clearing Procedures UNKNOWN
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 If the card is supported and the NE is running the correct release, the problem may be
with the card itself.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7 Replace the unit. Follow the return and repair process to return the unit to an authorized
repair
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 7-257
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm Clearing Procedures UNKNOWN
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, go to the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Remove the SFP/XFP from the port on the card in which it is inserted. Examine the
connector on the SFP/XFP and the receptacle connector on the card where the SFP/XFP
plugs into for any damage. If no damage exists, reinsert the SFP/XFP into its port.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Remove and replace the SFP/XFP with another unit of the same type. Take special care
when handling the connected fiber jumpers.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 Perform a card cold reset on the card where the SFP/XFP defect is raised.
Note: Refer to Caution at the beginning of this procedure.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7-258 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm Clearing Procedures UPM
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
UPM
UPM (GFP User Payload Mismatch)
The OT has detected a GFP User Payload Mismatch. This condition is raised when the
encapsulation mode provisioning for the two OTs on opposite ends of an optical link do
not match.
Severity Critical
Service affecting? Yes
Applicability 11QPA4-shelf-slot-{C{1-4}}
4DPA4-1-{7, 8}-{C1-C4}
This procedure details the corrective action for clearing the GFP User Payload Mismatch
on an OT port. At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, go to the next
step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Locate the OT with the UPM defect. Verify the encapsulation mode value.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Locate the OT at the opposite end of the link. Ensure that the provisioning for the
encapsulation mode parameter is the same for each OT.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 7-259
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm Clearing Procedures URU (Underlying Resource Unavailable)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Severity Major
Service affecting? Yes
Applicability A2325A, AHPHG
Corrective action
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
Severity Major
Service affecting? Yes
Applicability 11DPE12, 11QPA4, 4DPA4
Corrective action
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
PRELIMINARY
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7-260 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm Clearing Procedures URU (Underlying Resource Unavailable)
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
URU-S (Underlying Resource Unavailable)
Severity Major
Service affecting? Yes
Applicability 11DPE12, 11QPA4, 4DPA4, A2325A, AHPHG
Corrective action
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 7-261
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm Clearing Procedures USALS
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
USALS
USALS (Auto Laser Shutoff due to Upstream Fault)
USALS is raised when the client port laser is turned off either because the network port of
this card has an optical LOS, or the corresponding client port at the far end of the service
has a fault.
NOTICE
Service-disruption hazard
A cold reset or replacement of a unit is service impacting if the unit is currently carrying
services.
If there are services currently carried over the unit, it may be best to wait for a
maintenance window before resetting, replacing, or re-seating it.
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, go to the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Determine which network port on the near-end card is associated with the client port that
has raised the USALS condition. Network ports for this product are usually port 1. Look
for LOS, LOC or LOF at the network port or Out of Service type alarms at the associated
client port(s).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Using the applicable procedure for the fault detected in Step 1, clear the fault.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 If the desired behavior at the near end client port is to inject an Alarm Indication Signal
(AIS), idle frames, or an invalid signal and not to shut the laser off in reaction to the
PRELIMINARY
upstream fault, issue the following command at the near end to change the LOSProp
(LOS Propagation) setting.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7-262 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm Clearing Procedures USALS
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 Using the procedure “Determining the far end of a service” (p. 8-25), determine the
nature of the fault at the far end. Look for LOS or Out of Service type alarms at the
associated client port(s).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 Using the applicable procedure for the fault detected in Step 4, clear the fault.
If the condition does not clear, perform the following steps on the near end card.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8 Replace the unit. Follow the return and repair process to return the faulty card to an
authorized repair center for replacement.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
9 Repeat Step 6 to Step 8 for the associated card at the far-end of the service.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 7-263
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm Clearing Procedures USLOS (Upstream Channel Absent)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Severity Minor
Service affecting? No
Applicability A2325A, AHPHG
Corrective action
NOTICE
Service-disruption hazard
A cold reset, reseat, or replacement of a card is service impacting if the card is currently
carrying services. To determine if any services are currently carried over a card, perform
the procedure “Reseating a card” (p. 8-32).
If there are services currently carried over the card, it may be best to wait for a
maintenance window before resetting, replacing, or reseating the card.
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, go to the next step. It may
take several seconds for channel power out of range and channel absent alarms to clear
after each step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Perform the procedure “Path power trace” (p. 8-28) to identify the network path the
particular alarmed channel is traversing.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Find the source of the channel's service and ensure that the add cross connect is
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7-264 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm Clearing Procedures USLOS (Upstream Channel Absent)
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Retrieve the configured topology upstream from this port to the service's ingress point to
the NE. Ensure that the physical fiber topology matches.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 Verify that the loss in the fiber that is feeding the port is not higher than expected by
comparing the bulk powers ending and leaving the fiber. If the loss is higher than
expected, clean the fiber ends, and if this does not solve the problem, replace the fiber. If
this still does not solve the condition on the amplifier, the problem may be with the card
itself.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8 Replace the card. Refer to “Replacing system components” (p. 8-2). Follow the return and
repair process in the Customer and Product Support guide to return the faulty card to an
authorized repair center for replacement.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 7-265
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm Clearing Procedures USOCHCOLLISION (Upstream Channel Collision Input
Direction)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Corrective action
NOTICE
Service-disruption hazard
A cold reset, reseat, or replacement of a card is service impacting if the card is currently
carrying services. To determine if any services are currently carried over a card, perform
the procedure “Reseating a card” (p. 8-32).
If there are services currently carried over the card, it may be best to wait for a
maintenance window before resetting, replacing, or reseating the card.
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, go to the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Perform the procedure “Path power trace” (p. 8-28) to identify the network path the
particular alarmed channel is traversing.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
CLI alm
show condition
WEBUI Reports > Alarm List > Total
Reports > Condition List
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7-266 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm Clearing Procedures USOCHCOLLISION (Upstream Channel Collision Input
PRELIMINARY
Direction)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7 Replace the card. Refer to “Replacing system components” (p. 8-2). Follow the return and
repair process in the Customer and Product Support guide to return the faulty card to an
authorized repair center for replacement.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 7-267
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm Clearing Procedures VOLTAGE[high]
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
VOLTAGE[high]
VOLTAGE[high] (high input voltage defect)
The voltage level of the external DC supply is high. This alarm is raised if there is too
much voltage going to the breaker feed or the voltage is above the threshold. This could
be due to a problem with the power feed to the breaker card.
Severity Critical
Service affecting? No
Applicability 11QPA4-shelf-slot
11DPE12-shelf-slot
4DPA4-shelf-slot
A2325A-shelf-slot
AHPHG-shelf-slot
Equipment Controller-{1-8}-1
USRPNL-{1-8}
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If it not, go to the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Using a DC voltmeter, measure the power going to the shelf and verify that it is within
the accepted limits for proper operation (see “Power filter input” (p. 2-133)).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Perform a warm reset on the unit that is raising the PWR condition.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Perform a cold reset on the unit that is raising the PWR condition.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
4 Replace the unit that is raising the PWR condition. Follow the return and repair process to
return the unit to an authorized repair center for replacement.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7-268 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm Clearing Procedures VOLTAGE[low]
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
VOLTAGE[low]
VOLTAGE [low] (low input voltage defect)
Either the voltage level of the external DC supply is low or the breaker switch has been
turned off. This alarm is raised if there is no voltage going to the breaker feed or the
voltage is below the threshold. This could be due to the breaker being shut off, or due to a
problem with the power feed to the breaker card.
Severity Critical
Service affecting? No
Applicability 11QPA4-shelf-slot
11DPE12-shelf-slot
4DPA4-shelf-slot
A2325A-shelf-slot
AHPHG-shelf-slot
Equipment Controller-{1-8}-1
USRPNL-{1-8}
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If it not, go to the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Check the breakers for the alarmed shelf and verify that they are ON.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Using a DC voltmeter, measure the power going to the shelf and verify that it is within
the accepted limits for proper operation (-48 to -52 volts).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Perform a warm reset on the unit that is raising the PWR condition.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 Perform a cold reset on the unit that is raising the PWR condition.
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 7-269
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm Clearing Procedures VOLTAGE[low]
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 Replace the unit that is raising the PWR condition. Follow the return and repair process to
return the unit to an authorized repair center for replacement.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7-270 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm Clearing Procedures VTSFDI
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
VTSFDI
VTSFDI (VTS Forward Defect Indication)
The OT has detected a VTS Forward Defect Indication. This condition is raised when a
problem has occurred upstream that causes an APS/PCC failure indication on the Virtual
Time Slot [n] received by the card.
Severity NA
Service affecting? No
Applicability 11DPE12-shelf-slot-{L1,L2}
This procedure details the corrective action for clearing the VTSFDI[n] alarm associated
with an OT port. At the end of each step, wait to see if the fault clears. If not, go to the
next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Identify the farthest upstream alarm/condition relative to the far end OTUk port.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 Verify that the time slot information on the 11DPE line port and ODU1 are correctly
provisioned on each end of the optical link. If not use the following commands to ensure
time slots are provisioned the same:
• Config interface 11DPE12 shelf/slot/C{1-10} 1gbe timeslot
line <1-4>
• Config interface 11DPE12 shelf/slot/C{1-10} 1gbe timeslot vts
<0 or 1, 4, 7, 10, 13, 16, 19, 22, 25, 28, 31, 34, 37, 40,
43, 46>
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 7-271
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm Clearing Procedures VTSOCI
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
VTSOCI
VTSOCI (VTS Open Connection Indication)
The OT has detected a Virtual Time Slot Open Connection Indication on an associated
VTS[n]. This condition is raised when the downstream 11DPE12 receives an APS/PCC
message indicating an OCI from the upstream OT. The VTSOCI[n] alarm is raised at the
downstream OT on the Virtual Time Slot [n] which has an established connection.
Severity Major
Service affecting? Yes
Applicability 11DPE12-shelf-slot-{L1,L2}
This procedure details the corrective action for clearing the VTOCI[n] alarm associated
with a 11DPE12 port. At the end of each step, wait to see if the fault clears. If not, go to
the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Check the upstream 11DPE12 for any alarms/conditions on any VTS[n] with electrical
connections. This will cause the PSS1GBE to send an OCI message for the relevant
VTS[n] to the downstream OT. An electrical connection is a provisioned connection from
the VTS[n] to a GbE client port or another line VTS. If such an alarm is present, go to the
procedure for clearing OCI alarms to clear the VTSOCI[n] alarm at the downstream
11DPE12.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7-272 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm Clearing Procedures WKSWBK (Automatic switch to working)
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Corrective action
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, go to the next step.If there are
no faults against working facility/equipment:
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Determine which side is the working side and which side is the protection side.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
WEBUI From the Equipment Tree, select the card, and select the desired port.
If the state is down, the switch may have been caused by user administrative provisioning.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 7-273
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm Clearing Procedures WKSWBK (Automatic switch to working)
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 Check for faults on the protection side card, or the protection side client/line ports.
CLI alm
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6 If... Then...
faults are present, proceed to the appropriate procedure for
clearing the faults.
no faults are present, the switch may have occurred due to a
transient defect that has since cleared. The
action required to clear this condition depends
on whether or not there are outstanding
problems against the working
facility/equipment.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7-274 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Alarm Clearing Procedures WKSWBK (Automatic switch to working)
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Note: This results in a standing condition for the lockout itself (LOCKOUTOFPR).
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 7-275
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm Clearing Procedures WKSWPR
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
WKSWPR
WKSWPR (Automatic switch to protection)
This is a standing condition indicating that the protection facility/equipment is active.
This condition is raised only when reversion is enabled.
If the working facility/equipment is error-free then the condition automatically clears
once the wait-to-restore timer has expired.
The action required to clear this condition depends on whether or not there are
outstanding problems against the working facility/equipment.
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, go to the next step. If there
are no faults against working facility/equipment:
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If not, go to the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Note: This results in a standing condition for the lockout itself (LOCKOUTOFPR).
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 7-277
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Alarm Clearing Procedures WKSWPR
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7-278 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY
8 Supporting Procedures
8
Overview
Purpose
This chapter lists the following troubleshooting procedures for the Alcatel-Lucent 1830
PSS-4 that are used in more than one trouble-clearing procedure.
Contents
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 8-1
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Supporting Procedures Replacing system components
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
NOTICE
Service-disruption hazard
A card reseat is service impacting if the card is currently carrying services. To discover if
any services are currently carried over a card, perform the procedure “Checking for
services on a port” (p. 8-26). If there are services currently carried over the card, it may
be best to wait for a maintenance window before reseating the card.
Cooling airflow is critically important for reliable transmission. Every slot in the subrack
requires a circuit pack (card) or circuit pack blank to ensure proper airflow. Do not
remove old cards until new cards are fully prepared for installation. New cards should be
installed within five minutes of old card removal in order to maintain proper airflow and
cooling for the other cards within the subrack.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Ensure that the replacement card is unpacked and prepared for immediate installation
before starting any other work.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
3 Ensure that all of the fibers connected to the card are labeled.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8-2 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Supporting Procedures Replacing system components
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 Verify that you have an unobstructed extraction path. Tie back any adjacent fibers that
may be impacted by the card extraction.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6 Unlock the card latch. Place a thumb or finger on the latch release/locking pin located
behind the latch cover and open the latch by lifting up and out. This will partially unseat
the card from the backplane.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7 Grasp the card by the open latch and slide the card out of the slot, being careful not to pull
on any connected fibers on the NE. You will encounter some resistance while the card is
seated on the backplane. Use a gentle pulling force to unseat the card from the backplane.
Slide the card out of the slot. When the card is almost removed, place a hand under the
card to avoid dropping it when it is fully removed from the shelf.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8 Place the card in an ESD bag and set it aside nearby so that you can immediately continue
with Step 9.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
9 Grasp replacement card with one hand on the faceplate and the other on the bottom of the
card's PCB.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
11 Slide the card along the card guides into the slot. When the card is partially inserted,
grasp the card by the latch, with the latch in the open position.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
12 Ensure that no fibers from adjacent cards are in the way, and slide the card into the slot.
You will encounter some resistance when the card contacts the backplane. Use gentle
force to fully seat the card on the backplane.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
13 Lock the card into place by closing the latches. As the latches close, they push against the
latching tabs on the shelf or cross member, further seating the card. Continue to close the
latches until they are flush with the card faceplate, locking the card in place.
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 8-3
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Supporting Procedures Replacing system components
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
15 Once the port LEDs on the card have lit up, uncap, clean, and reconnect the fibers.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
CLI alm
Note: If the card software version does not match the NE software version, the card
automatically upgrades to the correct software version. In this case, a software
upgrade alarm will be present.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
1 Ensure that all of the fibers connected to the SFP module are labeled.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Remove and cap all of the fibers connected to the SFP module.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 Gently push in bottom wedge on SFP extraction tool to release SFP retention spring.
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8-4 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Supporting Procedures Replacing system components
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 8-5
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Supporting Procedures Replacing system components
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6 Remove SFP from extraction tool by depressing blue locking clips on SFP extraction tool.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7 Ensure that the specifications for the replacement SFP module (protocol, wavelength, and
reach) match the specifications of the removed SFP module.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8 Slide the replacement SFP module into the SFP slot. Push on the front of the SFP module
PRELIMINARY
until you hear a "click" sound, indicating the SFP module is securely locked into the SFP
slot.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
CLI alm
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
1 Ensure that all of the fibers connected to the XFP module are labeled.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Remove and cap all of the fibers connected to the SFP module.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Use the hook on the end of the XFP extractor/LC connector tool (or similar tool) to pull
down the bail on the XFP.
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 8-7
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Supporting Procedures Replacing system components
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 Use hook on end of XFP extractor/LC connector tool to pull the XFP straight back until
its bail can be grasped by fingers.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 Grasp the bail with fingers and completely extract XFP module.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6 Ensure that the specifications for the replacement XFP module (protocol, wavelength, and
reach) match the specifications of the removed SFP module.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7 Slide the replacement XFP module into the XFP slot. Push on the front of the SFP module
until you hear a "click" sound, indicating the XFP module is securely locked into the XFP
slot.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
CLI alm
PRELIMINARY
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8-8 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Supporting Procedures Replacing system components
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Replacing an OSC SFP module
NOTICE
Service-disruption hazard
A card reseat is service impacting if the card is currently carrying services. To discover if
any services are currently carried over a card, perform the procedure “Checking for
services on a port” (p. 8-26).
If there are services currently carried over the card, it may be best to wait for a
maintenance window before resetting, replacing, or reseating the card.
Note: You must complete this entire replacement procedure within 5 minutes, or a
insert a blank after pulling the LD (A2325A, or AHPHG pack) from the slot in Step 3.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Remove the LD from the shelf, the OSC SFP is mounted inside the pack.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 Ensure that all of the OSC fibers connected to the OSC SFP module are labeled.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 Remove and cap all of the fibers connected to the OSC SFP module.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6 Release the latch on the OSC SFP module. The latch used to secure the module in the
OSC SFP port may use either a lever or push-button locking mechanism:
• To release a lever latch, lift the latch 90 degrees so that it is perpendicular to the card
faceplate.
• To release a push button latch, depress the push button located on the side of the OSC
SFP module.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7 With the latch in the release position, grasp the OSC SFP module on both sides and
PRELIMINARY
8 Ensure that the specifications for the replacement OSC SFP module (protocol,
wavelength, and reach) match the specifications of the removed OSC SFP module.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 8-9
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Supporting Procedures Replacing system components
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
9 Insert the replacement OSC SFP module into the OSC SFP slot. Push on the front of the
OSC SFP module until you hear a “click” sound, indicating the OSC SFP module is
securely locked into the OSC SFP slot. Be sure that the OS1 and OS2 fibers are correctly
connected to the OS1 or OS2 SFP or XFP ports.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
CLI alm
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
2 information and back up the database (see “Backing Up a Database Using the WebUI”
(p. 8-23)).
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8-10 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Supporting Procedures Replacing system components
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 Click Alarms.
Result: The Alarm List is displayed. The Equipment Controller will have a
DBINVALID alarm active after the reboot has completed.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 If... Then...
the Equipment Controller is new from the continue with Step 6
factory,
the Equipment Controller has the current proceed to Step 24.
desired software,
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6 Select the shelf and slot where the User Panel is located (slot 40). Click the plus sign and
select OAMP.
Result: The Port Interface Settings window is displayed.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
11 Leave the fields on this window at their default values. Select the Advertise field. Click
Create.
PRELIMINARY
12 Click Apply.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 8-11
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Supporting Procedures Replacing system components
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
14 Enter the values for the fields on this window as described in Table 8-1, “FTP Server
Parameters” (p. 8-12).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8-12 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Supporting Procedures Replacing system components
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Result: The Status field changes to In Progress. Wait a few minutes for the software to
download.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
18 Click Refresh.
Result: The Status field changes to Completed.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
20 Click OK.
Result: The system will log you out of the NE. Wait a few minutes for the software to
activate.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
24 To clear the DBINVALID alarm, restore the database (see “Restoring the Database Using
the WebUI” (p. 8-24)).
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 8-13
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Supporting Procedures Replacing system components
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
25 Click Alarms. The Alarms List is displayed. The SWUPGCOMMIT alarm should not be
present in the Alarm List.
If... Then...
the SWUPGCOMMIT alarm is raised, continue with Step 26.
the SWUPGCOMMIT alarm is not raised, STOP! You are done with this procedure.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
28 Click Apply.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
29 Click Alarms.
Result: The Alarms List is displayed. The SWUPGCOMMIT alarm should not be
present in the Alarm List.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
1 Ensure that you are working with a valid database. Set up the database server information.
Type each command line, and press Enter:
1. Type database server config.
2. config database server ip IP Address, using the IP address where the
database is stored.
3. config database userid, then enter your user ID and password when prompted.
4. config database path directory with the path on the PC where the database is
PRELIMINARY
saved.
5. config database detail to verify your IP address, user ID, and path.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
config database backup
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 If... Then...
the Equipment Controller is new from the continue with Step 5
factory or does not contain the desired
software release,
the Equipment Controller has the current proceed to Step 13.
desired software,
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8 To configure or verify static routes, type config cn routes default add gateway
default IP address.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 8-15
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Supporting Procedures Replacing system components
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
9 Set up the software server information. Type each command line, and press Enter:
1. config software server ip IP address
2. config software server userid user ID
Enter your password when prompted.
3. config software server root /path
4. config software server detail
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10 Set up the database server information. Type each command line, and press Enter:
1. Type database server config.
2. config database server ip IP Address, using the IP address where the
database is stored.
3. config database userid, then enter your user ID and password when prompted.
4. config database path directory with the path on the PC where the database is
saved.
5. config database detail to verify your IP address, user ID, and path.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
11 Upgrade the software. Type each command line, and press Enter:
1. config software upgrade manual audit release directory on RFS
no backup enforced. (The release directory would be combined with the
Software server root parameter value to make the path on the Remote File Server
where the software release resides. See also the Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-32
Installation and System Turn-up Guide.)
2. config software upgrade manual load
3. Type config software upgrade manual activate.
The system will reboot.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
14 Replace the Equipment Controller in the shelf. Wait a few minutes for the Equipment
Controller to initialize.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8-16 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Supporting Procedures Replacing system components
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
15 The database server information must be set up to point to the latest database backup for
this NE, which will be pulled down to the NE during a downgrade automatically. (See
Step 1.)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
16 Login to the NE
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
17 Type alm.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
18 If... Then...
the DBINVALID alarm is raised, restore the database (see “Restoring the
Database Using the WebUI” (p. 8-24)).
DBINVALID alarm is not raised, STOP! You are done with this procedure.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
19 Repeat Step 1.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
20 Restore the database. Type config database restore and at the prompt, type yes to
confirm.
The system will reboot.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
22 Type alm.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
23 If... Then...
the SWUPGCOMMIT alarm is raised, type config software upgrade commit
and wait a few minutes for the alarm to clear.
the SWUPGCOMMIT alarm is not raised, STOP! You are done with this procedure.
PRELIMINARY
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 8-17
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Supporting Procedures Replacing system components
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Replacing the air filter
Need PSS-4 specifics for this procedure??
It is recommended that you replace the air filter on the 1830 PSS-32 at approximately 3
month intervals, with a periodicity depending on the environmental conditions.
When a fan in the fan tray stops working, the other fans in the tray increase to maximum
speed.
Before you begin this procedure, be sure to wear a properly grounded ESD wrist strap.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Unscrew the filter retainer with slot labeling on the lower front of the shelf and slide it
forward (see Figure 8-6, “Unscrew Filter Retainer” (p. 8-18)).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Reach beneath the filter retainer and locate the air filter. Slide the air filter out of the shelf.
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8-18 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Supporting Procedures Replacing system components
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 Locate the arrows on the front of the new filter (see Figure 8-7, “New Filter” (p. 8-19)).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 With the arrows pointing up, slide the new filter in and up into place.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6 Screw the filter retainer back into place (see Figure 8-8, “New Filter Installed” (p. 8-19)).
PRELIMINARY
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 8-19
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Supporting Procedures Replacing system components
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Replacing the fan
PSS-4 specifics needed for this procedure??
When a fan in the fan tray stops working, the other fans in the tray increase to maximum
speed. It is recommended that you either replace the fan within 60 seconds.
Before you begin this procedure, be sure to wear a properly grounded ESD wrist strap.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Ensure that the space in front of the fan unit is completely clear of fibers, cables, and so
on.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Ensure that the new fan unit is completely unpacked and ready to install before removing
old fan unit.
Note: The 1830 PSS-32 circuit packs require constant airflow for cooling and will
overheat quickly with the fan removed. Do not remove the old fan until you are ready
to immediately install the new fan or customer traffic may be affected.
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8-20 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Supporting Procedures Replacing system components
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 Fully loosen the two Phillips head screws at the left and right ends on the front of the fan
unit. (The screws are captured and will not fall out of the fan unit.)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 Grasp fan unit handles and slide fan unit straight back until it is free of the sub rack.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Note: The 1830 PSS-32 system cannot operate for more than 60 seconds without a
fan unit installed .
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 8-21
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Supporting Procedures Replacing system components
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8-22 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Supporting Procedures Database Backup and Restore
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Enter the values for the fields on this window as described in Table 8-2, “Database
Backup and Restore Parameters” (p. 8-23).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 8-23
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Supporting Procedures Database Backup and Restore
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Restoring the Database Using the WebUI
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Enter the values for the fields on this window as described in Table 8-2, “Database
Backup and Restore Parameters” (p. 8-23).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Click Apply > Restore, or if you want to use your previous serial number, click Force
Restore.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8-24 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Supporting Procedures Determining the far end of a service
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Check the OCh Trail name for the near end of the service.
Search for the <shelf/slot/port> corresponding to the card and port in question. This will
provide the information required to proceed to Step 2.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Examine the output of Step 2 to determine the far end of the service.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 8-25
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Supporting Procedures Checking for services on a port
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 If any services are marked as Active then this equipment is currently carrying active
services.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 It may be possible to switch all services onto an alternate path if all services are protected.
Examine the output from Step 1. If a service is protected it will have a protection member
listed.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
This will reveal the nodes that are the endpoints of the service as well as the APS
protection groups.
Repeat items 2 through 5 for each protected service:
2. Log into the one end of the service.
3. Issue a force switch away from the path about to be broken.
4. Log into the other end of the service.
5. Issue a force switch away from the path about to be broken.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3. If any services are marked as Active then this equipment is still carrying active
services.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8-26 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Supporting Procedures Performing loopbacks
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Performing loopbacks
For information and illustrations of loopbacks refer to the Alcatel-Lucent Product
Information and Planning Guide.
The following table lists the loopbacks that can be performed:
Card Loopbacks
11DPE12 • client port facility loopback
11QPA4 • client port terminal loopback
4DPA4 • network port facility loopback
• network port terminal loopback
Note: To create a loopback on a card using the CLI, refer to the Alcatel-Lucent CLI
Command Guide.
Attention: Loopbacks may experience packet loss during a warm or cold reset of the
card.
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 8-27
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Supporting Procedures Path power trace
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
CLI alm
sh condition
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Locate the first point along the path at which power out of range or absent is observed, or
there is a significant difference between expected and observed power. This point is
referred to as the "First point of concern" in this procedure.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 Troubleshoot the alarms, concentrating on the points adjacent to the first point of concern.
The problem is most likely located between the first point of concern and the detection
point immediately upstream from it.
Note: It may take several seconds after corrective actions have been applied for
channel missing, channel absent, and power out of range alarms to clear.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 Ensure that the relevant connection exists and is administratively up at the first point of
concern and at the point immediately upstream from it.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6 Examine the output for the connection of the appropriate band and channel. If the
connection exists then check the admin states of the connection and associated ports.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7 If the connection or ports are admin down then the entities must be brought admin up in
order to clear the alarm(s).
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8-28 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Supporting Procedures Path power trace
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
To bring a connection admin up:
8 If this connection terminates on a transponder then confirm that the associated client port
is administratively up.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
9 If the client port is admin down then it must be brought admin up in order to clear the
alarm(s).
11 If there are multiple alarms at the same point of interest, attempt to resolve the amplifier
alarms first.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 8-29
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Supporting Procedures High temperature troubleshooting
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Corrective action
At the end of each step wait to see if the fault clears. If it doesn't, then go to the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Verify that the fan tray is installed and that no fan tray alarms are present. Correct any
faults found.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Visually inspect the shelf to confirm that filler cards are installed in all empty slots in the
shelf. This helps ensure proper airflow.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Check for a dirty air filter. Clean or replace it as necessary. Contact your service
representative for replacement filters.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 Use a thermometer to measure the ambient air temperature at the intake of the fans. Verify
that the ambient temperature is not abnormally high. If the ambient temperature is too
high, the NE may require additional cooling to bring it back to an acceptable operating
temperature.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 Verify if other cards in the shelf report temperatures near their upper limit (within 10 °C).
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8-30 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Supporting Procedures High temperature troubleshooting
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6 Replace the unit. Follow the return and repair process in the Customer and Product
Support guide to return the faulty unit to an authorized repair center for replacement.
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 8-31
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Supporting Procedures Reseating a card
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Reseating a card
NOTICE
Service-disruption hazard
A card reseat is service impacting if the card is currently carrying services. To discover if
any services are currently carried over a card, perform the procedure “Checking for
services on a port” (p. 8-26).
If there are services currently carried over the card, it may be best to wait for a
maintenance window before resetting, replacing, or reseating the card.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Ensure that all of the fibers connected to the card are labeled.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Unlock the card latch. Place a thumb or finger on the latch release/locking pin located
behind the latch cover and open the latch by lifting up and out. This will partially unseat
the card from the backplane.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 Grasp the card by the open latch and slide the card out of the slot an additional 1 cm
(about 1/4 inch) being careful not to pull on any connected fibers on the NE. You will
encounter some resistance while the card is seated on the backplane. Use a gentle pulling
force to unseat the card from the backplane. All of the LEDs on the card will be off when
the card is fully unseated.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6 Grasp the card by the latch, with the latch in the open position.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7 Ensure that no fibers from adjacent cards are in the way, and slide the card into the slot.
You will encounter some resistance when the card contacts the backplane. Use gentle
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8-32 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Supporting Procedures Reseating a card
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8 Lock the card into place by closing the latches. As the latches close, they push against the
latching tabs on the shelf or cross member, further seating the card. Continue to close the
latches until they are flush with the card faceplate, locking the card in place.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
9 Once the port LEDs on the card have lit up, uncap, clean, and reconnect the fibers.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
CLI alm
E...................................................................................................................................................................................................
N D O F S T E P S
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 8-33
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Supporting Procedures Reseating a card
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
8-34 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Glossary
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
ADM
See “add/drop multiplexer/multiplexing” (p. GL-1) for definition.
AHPHG
High Power High Gain DWDM Amplifier. See “ALPHG” (p. GL-2) for related term.
AID
See “access identifier ” (p. GL-1) for definition.
AIM
See “alarm indication message” (p. GL-1) for definition.
AINS
Automatic in-service.
AIS
See “alarm indication signal” (p. GL-1) for definition.
alarm
External notification or display of a failure condition. The indication of failure is towards an
external system interface or via audible or visible indicators.
alarm list
A status report that lists active alarms on the NE.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 GL-1
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Glossary
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
alarm log
A history of setting and clearing system alarms on the NE.
alarm severity
An attribute that defines the priority of the alarm message. The method in which alarms are
processed depends on their severity.
ALPHG
Low Power High Gain DWDM Amplifier. See “AHPHG ” (p. GL-1) for related term.
ANSI
See “American National Standards Institute” (p. GL-2) for definition.
APD
See “avalanche photodiode” (p. GL-3) for definition.
APS
See “automatic protection switching” (p. GL-3) for definition.
APSD
See “automatic power shutdown” (p. GL-3) for definition.
ASE
See “amplified spontaneous emission” (p. GL-2) for definition.
asynchronous
Data that is transmitted without an associated clock signal.
requirements, providing flexible and efficient service for LAN-to-LAN, compressed video, and
other applications that involve variable bit rate (VBR) traffic.
ATM
See “asynchronous transfer mode” (p. GL-2) for definition.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
GL-2 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Glossary
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
attenuation
The decrease in signal strength along a fiber optic waveguide caused by absorption and scattering.
Attenuation is usually expressed as dB/km.
attenuator
A passive device that reduces the amplitude of a signal without distorting the waveform.
autonomous message
Message sent by the system to the CIT to notify it of any state change in the system. Autonomous
messages are not responses to a CIT-initiated command. Examples of these messages include
alarms, events (non-alarmed condition), notification of connections that are added or deleted, and
changes in the system database.
B back reflection
See “Fresnel reflection” (p. GL-12).
bay
An aluminum steel enclosure for rack-mounted equipment. Also know as a rack.
PRELIMINARY
BB
See “broadband” (p. GL-4) for definition.
BBA
See “broadband amplifier” (p. GL-4) for definition.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 GL-3
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Glossary
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
BBE
See “background block errors” (p. GL-3) for definition.
BDI
See “backward defect indication” (p. GL-3) for definition.
BER
See “bit error rate” (p. GL-4) for definition.
BLSR
See “bidirectional line switched ring” (p. GL-4) for definition.
BOF
See “band optical filter” (p. GL-3) for definition.
broadband (BB)
A technology that refers to the always-open gateway to Internet-connected services delivered at
lightning-fast speeds.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
C CAD
See “channel add/drop card” (p. GL-5) for definition.
CFR
Code of Federal Regulations.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
GL-4 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Glossary
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
channel
A communications path or the signal sent over that path.
chromatic dispersion
The effect describing the velocity dependence of light travelling through a medium, depending on
its wavelength. For optical telecommunication signals, this effect causes the light pulses to spread
out and the resulting distortion in pulse shape degrades the signal quality.
CIDR
See “classless inter-domain routing” (p. GL-5) for definition.
CIT
See “craft interface terminal” (p. GL-6) for definition.
cladding
Material that surrounds the core of an optical fiber that has a lower index of refraction compared
to that of the core. The lower index of refraction causes the transmitted light to travel down the
core.
CLEI
See “common language element identifier” (p. GL-6) for definition.
CN
See “control network” (p. GL-6) for definition.
CO
See “central office” (p. GL-4) for definition.
division multiplexing (DWDM), but more than in standard wavelength division multiplexing
(WDM).
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 GL-5
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Glossary
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
COF
See “channel optical filter” (p. GL-5) for definition.
connector
A mechanical or optical device that provides a demountable connection between two fibers or a
fiber and a source or detector.
connector variation
The maximum value in dB of the difference in insertion loss between mating optical connectors
(for example, with re-mating and temperature cycling). Also called optical connector variation.
core
The central portion of the fiber that transmits light. It is composed of material with a higher index
of refraction than the cladding.
coupler
An optical device that combines or splits power from optical fibers.
CPE
See “customer premises equipment” (p. GL-6) for definition.
CR
See “coupling ratio/loss” (p. GL-6) for definition.
Terminal and associated equipment and inside wiring located at a subscriber's premises. The
equipment is connected with the carrier's communication network at the demarcation point.
CWDM
See “coarse wavelength division multiplexing” (p. GL-5) for definition.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
GL-6 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Glossary
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
DCM
See “dispersion compensation module” (p. GL-7) for definition.
DCN
See “data communication network” (p. GL-7) for definition.
DGEF
See “dynamic gain equalization filter” (p. GL-7) for definition.
DHCP
See “dynamic host configuration protocol” (p. GL-7) for definition.
dispersion
The temporal spreading of a light signal in an optical waveguide caused by light signals traveling
at different speeds through a fiber either due to modal or chromatic effects.
distortion
The difference in value between two measurements of a signal (transmitted and received).
DS3
Standard for digital transmission (American National Standard for telecommunications -
Carrier-to-Customer Installation - DS3 Metallic Interface, ANSI T1.404- 1989).
DWDM
See “dense wavelength division multiplexing” (p. GL-7) for definition.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 GL-7
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Glossary
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
E earth
The European term for electrical ground.
EC
See “equipment controller” (p. GL-9) for definition.
EDFA
See “erbium-doped fiber amplifier” (p. GL-9) for definition.
edge node
A node that connects to external network or customer equipment, as opposed to providing an
interconnection point between other nodes. It is located at the "edge" of the network.
egress
Traffic leaving a network
EIA
See “Electronic Industries Alliance” (p. GL-8) for definition.
(SLA) management.
EMC
See “electromagnetic capability” (p. GL-8) for definition.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
GL-8 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Glossary
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
EMI
See “electromagnetic interference” (p. GL-8) for definition.
EMS
See “Element Management System” (p. GL-8) for definition.
EN
European Norm; a German acronym that stands for “Europaïsche Norm.”
Engineering rules
A set of rules that determine the system configuration possibilities based on fiber type, OA, rate,
and number of wavelengths. These rules also determine the maximum loss per span that can be
tolerated, the maximum distance between spans allowed, and the maximum number of spans that
can be supported.
ESD
See “electrostatic discharge” (p. GL-8) for definition.
Ethernet LAN
A LAN conformant to the 802.3 IEEE standard. This standard supports communications over
shared media where only one device can transmit while all other devices listen. A collision
detection and handling mechanism is incorporated into the standard. Devices on the LAN
communicate by sending Ethernet packets containing a Media Access Control (MAC) address for
the source and destination. Setting the destination MAC address to all ones supports packet
broadcast to all devices on the LAN.
ETSI
See “European Telecommunications Standards Institute” (p. GL-9) for definition.
pave the way for telecommunications integration in the European community as part of the single
European market program. It establishes telecommunication standards for the European
community.
eVOA
See “electrical variable optical attentuator” (p. GL-8) for definition.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 GL-9
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Glossary
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
F failure
Occurs when a fault cause persists for a certain period of time.
failure rate
The number of failures of a device per unit of time.
FC
See “fiber optic connector” (p. GL-10) for definition.
FCC
See “Federal Communications Commission” (p. GL-10) for definition.
FCS
See “frame check sequence” (p. GL-12) for definition.
FDA
See “Food and Drug Administration” (p. GL-11) for definition.
FDDI
See “fiber distributed data interface” (p. GL-10) for definition.
FDI
See “forward defect indicator” (p. GL-11) for definition.
FEC
See “forward error correction” (p. GL-11) for definition.
Ferrule
A rigid tube that confines or holds a fiber as part of a connector assembly.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
GL-10 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Glossary
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
back reflection.
FIT
See “failure in time” (p. GL-10) for definition.
FIT rate
The number of device failures in one billion device hours.
flow
Usually refers to the movement of packets within the network (that is, packet flow).
FMM
See “flash disk memory module” (p. GL-11) for definition.
FOADM
Fixed optical add/drop multiplexer/multiplexing.
includes some number of redundant bits in the payload (data field) of a block or frame of data.
The receiving device uses those bits to detect, isolate and correct any errors created in
transmission. FEC avoids having to retransmit information which incurred errors in network
transit.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 GL-11
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Glossary
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
FPGA
See “field-programmable gate array” (p. GL-11) for definition.
Fresnel reflection
A reflection of light that occurs at the air-glass interface at the ends of an optical fiber. See “back
reflection” (p. GL-3) for related term.
FTP
See “file transfer protocol” (p. GL-11) for definition.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
G gain
The increase in power and magnitude of a signal.
GbE
See “Gigabit Ethernet” (p. GL-12) for definition.
GFP
See “generic framing protocol” (p. GL-12) for definition.
glass through-connection
PRELIMINARY
A pair of optical connections between two segments that terminate on the same site.
GNE
See “gateway network element” (p. GL-12) for definition.
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
A program interface that takes advantage of the computer's graphics capabilities to make the
program easier to use.
grooming
Consolidating or segregating traffic.
grooming node
A node on which incoming signals of lower rates are added (or aggregated) into a higher-rate
signal for more efficient transport.
ground
The North American term for electrical earth.
GUI
See “graphical user interface” (p. GL-12) for definition.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
I ILA
See “in-line amplifier” (p. GL-13) for definition.
ingress
Traffic entering a network.
insertion loss
The loss of power that results from inserting a component, such as a connector or splice, into a
previously continuous path.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
communications model. IPsec is especially useful for implementing virtual private networks and
for remote user access through dial-up connection to private networks.
IP
See “Internet protocol” (p. GL-13) for definition.
ISO
See “International Standards Organization” (p. GL-13) for definition.
ISP
See “Internet service provider” (p. GL-14) for definition.
ITU
See “International Telecommunications Union” (p. GL-13) for definition
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
J jacket
The outer, protective covering of the cable.
jitter
Small and rapid variations in the timing of a waveform due to noise, changes in component
characteristics, supply voltages, or imperfect synchronizing circuits.
jumper
A short fiber optic cable with connectors on both ends.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
L lambda (λ)
The eleventh letter in the Greek alphabet. In optical fiber networking, the term lambda refers to an
individual optical wavelength. See “wavelength” (p. GL-32) for related term.
LBC
See “laser bias current” (p. GL-14) for definition.
LBO
See “line build out” (p. GL-15) for definition.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
GL-14 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Glossary
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
LC
See “Lucent connector” (p. GL-15) for definition.
LD
See “line driver” (p. GL-15) for definition.
LGX
A SONET device that contains ports for optical fiber connections to an optical network element
(NE). An LGX is used to make and change connections to an NE without changing the cabling on
the NE itself.
LOF
See “loss of frame” (p. GL-15) for definition.
LOS
See “loss of service/loss of signal” (p. GL-15) for definition.
loss
The amount of a signal's power, expressed in dB, that is lost in connectors, splices, or fiber
defects.
LR
See “long reach” (p. GL-15) for definition.
PRELIMINARY
LSA
See “link state advertisement” (p. GL-15) for definition.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
This connector uses RJ-style latching. It facilitates high-speed applications with lower power
requirements due to lower insertion loss (0.1 dB typical) and higher return loss (55-dB single
mode).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
M MAC
See “media access control” (p. GL-16) for definition.
margin
The allowance for attenuation in addition to that explicitly accounted for in system design.
MC
See “master controller” (p. GL-16) for definition.
MD4H
A PSS-1 Multiservice Dual module unit with 4 client ports per module, which is temperature
Hardened.
mesh
A type of network configuration that combines ROADMs to support mesh channel connectivity
between the ROADMs without O-E-O for transmission. It is operated as a single NE with as
many as four degrees (bidirectional DWDM interfaces) that comprise two lines for the east and
two for the west.
MIB
See “management information base” (p. GL-16) for definition.
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
GL-16 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Glossary
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
modulation
A process that modifies the characteristic of one wave (the carrier) by another wave (the signal).
Examples include amplitude modulation (AM), frequency modulation (FM), and pulse-coded
modulation (PCM).
MSA
See “mid-stage access amplifier” (p. GL-16) for definition.
MTBF
See “mean time between failures” (p. GL-16) for definition.
MTTR
See “mean time to repair” (p. GL-16) for definition.
multimode fiber
An optical fiber that has a core large enough to propagate more than one mode of light. The
typical diameter is 62.5 micrometers.
multiplexer (MUX)
A device that combines two or more signals into a single output.
multiplexing
The process that transmits two or more signals over a single communications channel. Examples
include time-division multiplexing and wavelength-division multiplexing.
MUX
See “multiplexer” (p. GL-17) for definition.
muxponder
A networking device that multiplexes and transponds GbE signals.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
N NE
See “network element” (p. GL-17) for definition.
NEBS
See “Network Equipment Building System requirements” (p. GL-18) for definition.
and under the control of a single controller (NE). The types of NEs are ILA (in-line amplifier) and
ADM (add/drop multiplexer).
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
external systems to allow functions such as billing, service orders, and service level agreement
(SLA) management.
network services
Services that the network provider creates only as infrastructure to support user services. For
example, a VPN network service is used to implement an Ethernet service.
NMS
See “Network Element Management System” (p. GL-17) for definition.
node
A node (or network element) is a set of one or more 1830 PSS-32 shelves that are viewed as a
single entity by the Network Management System. A node can be any of the following:
• up to two single optical shelves
• a single electrical shelf
• a single electrical shelf and one or more optical shelves
NSA
See “non-service affecting” (p. GL-18) for definition.
NTP
See “network time protocol” (p. GL-18) for definition.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
O OA
See “optical amplifier” (p. GL-19) for definition.
OAMP
Operations, Administration, Maintenance, and Provisioning.
OC-n
PRELIMINARY
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
OCHAN or OCh
See “optical channel” (p. GL-19) for definition.
ODU
See “optical demultiplexer” (p. GL-20) for definition.
ODU-k
An optical logical connection with a specific rate. The rate can be either ODU-10G or ODU-40G.
OEO
See “optical-electrical-optical conversion” (p. GL-20) for definition.
OOF
See “out of frame” (p. GL-21) for definition.
OPR
See “optical path restoration” (p. GL-20) for definition.
OPS
See “optical protection switch” (p. GL-20) for definition.
optical cell
A number of nodes connected by fiber in a predefined manner to provide route diversity to each
node. The simplest form of optical cell is a ring. Statically allocated wavelengths are assigned
within the context of one cell.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 GL-19
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Glossary
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
optical channel (OCHAN, Och)
An optical wavelength band for WDM optical communications.
The process of converting an optical signal to an electrical equivalent and then back to optical
data.
orderwire
A section of the supervisory signal that is used for communication between sites.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
GL-20 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Glossary
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
OSC
See “optical supervisory channel” (p. GL-20) for definition.
OSHA
See “Occupational Safety and Health Administration)” (p. GL-18) for definition.
OSI
See “Open Systems Interconnection reference model” (p. GL-19) for definition.
OSNR
See “optical signal to noise ratio” (p. GL-20) for definition.
OSP
See “outside plant” (p. GL-21) for definition.
OSS
See “Operations Support System” (p. GL-19) for definition.
OT
See “optical transponder” (p. GL-20) for definition.
OTN
See “optical transport network” (p. GL-20) for definition.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
P PCS
See “physical coding sublayer” (p. GL-22) for definition.
PDL
See “polarization dependent loss” (p. GL-22) for definition.
PDU
See “protocol data unit” (p. GL-22) for definition.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 GL-21
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Glossary
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
photonic protection switch (PPS)
By provisioning of PPS cards (or optical splitters), automatic protection switch (APS) are
automatically created.
PM
See “performance monitoring” (p. GL-21) for definition.
PMD
See “polarization mode dispersion” (p. GL-22) for definition.
point-to-point transmission
The transmission between two designated stations.
PPS
See “photonic protection switch” (p. GL-21) for definition.
provisioning
Placing and configuring hardware and software required to activate a telecommunications service
for a customer. If the equipment is in place, provisioning may consist of creating or modifying a
customer record in a database to activate the services.
PXC
See “photonic cross-connect” (p. GL-21) for definition.
PRELIMINARY
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Q QoS
See “quality of service” (p. GL-22) for definition.
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
A set of performance parameters that characterize the transmission quality over a given virtual
connection.
QoS can be quantitatively indicated by channel or system performance parameters, such as
signal-to-noise ratio, bit error ratio, message throughput rate, and call blocking probability.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
R rack
A rack is the standardized physical framework on which network equipment such as 1830 PSS-32
shelves are mounted. A rack can contain more than one shelf. Also called bay frames.
receiver
A terminal device that includes a detector and signal processing electronics. It functions as an
optical-to-electrical converter.
receiver sensitivity
The minimum optical power required at a receiver to deliver traffic at a guaranteed bit error rate
(BER). This parameter is specified back-to-back (without the effects of chromatic dispersion or
OSNR degradation).
regeneration
Electrical signal regeneration. Typically, OTUk Section regeneration and ODUk transparency is
implied in this context.
repeater
A receiver and transmitter set designed to amplify attenuated signals. Repeaters are used to extend
operating range. See “in-line amplifier” (p. GL-13) for related term.
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 GL-23
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Glossary
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
restoration domain
A part of the network where traffic restoration is provided in isolation from the rest of the
network.
RFC
See “request for comment” (p. GL-23) for definition.
RIP
See “routing information protocol” (p. GL-24) for definition.
RJ
See “random jitter” (p. GL-23) for definition.
RMON
See “remote network monitoring” (p. GL-23) for definition.
ROADM
See “reconfigurable optical add/drop multiplexer” (p. GL-23) for definition.
S SA
See “service affecting” (p. GL-25) for definition.
SAN
See “storage area network” (p. GL-27) for definition.
SC
See “shelf controller” (p. GL-25) for definition.
scattering
The change of direction of light rays or photons after striking small particles. It may also be
regarded as the diffusion of a light beam caused by the inhomogeneity of the transmitting
material.
SCOT
See “software control of transmission” (p. GL-26) for definition.
SDH
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
GL-24 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Glossary
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
segment
A pair of OSP fibers connecting two sites.
SELV
Safety extra low voltage.
services
Within the 1830 PSS-32 system, services can be offered directly to end customers or be used
internally to a network as transport infrastructure.
SFC
See “static filter, CWDM” (p. GL-27) for definition.
SFD
See “static filter, DWDM” (p. GL-27) for definition.
SFP
See “small form-factor pluggable module” (p. GL-26) for definition.
shelf
A shelf is a mechanical facility that is in general a housing for circuit packs. Shelves are housed in
Bays.
An 1830 PSS-32 node consists of one or more physical shelves equipped with cards. The shelf
provides a chassis or cage with a backplane that can contain multiple cards. The shelf is mounted
in a rack. Each shelf has a shelf controller card, plus its redundant mate. Every node has one shelf
that has its shelf controllers designated as the master controller for the node. The node appears as
a single point in the network topology to the network management system. Connections between
nodes use network links. See “node” (p. GL-18) for related term.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 GL-25
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Glossary
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
SNMP is the protocol used to communicate between the 1830 PSS-32 nodes and the NMS. The
SNMP traffic is carried over the 1830 PSS-32 control network.
simplex
A single element (for example, a simplex connector is a single-fiber connector).
site
The termination location of OSP cables. Each site can contain one or more NEs and one or more
glass-through connections.
SLA
See “Service Level Agreement” (p. GL-25) for definition.
SMF
See “single-mode fiber” (p. GL-26) for definition.
SNCP
See “Sub-Network Connection Protocol” (p. GL-28) for definition.
SNMP
See “Simple Network Management Protocol” (p. GL-25) for definition.
SONET
See “Synchronous Optical Network” (p. GL-28) for definition.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
GL-26 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Glossary
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
SONET wavelength service
The SONET wavelength service provides transport of SONET signals through the 1830 PSS-32
network.
span
A fiber link between NEs that can be unidirectional or bidirectional, depending on the network
design. Multiple segments in tandem are connected by glass-through connections.
span loss
Loss (in dB) of optical power due to the span transmission medium (includes fiber loss and splice
losses).
splice
A permanent connection of two optical fibers through fusion or mechanical means.
SRG
See “shared risk group” (p. GL-25) for definition.
SSH
See “secure shell” (p. GL-24) for definition.
SSMF
See “standard single-mode fiber” (p. GL-27) for definition.
ST
See “straight-tip connector” (p. GL-27) for definition.
STP
See “signaling transfer point” (p. GL-25) for definition.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 GL-27
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Glossary
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
STS, STS-n
See “synchronous transport signal-n” (p. GL-28) for definition.
SW generic
See “software generic” (p. GL-26) for definition.
synchronous signal
A data signal that is sent along with a clock signal.
T tap
The entry point into a system module.
TCA
See “threshold crossing alert” (p. GL-29) for definition.
PRELIMINARY
TCP
See “Transmission Control Protocol” (p. GL-29) for definition.
TCP/IP
A suite of several networking protocols developed for the Internet that provides communication
across interconnected networks, between computers with diverse hardware architectures and
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
GL-28 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Glossary
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
various operating systems. Some examples are FTP, SMTP, and SNMP.
TDM
See “time-division multiplexing” (p. GL-29) for definition.
thermal noise
Noise resulting from thermally induced random fluctuation in the receiver's load resistance
current.
TID
See “target identifier” (p. GL-28) for definition.
TMN
See “Telecommunications Management Network” (p. GL-29) for definition.
TOADM
See “tunable optical add/drop multiplexer” (p. GL-30) for definition.
topology
The pattern of interconnections between nodes in a network, such as a ring or hub. A network
topology database contains information regarding each link in the network.
traffic grooming
Traffic can be consolidated, aggregated, or separated to achieve efficiencies of routing.
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 GL-29
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Glossary
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
traps (SNMP)
SNMP traps are unacknowledged events sent from an agent to a manager. In a 1830 PSS-32
network, the agent is the node and the manager is EMS.
U UDP
See “user datagram protocol” (p. GL-30) for definition.
UL
See “Underwriters Laboratories” (p. GL-30) for definition.
UPSR
See “unidirectional path-switched ring” (p. GL-30) for definition.
and ordering of the bytes sent. Because it is a byte stream oriented, a single send operation may
result in a no IP datagrams (buffering), a single IP datagram, or multiple IP datagrams.
user services
Services that the network provider can sell to their customers, such as Ethernet service.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
GL-30 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Glossary
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
UTC
Coordinated universal time.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
VCAT
See “virtual concatenation” (p. GL-31) for definition.
VOA
See “variable optical attenuator” (p. GL-31) for definition.
VSR
See “very short reach” (p. GL-31) for definition.
VTS
See “virtual time-slot” (p. GL-31) for definition.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
wave key
A component of the Wavelength Tracker monitoring capability that is used to identify individual
wavelengths through the network.
A wave key is a number between 1 and 2048. Each WDM wavelength in a 1830 PSS-32 network
is uniquely identified by a pair of wave keys.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 GL-31
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Glossary
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
waveguide
A material medium that confines and guides a propagating electromagnetic wave.
waveguide coupler
A coupler that transfers light between planar waveguides.
wavelength
The distance between points of corresponding phase of two consecutive cycles of a wave,
typically measured in nanometers (nm). The wavelength is related to the propagation velocity and
the frequency. (Also called lambda.)
wavelength growth
A type of growth in which all eight wavelengths are added to a single line before more lines are
added.
WaveWrapper
WaveWrapper provides network management functions such as optical-layer performance
monitoring, error correction, and ring protection on a per-wavelength basis.
WDM
See “wave division multiplexing” (p. GL-31) for definition.
WDM demand
The termination points and signal type of a service that is to be carried by the WDM network.
WDM line
A contiguous series of spans terminated by a ROADM at each end. A WDM line can be a single
span or a series of spans joined by the in-line amplifiers (ILAs).
WebUI
See “Web user interface” (p. GL-32) for definition.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
A pluggable optical transceiver module that combines transmitter and receiver functions in one
compact, flexible, and low cost package format. Up to sixteen XFP modules can be arranged on a
typical rack card, allowing for an unprecedented level of data density. XFP is protocol
independent, are can support OC-192/STM-64, 10 Gigabit Ethernet, 10 Gigabit Fibre Channel,
and G.709 data streams in routers, switches and network cards. Reaches ranging from Very Short
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
GL-32 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Glossary
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Reach (VSR) to Long Reach (LR) can also be supported.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Y Y-coupler
A coupler that has three waveguide legs joined at the center in a "Y" shape which connects an
input port to two output ports or two input ports to a single output port.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 GL-33
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Glossary
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
GL-34 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Index
PRELIMINARY
A alien wavelength access, 2-87 BDIODU, 6-23 Connect to Network Element
ALLCHANMISS, 6-7 Before you begin, 3-3 Web user interface (WebUI)/
CLI, 4-2
ALLCHANMISSOUT, 6-8 .............................................................
CONTCOM
AMPDISABLED, 6-9 C Card failure
Card Failure - Communication,
APRNODE, 6-10 communication, 6-26 7-33
APROSC, 6-11 Device, 6-27 .............................................................
APRTOPO, 6-12 Card identification event, 6-30
D danger, potential sources of, 1-4
APRUNAVAIL, 6-13 Card initializing, 6-24
Data error, 6-31
APRUNAVAILOSC, 6-14 Card missing, 6-144
Database invalid, 6-36
APSB, 6-15 Card over temperature, 6-73
Database restore, 6-38
APSCM, 6-16 Card provisioning
DATAFLT
APSMM, 6-17 failure, 6-32
Card Provisioning Failure,
AUTHFAIL, 6-18 Card under temperature, 6-74 7-43
AUTORESET, 7-26 Card-Failure DB backup, 6-33
............................................................. Boot, 6-44 DB Failure Local
B B1SD, 6-20, 7-27 Device, 6-43 copy creation of processing
failure, 6-34
barred-hand symbol, 1-12 CARDINIT
DB Failure Transport
BASELINE, 6-21, 7-28 Card Initializing, 7-31
file transport failure, 6-35
Battery off or power filter off, Cleaning optical connectors, 4-24
6-136 DBFL
Cleaning other optical
BDI, 6-22 components, 4-28 DB Failure Local - copy
creation of processing failure,
Backward Defect Indication, CLI access, 3-24
PRELIMINARY
7-45
7-29
Configuration failure, 6-25
DBFT
BDI-ODU
configure system properties, 3-37
DB Failure Transport - file
Backward Defect Indication
ODU, 7-30 transport failure, 7-46
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 IN-1
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Index
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
DBINVALID FELANRFI, 6-58 INTEMP
Database invalid, 7-47 FELOS, 6-59, 7-80 over, 7-96
DBMEMTRF, 6-37 FEPORTMISMATCH, 6-60, 7-81 under, 7-98
DEG FEPRLF, 6-61 Introduction, 2-3
Signal Degrade - ODU, 6-39, Fiber cleaning, 4-24 INTRUSION, 6-75
7-51
FPGAFAIL, 6-62 Invalid topology, 6-135
Design, 2-5
FPGAINIT, 6-63 .............................................................
Determining the far end of a
FPGATIMEOUT, 6-64 L LAN1 Ethernet, 3-34
service, 8-25
FRCDWKSWBK, 6-65, 7-86 LANLFI, 6-76
Discover pluggable module, 6-40
FRCDWKSWPR, 6-66, 7-87 LANLOS, 6-77, 7-102
.............................................................
FWPENDINGOBSOLETE, 6-67 LANLSS, 6-78, 7-103
E Electrical Sub-Network
Connection Protection (ESCNP) FWUPGRADEPENDING, 6-68 LANRFI, 6-79
Provision, 4-6 FWVERSIONNOTDEFAULT, lasers
electrostatic discharge, 1-4, 1-11 6-69
classes, 1-7
.............................................................
EQPT
eye damage, 1-7
Card Failure - Device, 7-56 G GCC network setup, 4-19
safety, 1-6
ESD, 1-11 Glossary, GL-1
warning labels, 1-9
ETR setting, 4-23 ground strap, ESD, 1-11
LC fiber removal, 3-19
example configuration of ftp .............................................................
LCK, 6-80
server, 3-39
H HIBER, 6-70 LFD, 6-81
Excess current, 6-49
HIGAIN, 6-71 LFIEGR, 6-82
Excessive BER, 6-42
High Input Voltage Defect, 6-168 Link Down, 6-83
.............................................................
............................................................. LINKDOWN, 7-109
F Facility loop active, 6-96
I ID module replacement, 4-29 LOCKOUTOFPR, 6-84, 7-112
FACTERM-DEV
in-line amplifier LOF, 6-85
SFP SEEP Failure, 7-70
ILA, 2-38 Loss Of Frame, 7-114
FANSPEEDHIGH, 6-51
initialize database, 3-21 LOFEGR, 6-86, 7-119
FANSPEEDLOW, 6-52
INSERTMOD, 6-72 LOGAIN, 6-88
FANSPEEDMAN, 6-53
Inspecting optical connectors, 4-27 LOM, 6-89
Feature, 2-11
Installation and Provisioning of Loss of Multiframe - OTU,
PRELIMINARY
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
IN-2 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
Index
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
LOS NET, 6-110, 7-167 PC setup and provisioning, 4-4
Loss of signal, 7-127, 7-144 network configurations Performance monitoring, 2-90
OMD, 6-90 Ethernet, 2-52 Performing loopbacks, 8-27
OTU, 6-95 NOTALLOWED, 6-111 PLM, 6-134, 7-207
LOS-O, 6-93 ............................................................. Port degrade, 6-28, 6-29, 6-46,
6-47
LOS-OUT, 6-94, 7-141 O OCHCOLLISION, 6-114
Port Provisioning, 4-10
LOSDCM, 6-91, 7-134 OCHCOLLISION-OUT, 6-115
potential sources of danger, 1-4
Low Input Voltage Defect, 6-169 OCHFDI, 6-118
PRCDRERR-TOPO, 7-208
LPBKLINE OCHKEYDUP, 6-116
Protection
Line (Facility), 7-146 OCHKEYOVERLAP, 6-117
E-SNCP, 2-82
LPBKTERM OCHPDI, 6-119
PSS-4 OTs, 2-18
Diagnostic (Terminal), 7-147 OCHTRAILDUP, 6-120
PWR
LSSEGR, 6-98 OCHTRAILUNKNOWN, 6-121
Battery off or power filter off,
............................................................. OCHUNKNOWN, 6-122 7-212
M MAN OCHUNKNOWN-OUT, 6-123 PWRADJFAIL, 6-137, 7-214
card in maintenance, 6-99, OCI, 6-124 PWRADJREQ, 6-138, 7-217
7-149
Open Connection Indication - PWRMARGIN, 6-139, 7-219
port in maintenance, 6-99, ODU, 7-191
7-149 PWRMAXGAIN, 6-140, 7-221
OPR, 6-125
MANRESET, 6-101 PWRSUSP, 6-141
OPR-OUT, 6-130
MANWKSWBK, 6-102, 7-153 PWRTILTSUSP, 6-142
OPRLOSSHIGH, 6-128
MANWKSWPR, 6-103, 7-154 .............................................................
OPRLOSSLOW, 6-129
MISMATCH R Reliability program, 2-99
OPRPWRHIGH, 6-126
card, 6-104 REMOVEMOD, 6-143
OPRPWRLOW, 6-127
power filter, 6-104 REPLUNTMISS
OPRTX, 6-131
SFP Mismatch, 7-159 Card Missing, 7-226
OPRUNACHIEVE, 6-132
MISMATCHMOD SFP Missing, 7-228
optical transponder
SFP/XFP mismatch, 6-105 RFIEGR, 6-147
11DPE12, 2-22
MOD, 6-106 .............................................................
11QPA4, 2-18
MODOUTOOR, 6-107 S safety instructions
4DPA4 OT, 2-27
MTCESURV, 6-108 electrostatic discharge, 1-11
Ordering, 2-117
MTCESURVDGR, 6-109 general notes, 1-4
OSCSSF, 6-133, 7-206
............................................................. important, 1-13
.............................................................
N NE date and time, 3-35 laser, 1-6, 1-9
P path power trace, 8-28
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0 IN-3
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010
PRELIMINARY Index
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
special, 1-4 Technical specifications, 2-133
safety precautions (enclosed Terminal
systems), 1-8
loop active, 6-97
SDBER, 6-148
TIM, 6-156, 7-247
SDEG-O, 6-149
TIMODU, 6-157, 7-250
SDH mode, 3-32
TRMTMOD, 6-158
SFP
.............................................................
SEEP failure, 6-50
U UNKNOWN
SFP module extraction, 3-17
Card, 7-254, 7-254, 7-255
SFP/XFP
UNKNOWNMOD, 6-159
missing, 6-146
update firmware, 3-36
software environment, 3-26
UPM, 6-161, 7-259
Software installation, 4-5
URU-OTS, 6-162
Software Upgrade
URU-OTU, 6-163
Failed, 6-154
URU-S, 6-164
in Progress, 6-152
USALS, 6-165, 7-262
SSF, 6-150
User inactive, 6-41
Server Signal Failure - OTU,
7-235 USLOS, 6-166
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
IN-4 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 Release 1.0.0
3KC13010AAAA Issue 1
September 2010